Home

Facilities Services Construction Standards June 2012

1. 7 STORM WATER MANAGEMENT A Revised June 2012 Discharge of pollutants any substance material or waste other than clear uncontaminated storm water into a storm drain system or a water body is prohibited by the Department of Environmental Quality DEQ Any proposed new development or expansion of development along an open natural drainage way shall comply with OSU Zoning District Section 3 36 50 07 Drainageway Management Agreement Where applicable consider water quality and or detention swales that use biological methods for water purification to address unavoidable post development storm water sources Storm water runoff from loading dock areas shall be drained to a sanitary sewer system where feasible Where sanitary sewer is not available best management practices must be implemented All wastewater generated from water wash down and other cleaning activities within confined animal facilities and that contacts manure areas must be handled so as to not impair ground or surface water quality 21 10 11 Revised June 2012 Division 01 General Project Requirements Page 01 00 00 6 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS A Hazardous materials described in the following section refer at a minimum to asbestos lead mercury PCBs and containerized chemicals On every project involving existing facilities a hazardous materials survey shall be performed prior to any demolition This survey will be performed by OSU F
2. 02 03 04 05 06 07 Bikeways should be located primarily on campus streets multimodal paths and other designated areas Bikeways should be designated in a routing plan and minimize conflicts between pedestrians and bicyclists Bicycle parking should be conveniently located adjacent to bikeways and not within the quadrangle areas but rather on quad perimeters Bicycle parking should be located in well lit highly visible and secure locations within 50 ft of a main entrance to a building but not further from the entrance than the closest automobile parking space but in no case further than 50 ft from an entrance where several entrances are involved When there are multiple entrances to a building that are highly used consider placing racks at all such locations Bicycle parking spaces should be at least 6 ft long and overhead clearance in covered spaces should be at least 7 ft and no higher than the ceiling height of the first story Racks shall be mounted no closer than 2 feet from the nearest wall A 5 ft aisle for bicycle maneuvering should be provided and maintained beside or between each row of bicycle parking Bicycle racks or lockers should be securely anchored to the surface or a structure 226 08 09 10 11 Division 32 Exterior Improvements Page 32 90 00 4 Covered bike parking shall be constructed per the design provided in the Approved Site Furnishings List Alternatively bike parki
3. 05 A ten inch wide concrete mow band shall be installed at finish grade adjacent to all structures And 20 minimum beneath all fences 06 No plastic or metal edging shall be permitted or used D Soil 01 The OSU Landscape manager or designee shall determine if any existing top soil is suitable for reuse prior to the preparation of the landscape plan a The designer shall contact the OSU Project Manager to receive approval to utilize the exiting top soil in the landscape plan b All existing top soil approved for reuse shall be used to the greatest extent practicable c The allowable landscape construction period for OSU campus is March 15 through October 15 as soil conditions permit 02 Separate top soil maximum 18 depth from subsoil during excavation and protect from contamination 03 Imported soil is subject to OSU approval and shall conform to USDA soil texture class loam certified within one calendar year a Imported soil depth minimum when placed on subsoil 1 12 for turf areas with no trees 2 24 for shrubs and turf areas containing trees 3 36 when placed over rock or fill materials 4 Tree planter pits shall have sufficient soil volume to support mature tree root space as calculated per ISA standards 5 Scarify subsoil and blend subsoil with first lift of imported soil Install soil in 6 compacted lifts not to exceed 85 b The contractor shall provide OSU a test sample for textural class dete
4. 80 89975 PRAIRIE RD EUGENE OR 97402 P 541 485 5546 541 485 5813 WPAN ESASIGHS COH al RELS gt quest 56 Division 10 Specialties Page 10 28 16 1 Section 10 28 16 BATHROOM ACCESSORIES PART 1 GENERAL 1 REQUIREMENTS A Floor drain B Ceramic or Seamless floor Keyed hot water hose bib under sink D Wall mounted partitions preferred E Isolation valves F Architect to show location elevations and correct size of bathroom accessories on plans G Built in dispensers will not be allowed 2 BATHROOM EQUIPMENT to be supplied by Facilities Services or Contracted Service Provider as appropriate A Toilet seat cover dispenser white 710 fold B Paper towel dispenser single fold Fort Howard 567 01 C Dispenser soap GJ5150 special order 3 week lead time through Coastwide 541 926 3289 D Roll towel dispenser Fort Howard 565 53 E Tampon dispenser RT 30 HST 25v F Dispenser sanitary 8 pad NSIE 8 H G Sanitary can garbage step on lid white plastic liner H Toilet paper dispenser roll GP53771 special order 3 week lead time through Revised June 2012 Coastwide 541 926 3289 Electric hand drying equipment 01 Operation No heating element high velocity air aka motor heated b Touch free activation via infrared sensor c 15 seconds or faster drying time d 85 dB or lower sound level e Optional air filtration pro
5. Existing Conditions Page 02 82 00 1 Section 02 82 00 ASBESTOS REMEDIATION 1 REQUIREMENTS A On every project involving existing OSU facilities the Project Manager shall ask that OSU Facilities Services Environmental Health amp Safety EH amp S survey for the existence of asbestos B No removal of building materials or building systems shall occur without the inspection for asbestos containing material by the EH amp S OR by an independent consultant as directed by EH amp S C All asbestos containing material that needs to be removed in support of any project will be coordinated by EH amp S Exemptions for OR OSHA Class 2 asbestos work can be made by the University Revised June 2012 35 Division 7 Thermal and Moisture Protection Page 07 10 00 1 Section 07 10 00 ROOFING AND WATERPROOFING 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A Indicate applicable American Society for Testing and Materials ASTM specification in this section 01 Fire resistance based on ASTM E 108 B Indicate applicable Oregon Structural Specialty Code latest edition C Indicate applicable Underwriters Laboratory UL 01 Fire resistance based on UL 790 D Indicate applicable Factory Mutual FM specifications 01 Wind uplift criteria based on FM 1 90 E Note indicate applicable National Roofing Contractors Association standards F No new clay tiles roof are permitted All work described in this standard shall comply with the current editions of the
6. Exterior Improvements Page 32 80 00 2 02 Zone Isolation valve unionized brass angle globe valve 03 All control valves shall have isolation valves and downstream unions 04 Sub main isolation valve brass resilient seat gate valve Pipe 01 Schedule 40 PVC only 02 Mainline depth 18 24 03 Lateral depths 12 18 04 Control valve depth 12 05 No gasketted pipe or compression couplings are permitted 06 Provide supplemental air to minimum 125PSI pressure test to ensure no loss of pressure in 4 hour test period Control Wire 01 Copper UF 14 AWG minimum 02 A unique pair of spare wires shall be installed from the controller to each valve 03 Unique spare control wire to each valve BLACK 04 Spare common wire shall be installed from the controller and looped at each valve YELLOW 05 Locate wire UF 16 AWG minimum spliced with waterproof connectors BLUE 06 Control wires to be spliced with waterproof connectors only in valve boxes No directly buried splices are allowed 07 Master valve shall have independent circuit 08 Provide ohm readings verifying continuity of all control wires including spares 09 Provide waterproof circuit numbers at termination of all control wires including spares 3M ScotchCode Wire Marker Tape wrapped at least 3 revolutions around each wire Valve Boxes 01 Pentek or Carson of suitable size T top lids green in turf and brown in shrubs Backflow Preventer 01 F
7. INTERIOR HOBBS amp RODRIGUEZ DESIGN 8 be DESIGN CORVALLIS OREGON I PROJECT ILLUSTRATION LANDSCAPE HOPS amp BARLEY ARCHITECT PORTLAND OREGON _ te 1 100 x 1 1 GENERAL STANWOOD CONSTRUCTION T CONTRACTOR BEND OREGON y BLACK 2X2 PROJECT OREGON STATE UNIVERSITY TRIM MANAGEMENT FACILITIES SERVICES A i 4 WHITE FIELD a D 5 3 4 MDO PLYWOOD SOLID BLACK LETTERS TYP 4X4 POSTS PAINT BLACK T GROU Revised June 2012 74 Division 13 Special Construction Page 13 20 00 1 Section 13 20 00 SPECIALTY USE AREAS PART 1 GENERAL 1 REQUIREMENTS A Revised June 2012 Specialty use areas can include laser rooms high radioisotope use or biosafety level 3 or animal biosafety level 2 or 3 Due to their complex nature design requirements for specialty use areas should be discussed with EH amp S to determine specific needs Design requirements will vary depending on user activity and the nature of work 75 Division 13 Special Construction Page 13 25 00 1 Section 13 25 00 RESTROOMS PART 1 GENERAL 1 REQUIREMENTS A Floor drain B Ceramic or Seamless floor Keyed hot water hose bib under sink D Wall mounted partitions preferred E Isolation valves F Architect to show location elevations and correct size of bathroom accessories on plans G In addition to the required restrooms per applicable building code requirements a gender neutral restroom shall be de
8. 02 Readily visible and accessible to all occupants of the laboratory or work site They cannot be blocked by building structures cabinets supplies or equipment 03 Adequately supplied with potable water to meet the requirements of each component The shower must be able to deliver a minimum of 30 gallons per minute The diameter of the water pattern of the shower measured 60 inches above the surface on which the user stands must be a minimum of 20 inches The center of the spray pattern shall be located at least 16 inches from any obstruction 04 Supplied by a minimum iron pipe size of 1 inch 05 Installed with a stay open ball valve 06 Installed so that the shower head is not less than 82 inches nor more than 96 inches from the surface on which the user stands 07 Identified with a highly visible sign 08 Eyewash component drain must be plumbed to sanitary sewer 09 Located so as not to pose an electrical shock hazard No electrical outlets within 6 feet unless GFI protected 10 Indoor units are not required to deliver tempered water Units installed outdoors or in adverse climates may need to be tempered The need for tempered water shall be reviewed and approved by OSU EH amp S during the design phase 11 A dedicated water shutoff valve shall be located within 10 feet of the shower unit 4 LOCATION OF EMERGENCY EYE WASH AND OR SHOWER B C Revised June 2012 A combination eyewash emergency shower may be lo
9. A Revised June 2012 Division 26 Electrical Page 26 00 00 6 B Red Orange C Blue Yellow Equipment Ground Green Green Isolated Ground Green with Yellow Stripe Green with Yellow Stripe Each with identifiable color stripe Solid and Stranded Wire a No 14 AWG and smaller may be solid b No 12 and larger shall be stranded Minimum Size for Lighting and Power Branch Circuits No 12 AWG a Use No 14 AWG stranded for control wiring and auxiliary system circuits Field installed cords to portable equipment shall be Type ST or SO and field installed cords for normal equipment shall be Type SRDT or SPT 3 containing identified equipment Circuit wiring through ballast channels of fluorescent fixtures shall be 600 volt 90 degrees C insulation Fixture must be approved for through wiring if this is used General Use Insulation NEC 600 volt type THHN THWN or XHHW Connections in No 10 and smaller wire shall be made with threaded on plastic or nylon insulated wire nuts Crimp connectors except butt connectors are prohibited Joints in No 8 and larger conductors shall be made with pre insulated mechanical lugs All wiring devices provided shall be 20A specification grade New building devices will be ivory white or brown with stainless steel plates for standard and ground fault interrupter use Isolated ground devices shall be orange with stainless steel coverplates Emergency standby power devices will be red Exist
10. All personnel assigned to perform work as described herein have the responsibility to have and appropriately use the necessary personal safety equipment and protective clothing No one is permitted on the project site without the required and appropriate personal safety equipment or protective clothing All personnel and equipment shall be decontaminated as needed before exiting the project site 6 FIRST AID AND EMERGENCY RESPONSE EQUIPMENT AND PROCEDURES A Revised June 2012 The appropriate emergency first aid equipment for treatment of exposure to site physical and chemical hazards shall be readily accessible A list of emergency phone numbers and points of contact for fire hospital police ambulance and other necessary contacts shall be clearly posted at the job site A route map that details the directions to the nearest medical facility shall be clearly posted at the job site 33 10 11 Revised June 2012 Division 2 Existing Conditions Page 02 65 00 3 TEMPORARY CONTAINMENT OF EXCAVATED SOIL A C EH amp S shall designate and approve the location of any temporary containment area proposed to be used by the contractor The excavated soil shall be placed on an impervious barrier and covered with 10mil or greater polyethylene sheeting and shall be so constructed as to not allow any off site discharge The area will be restored to a pre project state upon completion of the project EXCAVATION ref
11. Development in the OSU National Historic District is subject to the requirements of the City of Corvallis Land Development Code Chapter 2 9 Historic Resources All historic preservation permit applications HPP will be submitted for review coordination and disposition by Campus Planning BUILDING EXTERIORS A All exterior building features must meet or exceed Oregon Energy Code Chapter 13 of the current Oregon Structural Specialty Code and the current Oregon Occupational Health amp Safety Code requirements Select materials for compatibility with adjacent structures per Campus Master Plan design guidelines Exterior brick for the envelope must be of the highest quality selected for harmonious color texture appearance the Pacific Northwest climate and environmental impacts Metal coping is required on all brick or masonry parapets Asbestos containing materials are not allowed 22 F Division 01 General Project Requirements Page 01 00 00 7 Provide exterior architectural louvers with factory finish that does not require field painting Exterior louvers to be specified by the architect 12 EH amp S MITIGATION REQUIREMENTS Environmental Mitigation requirements may included but are not limited to procedures and standards to control Dust Control and Fugitive Emissions A Revised June 2012 01 02 Odors 01 02 Construction project activity shall not cause or permit the emission of any p
12. __ coron underwear sasni ara FR pan 25 Cotton underwear FR shirt FR pants and FR coveralls 40 Cotton underwear FR shirt FR pants and double layer switching coat and pants Cal cm2 are the units of incident energy that the PPE can withstand Note that a hard hat with safety glasses goggles full face shield where applicable and the appropriate gloves are required also Revised June 2012 04 05 The coordination study shall be provided to assure both overcurrent and short circuit selective coordination occur to provide an orderly shutdown and to minimize extent of outages These studies shall be part of the design services Equipment belonging to other University Departments shall not be installedFacilities mechanical or electrical rooms unless permission is given by Facilities Operations in writing PROHIBITED MATERIALS AND CONSTRUTION PRACTICES 01 02 03 04 05 Extra flexible non labeled conduit or non UL listed conduit Plastic conduit for interior electrical use except that PVC conduit may be used for power circuits below basement concrete floors in corrosive environments and for ground wires in any location or with approval from the University Facilities Electrical Shop The transition from PVC to steel shall be made below the floor Aluminum wiring bussing shall not be used a Use of aluminum plated bus and aluminum wound transformers is prohibited Use of incompatible Materials Al
13. are used lever controls are acceptable but must be located in an accessible location i Install toilets so seat height is at 18 ADA allows 17 19 and centerline of toilet is 17 from wall ADA allows 16 18 j Install grab bars at 34 height ADA allows 33 36 k Install vertical grab bar as per ICC A117 1 new requirement 02 Lavatories a In new construction make all lavatories accessible b 02 c Install automatic faucet controls d Provide tempered water 120 degrees maximum 03 Urinals a Install automatic flush valves 04 Showers a Install roll in showers that are 42 x 60 minimum ADA allows 30 x 60 Revised June 2012 12 Division 1 General Requirements Page 01 00 01 13 b Provide a clear floor space of 36 x 60 minimum outside of transfer shower stalls of and 42 x 60 minimum at roll in shower stalls ADA allows 36 x 48 and 30 x 60 respectively c Install shower seats at 18 height ADA allows 17 to 19 d Install shower controls at 43 ADA allows 38 to 48 e Mount grab bars at 34 ADA allows 33 to 36 05 Locker Rooms a Provide accessible lockers on accessible route b Accessible lockers should be located close to entrance to locker room and near showers C Accessible lockers should be located within 18 to 43 reach range and be furnished with lever handles 06 Toilet Accessories
14. bus shall be copper Busway shall be used to serve one room or usable space It is prohibited for busway to penetrate a fire rated wall C Indoor busway if used shall be water resistant per current ANSI IEEE Standards D If use of busway is approved by special permission for a project Contractor shall provide 10 of spare busway and 10 of total spare switches used This includes when busway is installed in shop areas or specially approved conditions SURFACE RACEWAYS 1 REQUIREMENTS A Surface raceway shall not be used in new construction except as approved by the University Facilities Electrical Shop B Surface metallic raceway with associated coupling boxes and fitting shall be mounted to the surface of structure for the installation of electrical conductors when approved may be used in the following locations 01 In dry locations 02 In Class I Division 2 Hazardous classified locations and as permitted by National Electric Code NEC C Surface non metallic raceway shall not be used D Fittings and Boxes 01 Raceway shall have manufacturer s finish standard prime coating suitable for field painting 02 The acceptable manufacturers for surface raceways shall include a The Wiremold Co 03 All junction boxes pull boxes conduit bodies above suspended ceilings shall be accessible by step ladder or lift without dismantling the ceiling UNDERGROUND RACEWAYS 1 REQUIREMENTS A All underground cables of any cl
15. 01 FACP shall be wired to building LIFE SAFETY EMERGENCY POWER with circuit labeling placed on FACP faceplate upper right hand corner including FACP indicated on panel circuit schedule 02 INITIATING DEVICES a ALL FIELD DEVICES shall be programmed with individual addresses b ALL MONITORING SUPERVISORY DEVICES shall be programmed with an individual address c ALL PHOTOELECTRIC SMOKE SENSORS shall be intelligent analog type detectors ALL THEMRAL SENSORS shall be intelligent analog type detectors ALL PROJECTED BEAM SMOKE DETECTORS will have local key operated testing stations accessibly mounted test switch to be mounted no higher than 72 f ALL DEVICES LOCATED ABOVE CEILINGS shall have a remote LED indicator mounted on the wall at eye level as near as possible below the device and labeled accordingly g ALL DEVICES MUST BE INSTALLED WITH GOOD ACCESS FOR SERVICING h ALL HEAT AND SMOKE DETECTORS SHALL HAVE WIRED BASES 03 The activation of any smoke detector shall initiate an Alarm Verification operation whereby the panel will reset the activated detector and wait for a second alarm activation If within one 1 minute after resetting a second alarm is reported from the same or any other smoke detector the system shall process the alarm immediately If the second alarm doesn t occur within the Alarm Verification time window the system shall resume normal operation The time period for the Alarm Verification reset shall
16. 4 wire service and 100 ampere minimum for 480Y 277 volt 3 phase 4 wire service Do not provide 240 120 volt 3 phase 4 wire tapped delta systems Where 240 volts is required use of buck boost transformers is required c Any new or existing building with 3 phase service shall only have 3 phase panels provided 120 208 volt panelboards shall be designed to 50 fill and no more than 70 fill at completion of project An additional panelboard shall be installed where these conditions cannot be met All panelboards shall have a minimum of 4 spare conduits terminating in accessible space Power panels shall be equipped with molded case circuit breakers of adequate interrupting capacity MOTORS AND MOTOR CONTROLS 1 REQUIREMENTS A Revised June 2012 Related Work Air conditioning chiller starters and fire pump controllers shall be specified with the equipment in Divisions 21 and 23 Wiring from switchgear or switchboard to this equipment shall be specified in Division 26 NEMA and NEC Requirements 01 Motors and motor control equipment shall conform to NEMA voltage ratings A motor rated atr 230 volts may not be used on a 208V system Designer shall specify a 208V motor or buck boost type transformer to achieve the required 230V 184 Division 26 Electrical Page 26 00 00 21 02 Motor branch circuit protective devices shall meet the all requirements of the current NEC Motor Control Centers Class Type B with te
17. 76 0000 71 5000 Plan View Plan View Plan View 71 5000 Recessed Locking Recessed Locking Door Latch Door Latch THREE Chamber Recycling trash receptacle 02 Serviceable plastic insert Rubbermaid 23 gallon slim jims with specifications and dimensions as per the following drawing Revised June 2012 72 Revised June 2012 Approved Site Furnishings List Page 12 93 01 6 10 7500 Plan View 20 2500 10 7500 20 2500 a a 30 0000 30 0000 Side View Front View Plastic insert for 3 or 4 chamber recycling trash receptacles 73 Construction Sign Specification 01 EH amp S has requested the following language be added to the sign Approved Site Furnishings List Page 12 93 01 7 If you have questions or concerns regarding this construction area please contact the Facilities Services Work Coordination Center at 541 737 2969 For after hours safety concerns please contact the Department of Public Safety at 541 737 3010 OSU TYPICAL JOB SIGN jw H 1 7 a NE CHILD CARE CENTER ARCHITECT MASIAS amp NUSSBAUMBER AIA P C CORVALLIS OREGON STRUCTURAL DAWN DUNMIRE STRUCTURAL INC rp 2 0 State ENGINEER BEND OREGON regon 2 ta es MECHANICAL COFFMAN amp MEEKER CONSULTING p PLUMBING PORTLAND OREGON 4 ELECTRICAL WATTS ELECTRICAL CONSULTING ENGINEER PORTLAND OREGON 1 t _
18. Accessible drinking fountains 07 Additional accessible elements F Exceptions the following types of projects are exempt from the 25 Revised June 2012 requirement 01 Alterations limited solely to window hardware operating controls and signs 02 Alterations limited solely to improvements to electrical mechanical and or fire protection systems Division 1 General Requirements Page 010001 4 03 The abatement of hazardous materials 04 Alterations that are accessibility improvement projects 4 Buildings within the OSU Historic District A All of the accessibility construction standards shall apply to any buildings located within the Oregon State University Historic District undergoing alterations unless technically infeasible This is in addition to the requirements listed above in the section Alterations to Existing Buildings B Where compliance would threaten or destroy the historic significance of a building as determined by the City of Corvallis Historic Resources Commission alternative solutions must be implemented to ensure accessibility C Alternative solutions shall be provided to the OSU s satisfaction Decisions on alternative solutions must include and be approved by the Office of Equity and Inclusion D Where the alteration to existing restrooms would adversely affect the historic significance of a building at least one fully accessible family or assisted use toilet room shall be provided 5
19. Cathode construction The lamp shall contain cathodes designed for specific operation on United States ballast operating systems instant rapid programmed start regardless of country of manufacture ANSI standards Lamps shall comply with applicable ANSI standards See the end of this section for information on parking lighting and historic fixtures Areas under construction shall have temporary lighting for nighttime All interior light fixtures shall be accessible by a step ladder 8 or less placed in accordance with OSHA standards or one of the following 01 A permanently installed means of access 02 A building specific means supplied by the project of access platform lift etc stored in a readily accessible location on site and in place at the completion of the project All exterior lights shall be accessible by means currently owned by OSU without damage to buildings or plantings Exterior lights must be installed an operated to prevent up lighting into the night sky as per the Campus Master Plan Fixtures incorporating lamps other than those listed in facilities services warehouse inventory shall not be used unless a written request to waive this 189 Division 26 Electrical Page 26 00 00 26 requirement has been approved by the OSU Project Manager and OSU Electric Shop 01 For unique lamps and ballasts 10 or 10 each lamps and ballasts whichever is greater to be added to the OSU Stores invent
20. Fire Alarm System Page 28 30 00 14 c The DACT shall be mounted in an adjacent or nearest mechanical or electrical room to the FACP unless approved by the owner for installation adjacent to the FACP OSU Telecom will install two dedicated phone lines for the fire alarm auto dialer with a six week lead time No modifications or changes to existing or functioning fire alarm system will occur without two weeks written notification to our dispatcher at Cascade Hall central station Security Requirements a Where applicable for addressable systems a minimum of two levels of security are required at the FACP one level for limited interrogation of system status and a second higher level for system programming changes Inclusion of Costs a Any costs for design installation or programming required for any existing University FACP if applicable in order to add to the installation is to be included in contract Power and Environmental Recruitments a All system power to be isolated circuits with dedicated ground 120 VAC 60 HZ 32 122 DEG F OC 50C 0 95 RH Relative Humidity non condensing Emergency Power Recruitments a Power for the FACP DACT printer and all remote power supplies shall be from the emergency power panel Each shall be served by individual surge protected dedicated circuits Elevator Requirements a All fire alarm devices separate zones and other requirements shall be included in the fire alarm sy
21. Page 010001 5 Provide 30 minimum knee space under tables and counters wherever possible It is acknowledged that this amount of knee space is not available with lavatories due to lavatory bowls and plumbing ADA allows 27 minimum 05 Reach Ranges a Provide all controls for building occupants between 18 and 43 above the floor ADA allows 15 to 48 or up to 44 over counters up to 25 deep Controls and objects shall be placed at least 18 inches away from inside corners of walls to allow for wheelchair access Locate outlets and other objects that are normally closer to the floor at a consistent height of 18 inches above the floor measured to the centerline of the outlet or object ADA allows outlets to be located as low as 15 Exterior Accessible Routes 01 Paths of Travel a All projects must consider connections from the project site to accessible parking as well as to accessible routes of travel that connect the building to the rest of campus to ensure that we are creating an integrated campus Where an accessible route intersects with multiple routes where one or more are not accessible provide signage directing people to the accessible route When an accessible route of travel needs to be closed for construction purposes the designer shall direct the contractor to either provide an alternate accessible route or provide signage that directs people to the nearest accessible route Minimum
22. a Mount toilet paper dispensers below grab bars at 29 and out from the front edge of the toilet centered a distance of 8 inches ADA allows 7 9 b Mount toilet seat cover dispenser on opposite wall or partition from side grab bar The opening should be at a maximum height of 43 c Mount fixtures including hand dryers paper towel holders and soap dispensers with controls at 43 ADA allows up to 48 or 54 with clear side reach d Locate paper towel dispensers and hand dryers in locations that are not within an accessible route of travel Consider using a recessed unit that does not protrude from the wall more than 4 The OSU standard paper towel dispenser protrudes out from the wall approximately 9 inches and does not comply with ADA requirements e The same applies to hand dryers f If provided install baby changing table so that the front edge is at 34 above the floor g Mount mirrors with bottom edge no higher than 38 above the floor ADA allows maximum of 40 Provide full height mirrors where possible 07 Drinking Fountains a Install dual height accessible drinking fountains or water coolers near lecture halls auditoriums and other high use areas Option two separate units Provide water bottle fillers on the lower unit C Provide alcoves for drinking fountains Wheelchair accessible drinking fountains typically extend out from walls This creates a potential protru
23. apparatus which is not physically attached to the source of interference Special Protective and Preventive Materials In addition to developing a basic protection design in preventing the penetration of magnetic interference when it is required by this Standard to Design and specify EMF mitigation plans or strategies that will prevent and solve the magnetic interference problems as described in Section 26 10 00 1 a The expectation of this standard is to reduce EMF to below one 1 milligauss even in the most complex field environment Special EMF Shielding Material There are two means of EMF shielding that may be used to achieve effective prevention of magnetic interference or eliminate the existing problems See Sections 26 10 00 1 b and 26 10 00 1 d a In fields of low intensity use CO NETIC AA perfection sheet because of its high initial permeability and corresponding high attenuation characteristics In fields with high intensity use NETIC S3 6 sheet because of its high magnetic saturation characteristics CO NETIC AA Perfection Annealed Sheet are available in standard gauge 014 through 062 thick in flat sheet sizes up to 30 x 59 or full sheet of 015 thick and 36 by 120 b Installation For wall or floor coverings designer shall specify that sheets shall be butted at seams all seams flush and tight C Fasteners NETIC CO NETIC AA sheets shall be mounted to walls by non magnetic fasteners to penetrat
24. following codes as adopted by the City of Corvallis Municipal Code and the latest edition of the International Building Code H Waterproofing systems shall be used at all building planters plaza decks and l Any and all overflow drainage from roof shall be managed in accordance with applicable municipal code requirements All attic and or under deck ventilation shall be installed as required to control moisture J Moisture control 01 Install condensation control vapor retarders as required per the needs of the roof system 02 All attic and or under deck ventilation shall be installed as required to control moisture K Testing for water tightness and material performance may be required at OSU s discretion prior to OSU s acceptance of roofing and drainage systems Obtain acceptance of testing method from Owner and roofing materials manufacturer L Refer to Division 22 for additional information on Roof Drains 2 FALL PROTECTION A All roofs requiring maintenance must have fall protection from one of the following methods or a combination thereof 01 Parapet wall preferred 02 Guardrails consider minimize visibility of the guard rails from the ground or adjacent buildings 03 Tie offs provide specialized equipment and access from roof hatches 3 MANUFACTURER QUALIFICATIONS A The Manufacturer s Roof System Warranty Single source not less than 20 years No Dollar Limit NDL labor and material for entire system inc
25. regardless if substitution is granted is to be 01 OSU Black Paint Benjamin Moore 80 50 gloss Powder coat Cardinal BK78 Black 02 OSU Orange PPG 90 313 Safety Orange The approved list for site furnishings is included in Section 12550 Cast in place retaining walls seat walls and benches must be chamfered with grooves for sufficient depth installed on all edges to deter skateboards 01 Continuous surface edge without skate deterrent must not exceed 4 For monument signs refer to Section 32250 All site furnishings will be designed with an appropriately engineered footing where required At a minimum there shall be a trash receptacle and recycling bin at every entry to the building 2 EXTERIOR SIGNAGE Oregon State University requires an effective system of visual communication that projects a uniform institutional identity while at the same time integrating well with the present and future campus environment The following requirements identify how exterior signage will be applied to the OSU main campus A Revised June 2012 Monument signs are considered the main building identification and will only include building name abbreviation and street address 01 Minimum setback for primary identification signs from the curb face shall be two 2 feet 02 Minimum separation between primary identification signs shall be 100 feet Directional Signs provide direction to parking lots buildings and athlet
26. remain shall be completed The contractor is responsible for maintaining all tree protection measures during all construction phases of the project The project arborist and OSU Project Manager and OSU Landscape Manager or designee shall be contacted immediately if any of the trees on site are damaged during the construction of the project The project arborist in consultation with the OSU Project Manager and OSU Landscape Manager or designee will assess the damage to any tree and provide corrective measures which may include pruning tree wound repair or even removal Upon completion of the project the project arborist will contact the OSU Project Manager and review the post construction evaluation of the trees on the site No tree shall be removed from the site without the completion of a tree condition report and prior notification and approval of the OSU Project Manager 01 Tree removal within the OSU National Historic District requires a Historic Tree Checklist to ensure that any trees being removed are not considered historic An arborist report must accompany the Historic Tree Checklist PART 2 MATERIALS 1 FENCING A The contractor is responsible for installing a tree protection fence around all the trees identified to remain on site prior to the start of any site work grading or staging of any equipment or materials B The tree protection fence shall be a galvanized chain link fence that measures a minimum of six feet high 01
27. s restroom women s restrooms unisex restrooms fire alarm pull stations and closest exit When a project involves the modification of public utilities PICP the Owner requires 2 sets of digital and hard copy Record Drawings within 30 days following the City of Corvallis approval of that portion of the construction The Design Professional shall provide one set to City of Corvallis Public Works Department and one set to the Owner 2 SUSTAINABILITY A Revised June 2012 Oregon State University shall follow the Sustainability Facilities Standards and Guidelines outlined in the Oregon Department of Administrative Services to follow Policy Manual number 125 6 010 01 All new buildings are required to reach a minimum of 33 sustainability points out of a possible 65 Division 01 General Project Requirements Page 01 00 00 3 02 All major remodeling projects are required to reach a minimum of 26 sustainability points Certain sections of the Construction Standards and Specifications have been modified to guide accomplishment of this goal It is the responsibility of the A E to review these and other applicable criteria for appropriate inclusion 3 UNIVERSAL DESIGN A B It is the intention of Oregon State University to develop a built environment which is universally designed to incorporate access for persons with disabilities as an integral element in anything built or purchased The designer will take the
28. the resulting slope will be less than 2 C Revised June 2012 Division 1 General Requirements Page 01 0001 7 Install handrails at 36 above nosings ADA allows 34 38 Also include handrail at 26 in locations used primarily or frequently by children OSSC requires that there be handrails within 30 of any portion of a stair that is determined to be an egress route On exterior stairs that are not part of an egress route provide intermediate handrail s evenly spaced in increments not exceeding 8 Provide continuous handrails around the perimeter of intermediate landings When using steel pipe or tubing provide minimum wall thickness of 140 Round handrails are preferred Provide horizontal handrail extension providing the extension does not protrude into an accessible route General Site Elements 01 Parking a See Oregon Transportation Commission s OTC Standards for Accessible Parking Places The following shall be supplemental to the OTC standards Where conflicts exist the following standards shall prevail Parking stalls shall be designed to be 9 wide by 18 6 deep ADA allows 8 wide stalls Standard access aisles shall be a minimum of 6 wide ADA allows minimum of 5 Access aisles adjacent to van accessible or wheelchair accessible spaces shall be a minimum of 8 wide ADA allows 8 access aisle with 8 wide parking space or 5 access aisle with 11
29. unless otherwise approved by the University Civil Engineer Chapter 2 of the Campus Master Plan recommends utility distribution lines be underground and OSU s preference is to locate all new utilities underground If existing above ground utilities are within the project limits then provisions 232 Revised June 2012 Division 33 Utilities Page 33 00 00 2 should be implemented by the designer to have the utilities relocated underground unless otherwise approved by the Director 01 If the utility is owned by a franchise with a recorded easement then the cost of relocation would be the responsibility of the project If an easement does not exist then the cost would be the utility s responsibility and a new easement would need to be coordinated through the University Civil Engineer 233 Division 33 Meters Page 33 09 00 1 Section 33 09 00 METERS PART 1 METERING 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A All buildings shall be fully metered for electricity steam condensate potable and irrigation water sewer deductions natural gas chilled and heating water and other utilities where applicable The installation of any utility owned equipment shall be completed in accordance with the utility requirements of the supplier of the utility i e Pacific Power NW Natural Gas etc Utility meters shall be integrated with the Building Management systems to allow for monitoring trending and preservation of records
30. 02 03 04 05 During the initial planning consult with OSU Facilities Services regarding the choice of primary service voltage to be used its location and the capacity available An important aspect of power system design and installation involves consideration of service reliability of the proposed systems and loads that are to be supplied System Installation inspection and service reliability will be performed by the Contractor in the presence of the University Representative s Facilities Operations and the Electrical Shop when and if the systems are to be connected to University electrical power systems The system shall not be energized if these requirements are not met or it fails final inspection Contractor s Designers and Engineer s are responsible for addressing all the design review comments to the satisfaction of the University in order to assure the continued reliability of the University power distribution system Copies of all electrical permits and inspections including final inspection shall be given to project manager and the OSU electric shop within 10 days of receipt No exceptions to Construction Standards without written approval from specific shop All plans drawings shall have the Construction Standards version listed in the lower right hand side of plan drawing B PERMITS 01 02 Revised June 2012 Copies of all electrical permits shall be provided to Project Manager and the OSU Elec
31. 03 Key element reports may be filtered by operator name and may be run for a user defined time interval hs SUMMARIES AND LOGS A Revised June 2012 The system shall be provided with a log function This function shall provide the system operator with a means of requesting a single point all points in a given system or all points in the building The system shall have the capability of generating the following reports as a minimum 01 Program Summary Upon operator request the system shall output a programmed start stop time summary This summary shall contain all 160 Division 25 Building Automation Systems Page 25 30 00 6 points their associated programmed start stop times and the respective days of week 02 Limit Summary An Analog Limit and Differential Summary shall be provided that details the high and low limits and limit differentials for all analog points or all analog points within a unique building system 03 System Log A System Log shall be provided which contains the point status of all points specified by operator input 04 Trend Logs Trend Logs shall provide a means of producing a hard copy printout of points selected by the operator on a periodic time basis to form a trend log The operator shall have the ability to add or delete points and select the reporting time interval 05 Alarm Summary An Alarm Summary report shall be printed automatically each day This shall contain all alarms for tha
32. 102 Buxton Hall by phone at 541 737 0683 and email at dan larson oregonstate edu Electric Strike Revised June 2012 Strike MA Kee Strike TYPICAL BIULDING ENTRANCE ADA INFER RED KEY PAD CARD READER 42 Division 08 Openings Page 08 31 00 1 Section 08 31 00 ACCESS PANELS PART 1 GENERAL 1 REQUIREMENTS A oO Revised June 2012 Provide access panels in non accessible ceilings wherever there is equipment or a device that needs maintenance valves dampers junction boxes terminal units etc Access panel sizes shall be sized to accommodate the largest piece of equipment The location of access panels shall be reviewed by the Project Manager and PRT to ensure the location is accessible for maintenance and operation requirements 01 Access panel shall be ata minimum 12 x 12 where the equipment or device is less than 18 from the finished ceiling 02 Use 24 x 24 access panels where the equipment or device is more than 18 from the finish ceiling and where equipment or device has a panel or door that needs to be opened or removed for service 03 Use a minimum of 8 x 8 access panels in walls to access valves or other appurtenances Locate access panels directly under or in front of the equipment or device Final location of access panel shall be determined on site by project manager and EHS construction safety officer prior to installation
33. 25 Building Automation Systems Page 25 30 00 1 Section 25 30 00 INTEGRATED AUTOMATION INSTRUMENTATION amp TERMINAL DEVICES PART 1 GENERAL 1 REQUIREMENTS A DESIGN 01 Throughout this design guide manufacturers installers are referred to as the contractor 02 Currently approved manufacturers installers a Siemens Building Technologies Inc b Johnson Controls Inc iC Alerton d Other manufacturers may be approved if they can demonstrate interoperability by manipulating and controlling the other vendor s devices The demonstration must occur prior to the of the schematic design portion of the project 03 The Energy Management System EMS shall be a distributed intelligent network DDC that is fully compatible with the Johnson Controls Metasys System or the Siemens Apogee System or the Alerton BACnet system currently installed on the Oregon State Campus Full compatibility is defined as a seamless ability to take full advantage of all network and DDC operating capabilities of the existing campus wide EMS 04 BACnet device instances shall be coordinated between all systems using BACnet protocol through OSU s Facilities Services IT staff 05 Installation of the Siemens and Johnson systems is to be performed by the branch office Installation by the Alerton system is to be performed by Environmental Controls Corporation 2 CENTRAL EQUIPMENT AND OPERATING SYSTEM A Each of the existing approved control system
34. 3 PROTECTION A 4 PLANS A There shall be no alteration or disturbance of existing grade of any kind within the TRPZ No alteration of drainage flow into the TRPZ shall be permitted without the written authorization from the project arborist No storage of construction materials equipment or supplies of any kind shall be permitted within the TRPZ No disposal of any liquids of any kind shall be permitted within the TRPZ No movement of vehicles equipment pedestrians etc shall be permitted within the TRPZ No excavation or trenching shall be permitted within the TRPZ No tunneling under the TRPZ without prior written authorization from the project arborist and landscape coordinator No roots extending beyond the TRPZ shall be pruned or cut without prior authorization from the project arborist No exceptions of the tree protection measures shall be provided without written approval from the OSU Project Manager and the OSU Landscape manager or designee All site and landscape plans shall identify the trees that are to remain the trees to be removed the tree root protection zone and protection fencing 5 TREE DAMAGE AND REPAIR A Revised June 2012 Upon notification of a damaged tree the project arborist shall inspect the tree and assess the damage The arborist shall outline in writing the corrective measures necessary to repair the damage If a tree is to be removed as a result of construction related damage th
35. 4 square electrical box without the use of special adapters or trim rings Appliances shall be wired with UTP conductors having a minimum of 3 twists per foot The appliance shall be capable of two wire synchronization with one of the following options a Synchronized Strobe with Horn on steady b Synchronized Strobe with Temporal Code Pattern on Horn c Synchronized Strobe with March Time cadence on Horn d Synchronized Strobe firing to NAC sync signal with Horn silenced In lieu of using duct mounted smoke detectors and where allowed by the code the Engineer of Record shall design a complete smoke detection system less duct detector The Fire Alarm System shall comply with all applicable codes The Engineer of Record shall review specific vender requirements with OSU and where requirements dictate specific vendor equipment the Engineer of Record shall assist OSU in open meeting requirements to allow bid alternates The Engineer of Record shall prepare contract documents requiring alternate bids to be taken for the fire alarm systems listed in Section 3 The Engineer of Record shall insure continuous alarm protection when designing fire alarm systems where upgrading modifying or phasing of work is required Fire alarm protection shall be maintained in occupied areas of a building at all times A construction phasing plan shall be prepared by the Engineer of Record and shall be included in specifications whenever portions of the con
36. C This location typically has high pedestrian traffic and less vehicular traffic Roads within Sector C are OSU owned and maintained Monument signs will decrease in scale by 50 of Monument Signs outside of the OSU Boundary and 25 less for Monument Signs within the OSU Boundary This location is within the OSU Sign Exemption Area and construction and sign placement can proceed with no required sign permit Recycling trash Receptacles Interior and Exterior 01 Metal receptacle Combination recycling trash receptacles should be placed where appropriate in landscape and site design Outdoor receptacles are available in a 4 or 3 chamber design Four chamber receptacle should be used except in special cases where walkway width restrictions require a slimmer profile Receptacles are available from RJH Enterprises Inc Corvallis Oregon They hold 3 or 4 Rubbermaid 23 gallon slim jims have full height internal partition and swinging doors that meet fire code for exterior AND interior use and are constructed as per the drawings below Receptacles must be powder coated 70 Approved Site Furnishings List Page 12 93 01 4 90 7500 22 4375 l4ga Plate Formed door with shutes to direct items Into containers 43 750 End View FOUR Chamber Recycling trash receptacle Front View Revised June 2012 71 Approved Site Furnishings List Page 12 93 01 5
37. EROSION CONTROL A Revised June 2012 Erosion control shall be installed in accordance with the City of Corvallis Land Development Code and be approved by the OSU Project Manager prior to the commencement of any grading All erosion control information shall be clearly indicated on plans and specifications and designed in a manner consistent with all applicable code requirements Sediment and erosion control barriers within tree protection areas shall not be installed below the existing soil surface utilizing trenching or other excavation methods that will adversely affect tree root zones Sediment fencing shall be anchored utilizing surface weighted fiber filled mesh filtration bags or similar approved system The Contractor is responsible to apply and obtain an erosion control permit from the City of Corvallis prior to commencing any grading activities on the project site The City approved permit shall be obtained from the City of Corvallis and provided to the OSU Project Manager prior to the beginning of construction The designer engineer architect is responsible to determine if a NPDES 1200 C permit is required for the project Permit application to be coordinated by Project manager All erosion control measures required for a NPDES 1200 C permit shall be indicated on an Erosion Control Measures drawing which is to be prepared by the designer engineer architect and included in the plan set 216 Division 31 Earthwork
38. June 2012 01 01 02 03 04 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 01 02 03 04 05 Division 14 Conveying Systems Page 14 20 00 15 Protection Locate and protect movable equipment and controls in such a way that they can only be operated by authorized persons Inspections Obtain and pay for inspections and permits and make sure test are as required by regulations of authorities Conduct all tests and inspection in the presence of the Owners representative Final inspection shall be after all new equipment is installed and operating correctly Inspect installation in accordance with ANSI A17 2 Deliver test certificates and permits to Owner Operation and Maintenance Instruct Owner s personnel in proper use operations and daily maintenance of elevators Training shall include operation of diagnostic microcomputer and servicing of elevator microprocessor Make final check of each elevator operation with Owner s personnel present and just prior to date of substantial completion Determine that control systems and operating devices are functioning properly Continuing Maintenance provide 1 year maintenance on elevators on as as needed basis as part of standard 1 year warranty on new equipment and upgrades Maintenance shall include systematic examination adjustment and lubrication of new elevator equipment replacement of seals packing and valves to maintain required factor of saf
39. Motor enclosures shall be 01 Drip proof for general use 02 Totally enclosed fan cooled TEFC for wet or exterior use 03 Totally enclosed air over TEAO for cooling towers D Motor voltages shall be 01 1 2 HP or less 120V 1 phase 02 HP or greater 460V 3 phase E See Electrical section for additional requirements 18 BEARINGS A Bearings shall be selected for a minimum of 200 000 hour or L 10 life expectancy 400 000 hour preferred Revised June 2012 127 Division 23 Heating Ventilation and Air Conditioning 19 WEATHER PROTECTION A Products installed exposed to the weather moisture or other potentially damaging conditions shall have their joints effectively sealed to prevent intrusion of moisture or other unwanted substances Consider the use of heater in control panels and other items that could experience internal condensation Tops of cabinets and equipment enclosures shall be designed to prevent puddling of liquids 20 EQUIPMENT SELECTIONS A Select the type of equipment best suited for the specified project requirements considering performance flexibility noise and vibration level quality of construction cost of ownership and energy consumption 21 UNIVERSITY PREFERRED HVAC EQUIPMENT WITH STOCKED PARTS Page 23 05 00 12 Air compressors Quincy PRV s Spence Bearings Fafnir R O s Culligan BFPs Febco Radiator Thermostat Danfoss Valve Controls Cond
40. Revised June 2012 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 Division 14 Conveying Systems Page 14 20 00 11 Speed TBD Operation Selective collective Control Microprocessor based Motion Control Engineering VFMG 1000 for AC motor drive or TAC 50 Travel TBD Stops TBD Openings TBD Platform size TBD Clear inside car TBD Car Doors TBD Hoistway entrance TBD Hoistway entrance finish TBD Door Operations G A L MOVFR System Signals Illuminated car and hall operating buttons illuminated by light emitting diodes Tamper proof Beaver buttons by Innovation Industries Provide emergency access in all hoistway entrances Photo curtain shall be model Janus 3 D Car telephone shall be model Janus PSM phone Car enclosure a Control panel with the following 1 Janus 2 Single button phone ADA compliant 3 Car position and direction indicator illuminated with light emitting diodes Fan key switch Emergency stop key switch Independent service key switch Fire fighter service key switch Alarm bell push type switch Engraved capacity plate and elevator designation Verify fabrication 10 Light key switch 11 Emergency light located in car control panel 12 All keys to be Ex Series 511 515 ae A ohn Environmental Considerations 01 Ambient temperature 50F to 90F 02 Humidity not over 95 humidity 03 Vent machine room to outside Operation Equipment and Function 01 Cont
41. Structures fours stories or greater shall be equipped with roof tie off systems that allow for routine window cleaning on those stories four stories or greater Revised June 2012 41 Division 08 Openings Page 08 05 00 1 Section 08 05 00 Common Work Results for Openings PART 1 GENERAL 1 REQUIREMENTS A B 99 All electronic access devices shall be Hirsch compatible All entry devices must be capable of being overridden by an Oregon State University Master Key All entrances shall be designed with appropriate air locks All entrances shall have a built in mat and or dirt catch system All main entrances to new buildings or buildings that are significantly renovated shall include a fully automatic door at main entrance All other doors to new buildings shall be ADA accessible 01 The doors shall have proximity sensors placed at an accessible and appropriate location and centered 33 inches from the finished floor 02 All doors shall have levers and power assist if over 5 pounds force is necessary to open 03 Door operating hardware shall be in an easily and fully accessible location University Housing amp Dining Services has a separate specification for door operating hardware for its facilities Design teams are to incorporate the UHDS specifications for work on UHDS facilities The UHDS specification is available by contacting Dan Larson Associate Director for University Housing amp Dining Services at
42. Substantial Completion B The minimum efficiency requirements to be met in the audit are 55 distribution uniformity for all fixed spray systems and 70 distribution uniformity for all rotary systems 01 All zones not meeting these minimums shall be corrected by the irrigation installer and retested to meet these specifications Compliance with this provision is required before OSU shall accept the audit report C Pre audit equipment review shall note any installation errors necessary repairs performance deficiencies and problems etc The review shall also include verification of the installation and operation of all Maxicom equipment flow sensors master valve telecommunication paths connectivity to the central computer etc Any deficiencies shall be corrected by the installer before the commissioning audit shall begin D The auditor shall be responsible for collecting the following information 01 The data necessary to calculate precipitation rates zone areas flow rates note and record soil types root depths sun exposure slope and plant material characteristics for each zone 02 Perform catchcan tests of each zone and mark corresponding catchcan location on the as built irrigation drawing Shrubs zones precipitation catchcan measurements are to be taken before planting 03 Measure flow rates static and dynamic system pressures and record catchcan quantities and locations for each zone E The audit report shall inclu
43. Tests a Sanitary sewer systems are tested per code generally tested at 10 feet of head for a period of 4 0 hours with no visible loss of water b The exceptions are pumped portions which should be tested at 1 1 2 times the pump head 101 Division 22 Domestic Plumbing Page 22 30 00 6 B Routing 01 Route site sanitary lines to avoid other utilities vaults and trees 02 Coordinate routing with the landscaping plan to verify that no piping is within ten feet of any new tree and outside the drip line of any existing trees C Material 01 Hubless cast iron or galvanized steel pipe is acceptable a Below grade portions of piping shall be hubless plain end cast iron piping to a point five feet beyond the exterior face of the building b Specify 4 band fittings above and below grade D Freeze protection 01 The minimum depth of pipe cover must be three feet or one foot below the frost line whichever is greater E Building sewer system 01 Vents a Provide vents in accordance with code To reduce the number of roof penetrations collect vents in the ceiling or attic space 02 Cleanouts a In addition to code requirements provide cleanouts at major pipe junctions Avoid locations such as lobbies conference rooms private offices or other special areas 03 Floor drain system a Provide traps and vent at all floor drains directly connected to the sanitary sewer Pipe runs should be located between columns to avoid fo
44. The EMS shall include full support for its compatibility with the system In addition the EMS shall use the latest product line offered by the EMS manufacturer 4 REMOTE INPUT OUTPUT DEVICES A Sensors installed as part of this system shall meet the following minimum accuracy requirements 01 Temperature Revised June 2012 157 Division 25 Building Automation Systems Page 25 30 00 3 a Space 0 75F accuracy b Outside air 1 0F accuracy c Chilled Water 0 75F accuracy d Heating Water 2F accuracy 02 Relative humidity 5 of full scale accuracy 03 kWh and kW demand range suitable for site 1 of full scale accuracy 04 Pressure range suitable for application 2 of full scale accuracy 05 Pressure switches adjustable settings 2 of full scale accuracy 06 Sensors located outdoors shall have suitable weather shields to provide protection from wind rain solar effects and radiation from nearby buildings 07 Water temperature sensors shall be immersion type All transducers shall be industrial grade quality 08 All equipment will be provided with manual overrides H O A Switches and shall remain able to be manually overridden Hand or Off position but shall be set in the automatic position Provide HOA in control panel at EACH air handling unit exhaust fan or pump start stop function except where an MCC HOA is provided 5 SOFTWARE GENERAL A Revised June 2012 The system shall be a user prog
45. The University s core campus is based on a plan created in 1909 by the renowned Olmsted Brothers of Boston whose designs include Central Park in New York and Stanford University Their plan for the University provides a classic elegance that befits and encourages the academic activities occurring at Oregon State Campus streets provide the organizational framework within which the campus has developed In addition to accommodating vehicular pedestrian and bicycle circulation they provide tree lined open space corridors through campus The form and organization of campus buildings established by the 1909 Olmsted plan provides a dignified simplicity which is integral to the character of the campus Buildings reinforce the open space corridors and quadrangles through uniform setbacks and sufficient spacing between structures Primary outdoor gathering places in the form of courts plazas and gardens are located near building entries The quadrangles provide the primary usable open space on campus These large open lawn areas are defined by buildings and provide distinction to the campus The quadrangles are strictly pedestrian oriented with walkways interconnecting building entries linking to the campus street grid and connecting to other campus open spaces The current Campus Master Plan reestablishes the integrity of the Olmsted plan It calls for further development of the University based on the organization of the historic campus core The
46. WATER SYSTEM A Condenser water systems shall be designed with a pump and cooling tower for each chiller or with multiple at least two pumps located to discharge to a common pipe manifold with piping redistributed to each chiller The designed Revised June 2012 121 Division 23 Heating Ventilation and Air Conditioning Page 23 05 00 6 system shall to minimize life cyles costs to the maxiumum extent practical while emphasizing energy efficiency B Tower systems designs shall consider the following criteria 08 Design temperatures for Outdoor and Condensing Water systems as specified in these standards 09 Water filtration 10 Water treatment 11 Open circuit versus closed circuit cooling towers 12 Sound and noise with respect to surroundings 13 Energy consumption 14 Capacity control utilizing variable frequency drives Consider valves to proportionally control the water flow through a by pass line to the tower basin when chillers are to be utilized and condenser water temperatures could be below 65 deg F 15 Vibration isolation including upper limit stops 16 Location of pumps and piping to ensure flooded suction on the pumps to prevent possible cavitation 17 Basin and make up water heaters 18 Fire resistance of the tower components 19 Control of the tower water flow through the chillers as they are cycled on and off 20 Electric heaters or steam coils in the basin for freeze protection 21
47. additional double duplex receptacles equally spaced between center double duplex and corners Provide additional receptacles throughout for cleaning These receptacles shall be a maximum of 25 on center If lecture hall is provided with a lab bench then provide bench with one double duplex for every eight foot of bench Computer labs shall be provided with at least two general purpose receptacles equally spaced per wall in addition to all receptacles for computers Mechanical room shall be provided with at least four duplex receptacles one per wall and additional duplex receptacles where walls are 25 or longer At least one receptacle shall be fed from the emergency panel Projector and electronic display boards power shall be surge protected Switches 01 02 Switches provided for all uses shall be 20A specification grade Color scheme shall match receptacles Switches provided at roof hatches or where provided outside of rooms they are serving shall be provided with pilot lights Cover Plates 01 02 Generally coverplates for flush mounted standard devices shall be stainless steel for interior use in new buildings Where work is being performed in existing buildings coverplates shall match the majority of the existing devices In residential buildings covers shall be unbreakable nylon Coverplates for exterior use shall be a type which allows NEMA 3R rating to remain while in use Where exterior device could be ex
48. and accessible for modification maintenance or repair except when concealed in finished areas LAYOUT A Piping runs manifolds and connections to equipment should be arranged so the operation and function of the systems and their components are easily understood CONNECTIONS TO EQUIPMENT A Arrange pipe valves and accessories for ease of operation and maintenance Every item of equipment and every assembly such as pressure reducing stations and flow control measuring stations shall be provided with isolation valves a balancing valve equipped with a memory stop may be used as the downstream valve if appropriate By pass loops with balancing valves shall be provided where it is desirable to keep the system in operation during shutdown B Flexible connections shall be provided at equipment to allow for minor misalignment Vibration elimination connections shall be provided where required Rigid pipe supports shall be provided on the outboard side of flexible connections and vibration eliminators Avoid strain on equipment C Provide clear access to all heat exchanger bundles of chillers boilers heat exchangers and coils for cleaning removal or replacing individual tubes Route Revised June 2012 141 Division 23 Heating Ventilation and Air Conditioning Page 23 20 00 7 connecting piping to clear access space or provide flanged connections to allow minimal removal of piping to gain clear access In general the clear access
49. and larger devices shall be individually mounted and clearly labeled Feeder devices in the main switchboard or switchgear shall be individually mounted Feeder devices in distribution panelboards shall be group mounted The following components shall be specified as required 01 Service protectors 02 Molded case circuit breakers 03 Fusible switches 04 Motor starters 05 Low voltage AC power circuit breaker generally limited to main or tie position 06 Bolted pressure switches 07 Transfer devices or switches 08 Instrumentation metering and relaying 181 Revised June 2012 Division 26 Electrical Page 26 00 00 18 a Type of Molded Case Circuit Breakers These devices are available in the following general types 1 Thermal magnetic dash pot 2 Magnetic only 3 Integrally fused 4 Current limiting 5 High interrupting capacity b It is required that all circuit breakers that are equipped with solid state trip unit must comply with low voltage switchgear protective devices of this Division 1 Air circuit breakers shall be draw out type installed in individual compartments i Interrupting ratings of air circuit breakers and molded case breakers shall not be applied in cascade 2 The handle operating force on all equipment shall be 75 pounds or less Provisions for Additional Circuits 01 02 Size of Switchgear or Switchboard Select a size that will provide sufficient spare spaces complete
50. as recreational field lighting shall comply with the latest Illuminating Engineering Society IES standard Student Study Areas and Classrooms Provide 40 to 60 footcandle light level at workstation Workstations equipped with video display terminals VDT s or computers should be illuminated with 30 to 50 footcandles as recommended by the latest edition of the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health NIOSH standards 01 Switching in classrooms shall provide for switching the fixtures in the front and seating area separately to facilitate the use of overhead projectors etc 02 Light fixtures at workstations with video display terminals or computers should be located perpendicular to device in order to minimize glare and viewing difficulty Staff and Faculty Office Workstations Provide 40 to 50 footcandle light level at workstation Workstation Where Critical or Fine Work is Performed as in Laboratories or Drafting Rooms Provide 50 to 70 footcandle light level Corridors Stairwells Lobbies Waiting Rooms Storage and Service Areas Provide 10 to 20 footcandle light level Rest Rooms Lockers and Showers Provide 20 to 30 footcandle light level Lecture Hall and Auditorium Lighting Provide 40 to 60 footcandle light level at all seating locations For a lecture hall stage area provide 40 to 60 footcandle light level For an auditorium stage area the lighting shall comply with the latest IES standard or as dire
51. be powered from the building emergency power circuit and battery backed ALL Horns shall be Addressable 2 Wire Type ALL Notification Appliance Circuits NAC power extenders shall be approved by FACP manufacturer support full monitoring and meet all NFPA requirements ALL NAC POWER EXTENDERS shall be installed next to the main FACP all other installation locations must be approved by OSU Alarm Shop NAC must be connected to E Power source NAC all NAC supplies shall be labeled by NAC number and circuit number including type of circuit for area served i e NAC 1 Circuit 2 Horns must be connected to E Power source ALL NAC POWER EXTENDERS shall be monitored by an assigned individual addressable monitoring point for each extender with descriptive annunciation programmed for that device on the main FACP and remote LCD annunciator display AUXILLARY DEVICES a ALL FAN SHUTDOWN RELAYS shall be addressable monitored devices that may be bypassed at the main FACP and locally indicate the operational state status LED on control relay shall be at or near eye level of the relay All shutdown controls shall be wired to the normally open held closed contacts during normal status no Alarm of the FACP ALL SMOKE VENT RELEASES shall 206 Division 16 Fire Alarm System Page 28 30 00 8 have associated service bypass control switched from the main FACP front panel b ALL SMOKE VENT RELEASES will utilize 24 volt reset able latching
52. be programmable from 1 to 60 seconds The Alarm Verification operation shall occur on smoke detector alarms The Alarm Verification operation shall be selectable by device not just by zone 04 All smoke detectors shall have magnet test capability if available for installed system All smoke detectors shall be photoelectric Ionization devices will not be allowed All smoke detectors shall set to a minimum 2 5 obscurity If the device is adjustable to a higher obscurity the highest setting shall be set upon installation Revised June 2012 205 Revised June 2012 05 06 07 08 Division 16 Fire Alarm System Page 28 30 00 7 Each initiating device smoke detectors heat detectors pull stations duct detectors NAC panels etc shall have its own unique address Devices are to be visibly labeled with its address following section 3 10 7 0 Full detector SENSITIVITY and device SERVICE STATUS reporting Smoke detection shall never be installed in a b C Laboratory fume hood exhaust Maintenance or mechanical areas Attics exterior of buildings or any location where temperature may be below 40F or above 100F or where high humidity dust insects or airborne particulates might be present NOTIFICATION APPLIANCES a ALL VISUAL NOTIFICATION APPLIANCES will be synchronized with all others in a given area ALL VISUAL NOTIFICATION APPLIANCES shall be Addressable 2 Wire Type ALL PERIPHERAL DEVICES shall
53. control switching device to enable starting the generator and transferring load remotely ELECTRICAL PROVISION FOR ELEVATORS 1 REQUIREMENTS A LIGHTING Wiring and Switching Wiring shall be extended to heavy duty lockable fused switches located in elevator machine room Emergency Circuit An emergency circuit to the elevator machine room shall be provided for the elevator cab light fan and equipment room Pit Installations Refer to Division 14 A light light switch and GFCI convenience outlet must be provided in the pit of each elevator each on separate circuit Passenger elevators that serve mechanical rooms shall be connected to an emergency generator 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A Revised June 2012 Lighting design shall use an appropriate combination of natural area and task lighting with security type lights where necessary to meet appropriate Illuminating Engineer Society or similar recommendations Efforts should be made to minimize electricity consumption from lighting by striving to reduce footcandle levels Lighting should fit task area requirements only General area lighting is to be selected at a lower intensity to accommodate access and non critical sight needs All lighting will be provided with disconnecting means in acceptance with the current NEC Facilities Services requires replacement pricing for both ballasts and lamps to be supplied at the design phase of the project and with the electrical submit
54. during starting and to provide gradual acceleration of the motor Motor starting shall not be initiated by mechanical contacts The starter shall include a current limit adjustment range of 200 to 450 of the overload adjustment range Provide an internal fault detention system if the internal fault detection system detects a failure power shall be removed from the motor Hydraulic Jack All hydraulic elevators shall not be of the roped hydro type All hole less jacks shall not be inverted Install plunger cylinder units plumb and accurate Install schedule 40 PVC auxiliary casing with bottom completely sealed Size casing for minimum 1 5 clearance to all jack assembly components Install piping without routing underground Where not possible rout piping through schedule 40 PVC before back filing Hydraulic hose for sound deadening is not permitted All underground pipe is to be installed with PVC sleeve Hydraulic Pump Pumping Unit The pumping unit shall be of integral design and shall include an electric motor connected to a submersible pump a hydraulic control system hydraulic fluid reservoir and necessary piping connections all compactly designed as a self contained unit This unit shall be designed for vibration free operation The unit shall be factory adjusted and tested before shipment to the job site The testing procedure shall include actual job type conditions of load speed etc Refer to the drawings for remote arrangement of hyd
55. evaporator shall also conform to the ANSI B9 1 Safety Code for mechanical refrigeration and to the ASME Code for Unfired Pressure Vessels where applicable Electrical components and assemblies shall bear the UL or ETL label where applicable and electrical requirements including control requirements must be coordinated with available utilities The starter may by unit mounted or free standing but shall be designed specifically for the characteristics of the chiller and shall be furnished with the chiller by the chiller manufacturer The temperature control system shall be provided with interface devices and a terminal block to allow remote adjustment of the chilled water temperature set point Performance requirements 01 Equipment selection including evaporator and condenser size and configuration shall be based on the chilled water system requirements 136 Division 23 Heating Ventilation and Air Conditioning Page 23 20 00 2 Coordinate the choice of chillers and system requirements to provide the optimum selection of equipment vs flow rates temperatures and temperature changes 02 Provide computerized analyses from the manufacturer for at least three different selections Data should include part load performance in kW ton based on ARI 550 test conditions including condenser water relief in 10 increments from 10 to 100 of machine capacity Base selections on 0 0005 fouling factors for both the evaporator and cond
56. for all utilities Meters shall be positioned in a way that they are easily readable Meters shall remain powered and operable during construction projects unless prior permission is granted by the Project Manager and Utility Data Manager PART 2 METER SPECIFICATIONS 2 REQUIREMENTS A Revised June 2012 Electricity meters Landis and Gryr E650 S4e with RS 485 and 480 volt power supply if required Steam meters Foxboro Vortex 84F flanged flow meters equipped with either digital remote transmitter or KEP Intellect 69 remote totalizer Communication signal to be digital 4 20mA 01 Steam meter shall be sized for estimated maximum steam flow not pipe size 02 Meter installation requirements such as lengths of unobstructed pipe meter head position etc must be followed Condensate meters Foxboro magnetic flow MAG2RT with remote mounted transmitter Communication signal to be digital 4 20mA 01 Meter installation requirements such as lengths of unobstructed pipe meter head position flooded pipe condition etc must be followed Water meters Sensus meter to meet City of Corvallis requirements 1 pipe and smaller are to be SRII 1 5 pipe and larger are to be OMNI type meters Meter transmitter unit MXU shall be Sensus model 520 R TouchCoupler enabled to integrate with City radio read system 01 Meters to be placed on all incoming domestic and fire mains Sewer deduction meters Sensus meters to meet City of Corv
57. for each self contained or special purpose area to permit a localized shut down without affecting other parts of the system Provide shut off valves for each toilet room Provide an access door in the men s toilet room with the shut off valves for both toilet rooms Backflow prevention 01 02 03 04 All industrial water such as lines labs HVAC equipment cooling water or other water make up systems to equipment shall have a pressure reducing type backflow preventer RPBP located in an accessible location a A floor sink or other approved fixture shall be nearby to receive piped discharge from the RPBP b Back flow protected lab water shall be identified differently from that serving domestic purposes such as drinking fountains kitchens and rest rooms etc Kitchen equipment with chemical injection systems ie dishwashers hood wash systems beverage systems require a pressure reducing type backflow preventer RPBP located in an accessible location A floor sink or other approved fixture shall be nearby to receive piped discharge from the RPBP All potable building supply water shall be protected by two 2 backflow preventers BFP installed in parallel to allow for testing or repair of the device without shutting off the building s water supply Provide unions or flanges on both sides of the device Provide a bypass around each backflow prevention device to allow for service and maintenance Water hammer
58. from each other rather than adjacent Provide at least 12 inches of clearance above the BSC for testing and decontamination of HEPA filters Set six inches out from the rear wall to allow for cleaning and adequate air return Biological safety cabinets that are hard ducted or connected by a thimble connection to the ventilation system must be designed so the duct work does not interfere with air flow or block access to the exhaust filter for testing of HEPA filter integrity 63 Division 12 Furnishings Page 12 56 33 1 Section 12 56 33 CLASSROOM FURNISHINGS PART 1 GENERAL 1 REQUIREMENTS A Revised June 2012 Stationary workstations in the office laboratory setting should provide adequate surfaces for ergonomic arrangement of the computer keyboard pointing device monitor and document work holders Stationary workstations shall follow good ergonomic principals providing height adjustable work surfaces openings adequate for leg and knee clearances and sufficient overhead space to allow adjustments to vertical equipment placement Workstations shall follow the design features found in the following documents 01 Oregon Department of Administrative Services Risk Management Division Ergonomic Consensus Guidelines 02 ANSI Human Factors and Ergonomics Society HFES 100 2007 or most current version Human Factors Engineering of Computer Workstations Where feasible adjustable keyboard trays
59. initiative to provide these accommodations which are not separate or special but rather are universal in utility Successful examples that accommodate the greatest diversity of human characteristic and enhance a esthetics are 01 Grade level building approaches with automatic snow melting rather than separate unheated ramps and steps provide hazard free entrances for everyone 02 Signs on automatic doors that read automatic door rather than a barrier free logo Mobility aid users can select which door to use like everyone else 03 Lever handle hardware which is more convenient for everyone 04 Exit signs that flash when an emergency alarm is activated which reinforces that an emergency exit condition exists and warns the hearing impaired as well 05 Low service counters where possible to be equally functional for wheelchair users and non wheelchair users 06 Room number signs with raised or incised characters which can be read by touch as well as by sight and at a standard mounting height Refer to Section 13200 Universal Access for more information 4 SITE PLANNING A Revised June 2012 All site planning design and development for new and existing construction e g renovations and remodels additions for any building or structure located within the Campus Master Plan boundary shall conform with the policies and regulations within the Campus Master Plan In addition the development project shall conform to
60. installed as part of the system At least 25 but no fewer than 2 receivers shall be hearing aid compatible The assistive listening system shall be as specified in Section 27 40 00 Audio Visual Communications Special Rooms Spaces and Elements Classrooms 01 a b C Design classrooms without ramps or lifts whenever feasible The slope of walking surfaces shall not exceed 1 20 If elevated stages are provided they shall be on an accessible route Provide minimum 42 clearance between aisles that lead to accessible seating Wheelchair accessible spaces should be adjacent to an accessible route A clear line of sight to the instructor and media shall be provided at wheelchair accessible spaces Division 1 General Requirements Page 010001 15 g In classrooms with occupancy of 100 or more wheelchair and accessible seating should be dispersed to provide a variety of viewing angles h All accessible spaces and furniture shall be provided with signage indicating that the space is reserved for people with disabilities i Spaces for wheelchairs should be a minimum of 36 wide by 48 deep 60 deep if side access j See draft Oregon State University Classroom amp Furniture Accessibility Standards for more specific information about classrooms and furnishings 02 Kitchens a Where kitchen ranges or stove tops are installed provide units with controls located near the front of the units b At kitch
61. isolated to restrict entrance and to ensure the safety of those in the general area The contractor will provide all barricading isolation and fencing material The contractor will also provide all appropriate warning and detour signs when sidewalks exits or roads are closed The contractor shall submit the OSU Construction amp Maintenance Safety Form and OSU Site Safety Plan to the OSU PM at least 1 week prior to commencing work Both forms are accessible on the OSU EH amp S web site 13 NON STRUCUTURAL SEISMIC BUILDING ELEMENTS Falling hazards from non structural building elements including equipment fixtures ceilings furniture and other contents should be abated to the extent practical This includes the following guidelines A Revised June 2012 01 02 03 04 05 06 Free standing bookshelves cabinets and equipment shall be anchored according to the seismic design requirements of the International Building Code as modified by applicable State Codes Shelves shall have doors or restraints to keep items from falling For bookshelves the restraint should extend at least on half inch above the shelf For chemicals and in other laboratory areas the restraint should extend at least two inches above the shelf Where glass chemical containers will be stored the restraint material should be of a nonmetallic or a rubber coated metallic material Shelving shall be provided with a lip or guard when used for the
62. laboratory test results shall be required that a 40 degree centigrade and at full load the maximum temperatures of both filter chokes and SCRs Triacs are not exceeded 03 There shall be one air gap positive off relay for dimmer either integral to the dimmer or mounted elsewhere in the same panel Other advanced technological approaches that give the same or better operational result is highly recommended by this standard 198 Division 26 Electrical Page 26 00 00 35 04 All controls shall have the capabilities of reverting back to their previous status after any duration of power outage power failure memory without the use of any type of rechargeable or trickle charge type of battery 05 All systems must be submitted to the OSU Facilities Electric Shop for approval a Special Requirements for Fluorescent Dimming Systems Before specifying fluorescent dimming systems the Designer shall consider the following 1 100 hour burn in time is required for the fluorescent lamps when using the dimming ballasts 2 The cost of replacing the ballast and lamps when needed is 200 300 more than replacing standard systems b This standard requires the Designer to review the application of dimming devices and submit recommendations to Facilities Electric Shop before incorporating into specifications E Parking ramp interior lighting shall be circuited to permit lighting of dark interior areas during the day without lighting thos
63. locks are not approved for resetting purposes if available for installed system Two keys for each pull station shall be supplied to Oregon State University Wiring for fire alarm systems shall be a minimum or inch trade size electrical metallic conduit An exemption shall be made for a single run of conduit going to a single device and shall be inch EMT These conduit runs shall comply with the electrical section of the design criteria Junction boxes shall be a minimum of a standard 4 inch square by one and one quarter inch deep two gang box If a shielded or unshielded fire alarm cable is used in the conduit runs and junction boxes a single cable shall be sized for conduit and box fill as a number 6 AWG THHN single conductor cable as per NFPA 70 If single conductor wire is used the size shall be specified by the fire alarm manufacturer or a minimum size of 16 THHN The conduit and box fill can then be calculated on the wire gauge size of the actual conductor used At a minimum provide on addressable loop per floor a Each addressable loop shall have a minimum of three 3 isolation modules two 2 at the FACP and one 1 midway through the loop address scheme b For addressable systems all devices shall match the brand of FACP installed and these devices shall be addressable analog devices All Door Holder circuits shall be 24 VOLT and powered by separate dedicated power supplies separate from power supply for Fire Alar
64. mounted units shall be complete with factory fabricated roof curbs shipped knocked down for bolted assembly at the site All curbs shall have seismic bracing complying with local seismic codes The air handler subbase shall be full bearing on and self flashing to the curb The curb substructure shall be constructed to provide a level surface for mounting 150 2 FANS Division 23 Heating Ventilation and Air Conditioning Page 23 30 02 2 the curb All coil piping condensate drains and electrical conduit shall be routed inside the unit casing and within the perimeter of the roof curb with no exposed piping on the roof 10 See the Controls section of this document for control requirements Factory mounted controls on package units are not acceptable Select most efficient type of wheel and analyze the sound power levels in each octave band Special fans include fiberglass reinforced plastic stainless steel and other special metals for acid caustic and other corrosive exhausts Avoid coatings when possible Use non sparking aluminum wheels or all aluminum fans for kitchen hoods and solvent fume exhausts Use variable speed frequency drives for capacity control Basic equipment requirements 01 Centrifugal Fans a Fans shall have all steel housing Class or Il construction After assembly fans shall be statically and dynamically balanced at operating speed b Fans shall be tested in accordance with AMCA Standard 21
65. or stamped at least 3 16 inch high and match the valve numbers shown on the plans B Valve tags shall be connected to valve stems by steel rings and include the following minimum information 01 02 03 04 05 Revised June 2012 Plan Identification Normal Position Duty Area Served Valve Type 124 Division 23 Heating Ventilation and Air Conditioning Page 23 05 00 9 C Heating Water Valves Steam Valves and all Valves located in the secondary low pressure side of HTW Heat Exchangers shall include the Manufacturer Size Grade and Pressure Temperature service rating D Valve Tag Directory Include tag number location exposed or concealed service valve size valve manufacturer valve model number tag material and normal operating position of valve Include valve tag directory in the Operation and Maintenance Manuals and framed under glass on wall of mechanical room E All piping systems shall be properly identified with labels and signs indicating direction of flow and fluid Identification shall be specified to have identification as outlined in the ASME ANSI Standard and current NFPA requirements Provide a list of each system being installed with the appropriate name and label colors in the specifications F Comply with OSPSC Section 1003 r regarding identification of non potable piping systems G All accessible piping shall be color coded and identified with wording and arrows every 20 feet on straig
66. pipe and duct systems with a brief justification of insulation and thickness or of no insulation if none is specified J Include all field insulated equipment on the list Revised June 2012 118 Division 23 Heating Ventilation and Air Conditioning Page 23 05 00 3 3 WATER SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS A General 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 Revised June 2012 Projects having total cooling requirements exceeding 50 tons of refrigeration should be designed around a central chilled system Hydronic systems design shall ensure that valves control fittings and pip ing are of alloys which shall not deteriorate when subjected to the water treatment chemicals and are optimum for the piping and heat exchanger service Provide a test port on discharge side of all pumps Locate mains and shutoff valves in hallways and corridors not in occupied rooms Valves to be located within 18 inches of the main Consider routing main lines on the first floor to serve the first and second floors and mains located on the third floor to serve the third and forth floors of the building All hydronic systems shall be flushed of foreign materials chemically cleaned flushed and filled with the proper chemically treated water before being put into service All closed loop water systems will have centrifugal air separator bladder type expansion tank and make up water connection connected as close as practical to the suction s
67. point of each study will be one overcurrent protective device upstream of the starting point of the scope of work of the project and terminating at the farthest point downstream affected by the upstream changes 01 02 03 Each study shall include the elementary diagram of the circuit being analyzed The short circuit study shall depict the available fault currents at critical points in the distribution system The study shall indicate the fault rating of the equipment being analyzed and designated with a pass fail marking Where available currents exceed the short circuit ratings of the equipment the equipment shall be revised to a component with a higher short circuit withstand rating The arc flash study shall be performed in accordance with NEC NFPA and OSHA safety standards Available fault currents shall be shown on the elementary diagram at critical points in the distribution system The PPE level shall be provided at all switchboards panels disconnect switches starters and similar electrical components with proper labels provided The University s goal is to have and the consultant should strive to design a system such that no more than PPE Class 1 is required for 166 Division 26 Electrical Page 26 00 00 3 maintenance of any electrical equipment with the exception that in main electrical rooms PPE Class 2 is acceptable Categories of PPE as described in NFPA 70E are Category
68. protection 01 A sealed chamber type maintenance free water hammer arrestor shall be installed upstream of all solenoid valves flush valves water mixing valves or other quick closing valves a The size quantity and location are to be as recommended by the manufacturer of water hammer arrestors b Simple air chamber type units are not acceptable 98 D Revised June 2012 Division 22 Domestic Plumbing Page 22 30 00 3 Trap primers 01 Trap primers shall be provided to protect the trap seal of infrequently used fixtures generally floor drains a A single trap primer may be used to serve more than one fixture A manifold provided by the trap primer manufacturer shall be provided Provide access for inspection or locate trap primers exposed b Provide a shut off valve on the water supply line to the primer C Locate trap primers in an easily accessible location Water heating 01 Provide steam to hot water generators for domestic hot water 02 Specifications a The hot water temperature at any fixture shall not exceed 110 deg F as per plumbing code Generate water at temperatures necessary to attain 110 deg F at taps Provide a recirculating system controlled by an aquastat Special use areas such as kitchens and certain labs may require higher temperatures 03 Selection of water heater capacity shall be based on the recommendations of the ASHRAE Handbook for Hot Water Systems or on other standard
69. reverse airflow Hood filters will not be used unless absolutely required Filter boxes will be located to allow safe and efficient access for filter change and design will allow for safe bag in bag out procedures 59 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 Revised June 2012 Division 11 Equipment Page 11 53 13 2 An adjustable gate damper must be provided in the individual branch duct serving each hood It should be located such that the hood user cannot easily change the setting Room balance and room to room balance shall be maintained throughout operating range of hoods Outside air supply will be adjusted relative to exhaust air to make up for hood exhaust When there are multiple hoods in a building use make up and heat recovery systems and or variable volume exhaust systems where practicable to maintain energy efficiency A building wide system shall monitor and control building static air pressure Hood interior lighting is to be uniform within the work cavity as available from manufacturer Light fixtures to be accessible and maintainable externally to the hood cavity Light fixture type is to be T 8 energy efficient fluorescent type with electronic ballast A label on each fan unit will identify all room numbers of fume hoods served A separate label applied on primary side of approach will be provided with the wording Caution Fume Hood Exhaust Identifi
70. review during the final stages of Schematic Design and in the Construction Document stage The review will be facilitated by the Facilities Services Project Manager and design professional at the discretion of the Project Manager and will include the following 01 Incorporation of the requirements of the OSU Accessibility Best Practices 02 Compliance with the Oregon Structural Specialty Code 2010 ADA Standards for Accessible Design and other applicable codes related to accessibility 03 Incorporation of Universal Design principles 04 Incorporation of concepts and design solutions resulting from Accessible Design Workshop 4 Third Party Review B A third party accessibility review shall be conducted on all new building construction and major renovation projects A consultant shall be contracted to provide the following services 01 Review drawings and specifications for accessibility at the schematic design phase 02 Review drawings and specifications at the construction document phase for accessibility 03 After each of the two phases of review the consultant will provide OSU and the design team with input related to elements depicted on the documents that appear to be out of compliance and provide suggestions on how to improve accessibility 04 As a project approaches substantial completion the consultant shall perform an on site accessibility evaluation of the project to verify that all accessibility related e
71. room to outside to remove hydraulic fluid odors from building Operation Equipment and Function 01 Controller Solid State control for hydraulic elevators Dedicated permanent status indicators shall be provided on the controller to indicate the following when the safety circuit is open when the door locks are open when the elevator is operating at high speed when the elevator is on independent service when the elevator is on fireman s service when the elevator is out of service timer has elapsed or when the motor limit timer or valve timer has elapsed In addition provide means of displaying other special or error conditions that are detected by the microprocessor The elevator shall not require the functioning or presence of the microprocessor to operate on car top inspection or hoistway access operation if provided in order to provide a reliable means to move the car if the microprocessor fails a The elevator controller shall utilize a microprocessor based logic system and shall comply with ANSI ASME 17 1 safety code for elevators The control equipment shall have all control parameters stored permanently on erasable programmable read only memories EPROM and shall have permanent indicators to indicate important elevator status as an internal part of the controller The system shall provide comprehensive means to access the computer memory for elevator diagnostic purposes without need for any external devises Systems that requ
72. sanitized before being placed into service Provide isolation valves at each floor at each lab and at each point of use 116 Division 23 Heating Ventilation and Air Conditioning Page 23 05 00 1 Section 23 05 00 COMMON WORK RESULTS PART 1 GENERAL f HEATING AND COOLING LOAD CALCULATIONS A Heating and cooling design loads for the purpose of sizing HVAC systems shall be determined in accordance with one of the procedures described in the latest edition of the ASHRAE Handbook of Fundamentals or equivalent computation procedures The engineer shall furnish copies of applicable HVAC design calculations for review along with periodic progress drawings Outdoor and indoor summer and winter design temperatures used in the building load calculations shall be as follows for the Corvallis campus 01 Summer Outdoor Design for Classroom Buildings 92 F db and 67 F wb 02 Summer Outdoor Design for Laboratory Buildings 96 F db and 67 F wb 03 Summer Outdoor Cooling Tower Design for Classroom Buildings 97 F db and 73 F wb Condensing Water Entering water temperature 95 F and leaving water temperature 80 F 04 Summer Outdoor Cooling Tower Design for Laboratory Buildings 97 F db and 73 F wb Condensing Water Entering water temperature 95 F and leaving water temperature 80 F 05 Summer Outdoor Air Cooled Condenser Design lt 10 tons 95 F db 10 tons 105 F db 06 Summer Indoor Design Of
73. shall be of a one piece uni board design adjustable for height and angle and possess an angle adjustment knob that does not interfere with leg movement Recommend utilizing the Humanscale model 500 Big Board or equivalent Ergonomic chairs stools in the laboratory environment shall be constructed of durable smooth and easily cleanable materials 64 Division 11 Specialties Page 12 90 01 1 Section 12 90 01 FLAMMABLE AND CORROSIVE STORAGE CABINETS PART 1 GENERAL 1 REQUIREMENTS A B Revised June 2012 Flammable storage cabinets must be UL listed and or NFPA approved Flammable storage cabinets are not required to be ventilated If cabinet is to be vented it must be ducted into the fume hood exhaust system above the fume hood trim damper Ducting material must be nominal 2 black pipe Corrosive chemical storage cabinets acids and bases require venting It is acceptable to vent under hood corrosive cabinets into hood interior through the countertop Ducting material shall be schedule to PVC 65 Division12 Furnishings Page 12 93 00 1 Section 12 93 00 SITE FURNISHINGS PART 1 GENERAL 1 REQUIREMENTS A The products identified herein are the preferred products for placement on OSU campus Substitutions may be made provided the vendor contractor designer etc receives written approval from the Campus Planning Manager for the suggested substitution The paint color for all furnishing
74. shall contain the devices required for the specified operation The buttons and devices shall be of the easy readability type and the floor designation buttons shall become illuminated when pressed and shall stay illuminated until the floor call is answered Provide continuous hinge on panel for easy access to internal components Locate hinges on side of panel nearest wall of the elevator The car opening shall contain the floor designations and all the controls indicated Beaver Buttons Innovation Car position indicator illuminated with light emitting diodes Fan key switch Emergency stop key switch Independent service key switch Firefighting service key switch Alarm bell push type switch Light key switch Engraved capacity plate and elevator designation j Emergency light O Elevator Shutdown 01 Elevator power shall automatically shutdown prior to sprinkler activation This is typically accomplished by the use of a shunt trip breaker activated by a heat detector 02 Heat detector to be located no more than 24 from any fire sprinkler head installed in elevator shaft or machine room 03 Heat detector should also report to fire alarm system 04 Conduit circuits to shut down elevator power shall be monitored and supervised by the fire alarm system 6 EXECUTION A Adjust and Balance 01 Make necessary adjustments of equipment to ensure elevator operates smoothly and accurately fed ro mo aos Revised June 2012 94 B Revised
75. shall have the option of retaining ownership of any or all existing equipment materials and items removed under this Work Should Owner decide not to retain ownership of certain items removed under the work of this Section those items shall become property of Contractor and shall be promptly removed from the Project Site Deliver items which remain property of Owner to a location or locations 31 Division 2 Existing Conditions Page 02 65 00 1 Section 02 65 00 UNDERGROUND STORAGE TANK REMOVAL 1 REQUIREMENTS A This Construction Standard covers the requirements for removal and disposal of underground storage tanks and piping backfill products remaining in the tanks contaminated soil and ground water and related work in accordance with Federal State and local regulations Drawings and general provisions of the Contract including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections apply to this Section Provide all labor materials and equipment as necessary to complete all work as specified herein Work includes removal and disposal of an underground storage tanks and piping and excavation and disposal of contaminated backfill soil and groundwater In addition the work will include the installation of any temporary fence barricade systems or other means to keep the project site and work area safe and restricted from public access Perform work in accordance with local Oregon OSHA and Or
76. steel construction d The basin shall have a connecting weir for equalization of water level and a by pass connection A brass float operated make up valve shall be provided complete with a large diameter plastic float arranged for easy adjustment The float valve is to be sized for the worst possible conditions of basin fill rate e Basins shall be provided with provisions for a winter bypass to the sump when the system is expected to operate during winter conditions 137 3 PUMPS Revised June 2012 Division 23 Heating Ventilation and Air Conditioning Page 23 20 00 3 Basins must have a bottom outlet with a strainer and an anti cavitation device Do not select a side outlet configuration Inlet louvers shall be of fiberglass or galvanized steel construction and equipped with inlet screens The fill material shall be PVC and have a flame spread rating of 5 per ASTM Standard E84 77A and shall be impervious to rot decay fungus or biological attack Drift eliminators shall be constructed of PVC and shall limit drift to less than 0 2 percent of the total water circulated Fans shall be a fixed pitch heavy duty cast aluminum multi blade type protected by a fan guard and each driven though a gear box or power belt reducer by a TEAO totally enclosed air over 1800 RPM motor ball bearing type designed specifically for cooling tower service The motor shall be the high power factor and high energy efficient type and h
77. submit shop drawings and construction drawings of the fire alarm system Included shall be the contractor s prepared plan drawing showing devices system riser system interconnection drawings and manufacturer s specification sheets Drawings shall include design ambient sound level audible alarm device sound power and alarm sound level for each space or contractor shall certify that design meets NFPA 72 for sound levels Any additional devices required while verifying the system shall be at contractor s expense The submittal package described hereinabove shall be submitted and reviewed by OSU Construction Management prior to construction and installation 24 Documentation a FACP contractor to provide 2 two copies of maintenance repair manuals and 2 copies of software manuals required in operation maintenance repair and modification for system additions or deletions of fire alarm system Documentation provided shall be complete and include all necessary information to support the above stated functions Manuals shall be bound and published consisting of the following 1 Installation Manual 2 Operation User s Manual 3 Technical Manual 4 Programming Manual In addition the FACP Contractor to provide individual electronic PDF copies of all zone maps and local operating instructions Permanent zone maps shall be provided for the FACP and all Annunciators with an additional two 2 copies provided at the time
78. than 75 pounds of force on the operating handle Irrigation controllers on shared circuits Use of cable tray with medium voltage conductors Use of busway other than as permitted in Busways of this Division Use of busway for panel risers without a means of disconnect Drilling tapping of existing bussing in panelboards switchboards and motor control center Troffers Use of radiant ceiling panels Lamps not listed by an approved testing lab Lamps provided by only one manufacturer Fixtures that require proprietary lamps Inverter Ballasts See emergency standby systems Entrance to an Electrical Closet from other than a hallway or exterior door or mechanical room Electrical panels located in offices or classrooms Use of a bushing without a lock nut Use of communication cable tray to support power and lighting circuits raceway 168 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 Division 26 Electrical Page 26 00 00 5 More than two 2 offices on a single circuit Multiple circuits are allowed for a single office as needed 15A wiring devices unless required by the NEC or specific equipment Use of gray wire on 208Y 120 volt systems Use of white wire on 480Y 277 volt systems Metal conduit covers supported by a threaded body for outdoor use in corrosive environments Piercing type splices Without UL approval the tapping of existing switchgear switchboards panelboards and motor control cent
79. that is determined to be an egress route On stairs that are not part of an egress route provide intermediate handrail s evenly spaced in increments not exceeding 8 Provide 12 horizontal handrail extension at the bottom of stairs providing the extension does not protrude into an accessible route Provide continuous handrails around the perimeter of landings When using steel pipe or tubing provide minimum wall thickness of 140 Round handrails are preferred 04 Elevators a Revised June 2012 Provide hall call buttons that fully illuminate and are bright and are easy to recognize when activated Use flat surfaced raised buttons because they are easier to activate than convex buttons Hall call buttons shall be located with the down button centered at a height of 35 above the floor The up button shall not be located more than 43 above the floor ADA allows a range of 15 to 48 State Elevator Code allows a range of 35 to 48 All car controls and emergency buttons inside elevator shall be located so that the lowest button is centered at a height of 35 and the highest buttons is centered at a height of 48 or less The State Elevator Code requires all buttons to be located between the height of 35 and 48 In public elevators serving high use buildings install two sets of buttons one with the highest buttons located at 48 and the second set with the lowest buttons located at 33 T
80. to the region in which the OSU campus is located a Prior to the start of the project the OSU Landscape Shop shall submit a non approved plant list to the Project Manager b Any plant species or variety indicated on the non approved plant list shall not be used 02 The landscape plan and plant species shall be approved by the OSU Landscape Manager or designee prior to the acceptance of the landscape plan 228 Revised June 2012 03 04 05 Plants 01 02 03 04 05 Turf 01 02 03 Division 32 Exterior Improvements Page 32 90 00 6 a Any changes to the plan as a result of the review of the OSU Landscape Manager shall be completed prior to the issuance of the approval from the OSU Landscape Manger or designee The landscape design must accommodate the mature size of the plants selected Draft planting plans utilizing plant symbols which represent the mature size of the plant material Coordinate tree replacements with Electrical Designer to avoid conflicts with exterior light poles The contractor shall protect existing topsoil and subsoil from compaction during construction a The contractor is responsible for alleviating any and all unavoidable soil compaction before topsoil placement or irrigation system installation b Any mulch or base rock installed as part of the construction process or used to prevent soil compaction shall be removed from planting areas and turf areas prior t
81. to walls or ceilings wherever valves or other equipment are concealed The colors shall be as follows Fire Protection Red Domestic Non Potable CW Green Domestic Non Potable HW Yellow HVAC Valving amp equipment Blue HVAC Fire Smoke or Combination Fire smoke dampers Red Plumbing Cleanouts Black Lab piping Purple C Identification of Equipment Pipes and Ducts 01 All plumbing heating air conditioning piping automatic temperature control equipment excluding thermostats and relays and distribution systems shall be labeled Electrical switches and starters for mechanical equipment shall also be labeled 02 Equipment labels shall be black face plastic laminate with white engraved letters 3 16 high or larger and shall be attached securely 03 Equipment nameplates shall include the following information at a minimum a Plan identification b Capacity specified at designed operating conditions c Actual capacity as balanced at site operating conditions d Area or zone served e All new installations of evaporator coil housing and condenser units shall have tags that states who installed the unit a warranty contact phone number and warranty date start to finish 10 PIPING A All valves within the building regardless of size and location shall have brass or stainless steel tags at least 1 by 3 or two inch diameter in size and 0 051 inches thick Lettering on the tag shall be engraved
82. voltage drop of not more than 3 percent between the branch circuit breakers and the load As a minimum increase conductors a minimum of one size when 120 volt branch circuit home runs exceed 75 feet Lighting circuits shall not be loaded to exceed 60 percent of panel breaker rating Branch Circuit Panels Panels for lighting convenience outlets small motors and equipment shall be molded case circuit breaker type with thermal magnetic trip and AC and DC ratings Provide for spare circuits 183 D 01 02 03 04 Division 26 Electrical Page 26 00 00 20 Breakers shall be 20 ampere 1 pole breakers mounted in the panel with either bolt on or stab on connections a Trip rating of breakers for lighting and general use convenience outlets shall be 20 ampere Provide other sizes to the OSU Electric Shop as required for special loads Sub Feed Breakers Panels shall not have sub feed breakers If multiple panels are supplied from a long feeder use sub feed lugs or separate splice box with full size tap to panel mains When installing new branch circuit lighting panels on a project the following shall be considered a All new panels shall be 42 pole minimum Designers shall provide each new panel with a minimum of 15 spare 20 amp single pole circuit breakers and 35 spaces Designers shall design an additional panel when these minimums cannot be met b New panels shall be 200 ampere minimum for 208Y 120 volt 3 phase
83. water cooled units Provide an integral heat exchanger and a cooling fan 03 Oil free compressors which depend on various seals to keep oil out of the air or those equipped with oil filters located after the compression chambers may be acceptable Consult with the OSU Project Manager Provide a receiver with a by pass upstream of the dryer 04 Air dryers are to be either refrigerated type or the desiccant heatless reactivated dual tower type Verify with the OSU Project Manager the desired dew point 40 deg F 100 deg F and select the appropriate dryer Locate dryers as close as possible to the point of use 05 Size the air intake filter for 150 of the compressor flow rate 06 Provide final particulate filters upstream and downstream of the dryer with a rating of 0 1 micron absolute for particle removal 07 Install a coalescing filter upstream of the receiver tank and particulate filter downstream of the dryer Use Type 304 stainless steel housings Install these devices in parallel with the gauges and isolation valves Building Air System 01 The compressed air system shall include the following a Air or water cooled one or two stage rotary screw type oil flooded air compressor A air dryer A air receiver located between compressor and dryer 111 Revised June 2012 02 03 04 05 Piping 01 Division 22 Special Systems Page 22 60 00 2 A filtered intake to the compressor Particulat
84. wide parking space OSSC requires minimum of 17 overall Both parking spaces and access aisles should be designed with a cross slope of 1 5 This is to ensure that with construction tolerances the resulting slope will be less than 2 and still provide enough slope for drainage The specifications or drawing notes should clearly state that any accessible parking spaces or access aisle slopes that exceed 2 shall be replaced at the contractor s expense All accessible parking spaces and access aisles shall be constructed with concrete to allow for better control of slopes during construction Parking spaces should be designed to avoid the use of wheel stops where feasible Wheel stops can be a tripping hazard Adjoining walks should be designed to be wide enough so that vehicles overhanging the walk do not impede the accessible route Revised June 2012 02 03 04 j k Division 1 General Requirements Page 010001 8 Curb ramps serving accessible parking spaces shall not receive detectable warning The current OTC Standards for Accessible Parking Spaces still show detectable warning Accessible routes from parking access aisles should not cross behind vehicles or go into vehicular traffic In those cases where it is not technically feasible or reasonable to separate access route from vehicular traffic then the accessible routes shall be clearly marked as accessible pedestrian crossings Accessible parking si
85. will be a minimum of sixteen feet above the standing surface at the point where service personnel will stand to work on the equipment or perform other tasks 05 Stacks located on sections of buildings within fifty feet of taller section of the building will be constructed as if they were on the taller section ie sixteen feet above the standing surface of the taller section 06 Other physical arrangements may be suitable with equipment that is designed for outside dilution air high discharge velocities and higher effective stack height Such systems will be reviewed and approved on a case by case basis by EH amp S In no case will physical stacks terminate LESS than 6 5 feet above the standing surface 07 Maximum pressure drop 0 35 inches w c per 100 ft 08 Reciruclation of any laboratory hood exhaust is prohibited D Maximum velocity 01 Mains 2500 fpm 02 Branches 1500 fpm 03 Minimum stack exit velocity 3 000 fpm 2 ROTATING EQUIPMENT A Do not locate rotating equipment above hard ceilings 3 DUCT SEALING A Seal all low and medium pressure metal supply exhaust and return ductwork per SMACNA Class A standards using either adhesive gaskets or tape systems 4 DUCT PRESSURE TESTING A Test all ductwork slated to operate at gt 4 inches water gauge Revised June 2012 145 B Division 23 Heating Ventilation and Air Conditioning Page 23 30 01 3 Randomly test three sections of medium and three sections o
86. with bus and hardware for a reasonable forecast of future installation of circuits A minimum of one fully bussed spare section shall be provided Provide the following spare switches at the design stage a Four 4 100 amp 3 poles b Four 4 200 amp 3 poles Additional Section Provide space in the bus arrangement bus ties for the addition of future switchgear or switchboard sections Switchgear and panelboards shall be accessible with a 4 foot minimum working clearance on all sides requiring access Instrumentation shall be per Metering section of this Division Service to Fire Pumps Fire pumps shall be served and protected as required in NFPA No 20 Use switchboard instead of panelboard for emergency systems for the purpose of future growth and expansion The switchboard shall be equipped with metering systems as required in Metering section of this standard When adding switches circuit breakers bus plugs or motor starters to existing equipment the Designing Engineer shall include the following in the design documents 182 Division 26 Electrical Page 26 00 00 19 01 The manufacturer s nameplate data including manufacturer and catalog information of the existing equipment 02 If the equipment is no longer manufactured i e Continental Arrow Hart Crouse Hinds etc the Designing Engineer will contact a company that specializes in obsolete equipment and obtain the bidding information 03 Des
87. 0 of each type All submittal reviews for luminaires and ballasts shall include the following 01 Catalog cut sheets and replacement costs 02 Lists of spare parts with quantities to be furnished EXTERIOR LIGHTING 1 REQUIREMENTS A Revised June 2012 Lighting for the entire site including driveways walks parking areas and the building perimeter shall be included in the contract documents Fixtures High intensity discharge high pressure sodium lamps fixtures mounted on the building or on suitable standards are required for all exterior site lighting These fixtures shall be automatically controlled by photocell s and or the automated building management system and also have an accessible bypass 01 Light control shall be provided on all exterior lighting fixtures The fixture shall be insect proof Vandal proof fixtures shall be used if the fixtures are mounted 10 feet or less off the ground 02 Parking Lot Light Fixture a Architectural Lighting ALR 182 or KIM CCS 21 diameter multi tap ballast 150w HPS 20 round tapered steel pole light gray color b Fixture Park Circle Series Bieber Lighting Corporation PC 2 J1 MT L S H GY Yoke Mount Fixture PC gt Size diameter 23 Light source HPS J1 150W Voltage multi tap transformer Optics Type 5 Mounting arrangement 2 Tenon fitter Color gray sm OM AO Options Slip fit fixture arm 195 Revised June 2012 03 Divi
88. 03 04 Division 22 Domestic Plumbing Page 22 30 00 8 Sump pumps a For small independently drained areas area ways ramps loading docks a small local sump and pump will be required if no gravity connection to the mains is possible b The simplest arrangement shall be employed utilizing a small cast in place sump with submersible pump s Sloping surfaces shall direct rainwater to the sump c In areas where a build up of rainwater is not critical a single pump is acceptable In other situations or as designated by local jurisdiction duplex pumps shall be used d Pumps shall be controlled by integral or separate level sensors 1 Duplex pumps are to have an automatic alternating arrangement 2 An additional level sensor shall be provided at all sumps to signal high liquid level alarm conditions e An oil water separator shall be provided prior to the sump pumps where required as designated by the local jurisdiction 5 NATURAL GAS SYSTEMS FUEL GAS Design criteria A Revised June 2012 01 02 03 04 Valves 01 02 General a Natural gas shall be considered the primary fuel for kitchen cooking equipment Pressure a The gas pressure is normally located by the seven inch water column on the downstream side of the gas meter Capacity a The capacity of the system is the total connected load from all present and future use points Piping a The pipe above grade shall be 1 threa
89. 03 04 Ductwork and exhaust systems serving Type or Type II kitchen hoods shall be designed and constructed per NFPA requirements Ductwork serving a Type hood will be constructed from stainless steel pitched back to the hood with condensate drains fire sprinklers access doors at changes in direction and separate from any other exhaust systems Dishwasher exhaust will be constructed from aluminum or stainless steel Hood exhaust fans shall be approved specifically for this application and shall meet the requirements of the local authorities having jurisdiction and NFPA 144 Division 23 Heating Ventilation and Air Conditioning Page 23 30 01 2 05 Locate supply and exhaust grills away from exhaust hoods to prevent air being discharged from effecting hood performance 06 Provide makeup air systems per State Energy Code 07 Minimum velocity for duct design 1 500 fpm 08 Maximum velocity for duct desgin 2 500 fpm C Lab Exhaust Duct Design 01 Ductwork for lab exhaust systems shall be constructed from stainless steel duct pitched back to the hood and be separate from any other exhaust systems 02 VAV lab exhaust systems using Phoenix Controls are preferred for new construction where there are mupltiple exhaust hood in a building See 9 Variable Air Volume VAV Systems 03 Locate supply and exhaust grilles away from exhaust hoods to prevent air being discharged from effecting hood performance 04 Hood stacks
90. 067 and shall have evidence of this certification permanently affixed to units c Fans of manufacturer s standard construction shall be finished with primer and enamel finish in manufacturer s standard color d Single inlet fan housings shall be specified with a 1 2 diameter threaded drain fitting at the low point of the fan scroll 3 FILTERS THE FOLLOWING FILTERS AND ACCESSORIES SHOULD BE SPECIFIED AND SHALL MEET THE FOLLOWING MINIMUM CRITERIA A B Revised June 2012 Air handling units shall be equipped with both pre and final filters Pre filter panel type 01 The pre filter shall be listed as Class 2 by the Underwriters Laboratories 02 Filters shall have an average efficiency rating of 25 30 percent MERV 6 7 by the ASHRAE Standard 52 76 test method using atmospheric dust Final filter extended media type 01 Specify replaceable factory assembled filter elements of fine fibered all glass media 02 The replaceable media filters shall be held by a permanent gasketed holding frame with retaining clips to maintain a positive pressure seal between the frame and the replaceable filter element 03 The average efficiency of the filter shall be either 60 65 MERV 13 80 85 MERV 14 or 90 95 MERV 15 efficiencies depending on area of service 151 04 Division 23 Heating Ventilation and Air Conditioning Page 23 30 02 3 Filters shall be Underwriter s Laboratories listed Class or Cl
91. 4 COMPACTED MINUS PCC FINISHED TO MATCH LIGHT FIXTURE BASE i ADJACENT WALK MOW COLLAR EDGE LIGHT VARIABLE ANGLE WALK PLAN VIEW C Fixture Location Fixtures shall be located in such a manner that dark voids and excessive glare in windows are eliminated Accessibility for servicing must be considered in locating fixtures All fixtures shall be accessible by means currently owned by OSU Facilities without damage to landscape or plantings Consideration must also be given to light spillage onto adjacent facilities existing or planned such as greenhouses which are light sensitive Use directional or shielded lighting as necessary to prevent light trespass D Fixture Location Fixture locations shall be designed in concert with the Landscape Architect so as to prevent future blocking of fixture by vegetation Revised June 2012 197 Division 26 Electrical Page 26 00 00 34 2 LIGHTING CONTROLS A Automated lighting controls that minimize electrical lighting use are required in all areas Automated lighting controls shall not be used where safety may be jeopardized i e stairwells labs kitchens mechanical spaces restrooms 4 01 Exceptions may be submitted to OSU Electrical Shop for review LIGHTING CONTROLS 1 REQUIREMENTS A Revised June 2012 Multiple Switching The use of multiple switching shall be evaluated for each space and condition Where possible switching shall be circuited to effect
92. 43 Division 08 Openings Page 08 50 00 1 Section 08 50 00 WINDOWS PART 1 GENERAL 1 REQUIREMENTS A mmOoM Revised June 2012 Windows must meet the Oregon State Energy Code requirements and the requirements of the State Energy Efficiency Design model for the building All windows to be Tinted low E glass All Window frames shall have a thermal break No wire glass windows are permitted All window glass glazing should have 5 year warranty To prevent energy waste all spaces with operable windows must have window HVAC interlock to prevent HVAC system operation with windows open 44 Division 08 Openings Page 08 71 00 1 Section 08 71 00 Door Hardware PART 1 GENERAL 1 REQUIREMENTS A oO Any key locking devices e g programmers interrogators junction boxes etc must be capable of accepting an OSU supplied lock The main entry of each new building must be equipped with a Knox box for emergency access by the Corvallis Fire Department 01 For renovation projects the OSU Project Manager is responsible for contacting the City of Corvallis Fire Marshal to determine of the installation of a Knox box is required All exit devices shall be approved by the OSU Key Shop prior to installation Fully automatic doors for main entrance ADA accessible doors for all other doors should have proximity sensors placed at an accessibly appropriate location and centered 33 inches above finish
93. 5 00 EMERGENCY PLUMBING FIXTURES PART 1 GENERAL 1 REQUIREMENTS A These criteria set OSU campus standards for emergency shower and eyewash equipment to comply with the regulations set forth in the most current applicable OAR 2 EMERGENCY EYE WASH A Revised June 2012 This equipment must meet the performance and installation requirements the most current American National Standards Institute ANSI All campus laboratories that use substances described above must have at least one emergency eye or eye face wash located within the laboratory and as close as possible to the hazard 01 Hand held drench hoses are not considered eyewash units They may be used in addition to equipment which is described as meeting the ANSI standard In some cases a sink mounted eyewash and a drench hose may be installed in lieu of a combination eyewash safety shower 02 Consult OSU EH amp S for review and approval of this configuration Approved emergency eye or eye face wash units are Haws 7611 or Guardian G1805 laboratory unit install at sink Haws 7OOOBT or Guardian G1750PT Barrier Free Haws 7656WC or Guardian GBF 1735DP recessed or equal The approved units must be 01 Supplied by domestic water 02 Readily visible and accessible to the laboratory or work site The unit should be located as close to the hazard as possible and cannot be blocked by building structures cabinets supplies or equipment 03 Regula
94. 5 00 2 02 Tank Removal Describe methods means sequence of operations and schedule to be employed in the pumping cleaning de vaporizing inspecting removal and disposal of underground storage tanks and piping 03 Soil and Groundwater Removal Describe the phases of handling the contaminated backfill soil and ground water Include methods of excavating handling of contaminated material safety precautions and disposal requirements Prior to work commencing the Contractor is responsible for obtaining waste disposal approvals from DEQ OSU EH amp S and the City of Corvallis as applicable The Plan shall specify final destination and modes of transport for all materials removed from the site Contractor shall address over excavation and groundwater removal plans based on consultant and OSU recommendations for site cleanup levels 4 SITE SAFETY AND HEALTH PLAN A The Contractor shall submit to the EH amp S for approval a Site Safety and Health Plan SSH Plan The SSH Plan shall include a site map points of entry access routes to the project site from adjacent streets 01 The SSH Plan shall be prepared in accordance with all applicable local State and Federal laws and requirements for the work described herein a EH amp S shall be contacted immediately in cases of accidents unforeseen events or other incidents that need immediate attention due to a safety or health risks and or concerns 5 PERSONNEL PROTECTION A
95. A one heat exchanger system shall have a pair of pumps connected in parallel each sized for full load and located downstream of the heat exchanger One pump shall be a spare and they both shall pump into the primary loop 03 If two heat exchangers are used they shall be piped in parallel and connected to a common suction header connecting the pumps B Size single heat exchanger systems for the load Size multiple heat exchanger systems so that each heat exchanger is sized for 75 of the load C The primary loop piping to each heat exchanger shall be provided with a flow measurement device such as a venturi meter or annubar unit pressure gauges industrial quality thermometers and thermowells and Pete s Plug test points Similar instrumentation shall be installed on secondary supply piping circuits D Hot Water System Design 01 Design heating water systems using schedule 40 black steel pipe on larger sizes and type L copper for smaller sizes 02 Fittings can be either soldered welded flanged threaded or depending on pipe size 03 Hot water piping systems 04 Pressure drop 4 ft w c per 100 ft 05 Maximum velocity a Mains equipment rooms 10 ft per second b Mains and branches other areas 5 ft per second C Hot water system design temperature 1 Heat Exchangers 40 60 F temperature difference 06 Main coils 20 F temperature difference 07 Re heat fan coils 10 F temperature difference H CONDENSER
96. ANGERS AND SUPPORTS A Revised June 2012 Specify hangers and supports with special considerations for vertical piping and connections to equipment Use vibration eliminating hangers for piping near pumps fan coil units and other dynamic equipment for vibration sensitive applications Provide seismic restraints to meet local codes Use SMACNA Guide restraints where applicable Attachments to the building structure must be adequate and shall be detailed and or specified Pipe valves and accessories in board of flexible connections at vibration isolated equipment must be supported from the equipment inertia base or otherwise isolated with the equipment without putting undesirable stress on the equipment 142 Division 23 Heating Ventilation and Air Conditioning Page 23 20 00 8 19 SECTION VALVES A In addition to local connections to equipment provide piping systems with isolating valves to facilitate maintenance and minimize the extent of the system that must be shut down for repairs modifications or expansion In general provide an isolation valve ball gate or butterfly at all pipe header connections to eliminate total system drainage during future piping modifications The valve pressure rating must be a minimum of 1 5 times the working pressure of the system served 20 MATERIALS A Pipe valve fittings and accessories shall be of good quality To ensure quality specify piping by ASTM AWWA or other app
97. Contractor provide a cabinet equal to Bussman SFC a Spare fuse complement shall include a minimum of three or 10 of the total each whichever number is greater spare fuses of each class ampere and voltage rating installed including primary fuses and control circuit fuses in switchgear and any equipment 179 Division 26 Electrical Page 26 00 00 16 GROUNDING SYSTEM 1 REQUIREMENTS A Revised June 2012 Drawings and Specifications Drawings shall show ground systems protective conduit sizes and relative locations Specifications and drawings shall include detailed requirements of the grounding system A reference only to the National Electrical Code without elaboration has proven to be insufficient Specifying requirements only by referencing the code is prohibited It is required that the Designer Engineer shall specify all requirements applicable instead of referring only to National Electrical Code This includes specifying the size and requirement of all electrode ground conductors used for connecting to the ground rounds electrode grounds in the concrete cold water pipe and between the neutral and the equipment ground It also includes sizing all equipment ground conductors routed with the phase conductors All sensitive electronic equipment computer rooms etc shall have single point grounding system originating at the service entrance ground 01 Drawings and Specifications Drawings shall show ground systems protec
98. EBCO 805Y 850 U with ball valves and unions for easy removal and service in underground valve box Central Control Components 01 All systems must be compatible with Rainbird Maxicom and must include flow sensing receiver card remote control and master valve controls 02 All irrigation control assemblies shall be UL listed 03 Pedestal control cabinet bases shall be cast in place concrete per PCC requirements Pre cast bases must be installed per manufacturer s specifications Controllers 01 Rainbird ESP SAT 221 Division 31 Exterior Improvements Page 32 80 00 3 3 IRRIGATION COMMISSIONING A All irrigated landscape areas shall 01 Have a Landscape Irrigation Audit performed by a certified Landscape Irrigation Auditor certified and in good standing with the Irrigation Association IA 02 The auditor shall be retained by the University and shall be independent of all contractors associated with the project 03 The audits shall be conducted in accordance with the current edition of the IA s Landscape Irrigation Auditor s Handbook 04 The results of the audit shall be provided to the University in a report acceptable to the University and shall be signed by the Auditor 05 All existing adjacent irrigated landscape zones impacted by construction activities shall be included in the irrigation audit 06 A completed audit in compliance with these provisions is required before the University will issue a Letter of
99. EMENKS ccccsssccessssseceesssseeessstseeessstseeessssateess 17 Section 01 56 39 Tree and Plant Protection ccececccsssecceeneeeeseeceeeeeeseecesseeceseeeeseeeesanees 26 Division O2 Existing CONCItIONS ccccesssccessssecessssseccesssnseeeesssseeesesssseeeessaeeeesesaeeeesssseeeeegs 31 Section 02 65 00 Underground Storage Tank cccssccccsssssecessssececssseeeessssecesssnseeessssaeeess 31 Section 02 82 O0 Asbestos REeMediation cccescccessecesseeeeeeeeeeseeceseeeeseeeeeeeceseeeeseeeenees 35 Division 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection c ccccsscceeseeceeneeeeseeeeeaeecseneceeeeceseeeesneesaes 36 Section 07 10 00 Roofing and Waterproofing ccscccccsssscceessseceesssseeeeessseeesssseeeesssseeess 36 DIVISIOM O8 OPO MINES sa isisisi resiveriai arer csi casheued chek casi cdedebedcdanenedcdanededcdenededcdenededcdeaeaesedeaedens 42 Section 08 05 00 Common Work Results for OPeNingS cccsssccccssssceeesssseeessssseeessssseeess 42 Section 08 31 OO Access Panels ccessccsssccesneeceseeeesseecssneeeeeecesaeeceeneeceeeeeeeeceseeeseneeeaes 43 Section 08 50 OO WiNdOWG ccccescceesceeesseecesneeseneceeaeeceueeesnecesaeeesueessaueceeaeeceeaeeeeeneeeeaes 44 Section 08 71 00 Door Hardware ccccccsscccssseceeseeceeseecssneecesneceeaeeeseaeecesueceseecesaeesesneeseaes 45 Divisi OOZFINISHES mrri innta endai aaant oaa ona anaa TAT AA aa a Sania iE a 49 Section 09 51 00 Acoustic
100. ERAL 1 CHILLERS A oO Revised June 2012 Provide chiller packages with centrifugal compressors or screw compressors and water cooled condensers Design the chiller plant with at least two chillers if the total capacity is more than 400 tons Size one chiller for 1 3 of the load and the other chiller for 2 3 of the load Include equipment KW Ton and APLV values in a selection criteria Basic Equipment Requirements 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 The equipment shall be furnished as a complete factory assembled package including hermetically sealed compressor variable speed drive and motor evaporator condenser lubrication and purge systems capacity controls instrumentation and control panel power and control wiring refrigerant piping full charges of R 123 R 134a or R 22 The control package on the chiller must be capable of controlling chilled and condenser water pumps the cooling tower and interface to the building automation system via the BACnet or LON control protocols Chiller room ventilation is required in accordance with the Uniform Mechanical Code and ASHRAE 15 Include refrigerant sensors control systems and air handling equipment in any existing chiller rooms to be upgraded to bring them in full compliance with current codes The equipment shall be rated in conformance with the latest ARI Standard 550 88 and shall conform to the latest ANSI ASHRAE 15 Safety Code The condenser and
101. F e Ballast shall contain end of lamp life fault mode shutdown protection Lenses shall not be specified as an alternative for louvers If lenses are required for the job the job shall be engineered for these units Fluorescent Lamps 4 foot 32 watt and 2 foot 17 watt T8 instant start programmed start lamps with color temperature of 4100K and minimum CRI of 85 Specify the use of exit signs utilizing Light Emitting Diodes LED light source with life expectancy greater than ten 10 years Incandescent Lamps When approved by the University specify the 130 volt inside frosted lamp for rough duty application Lighting Safety Stairwells in buildings shall have sufficient fixtures so that the loss of one lamp or ballast will not leave the area dark The mounting of the fixtures shall not be at the extreme height but must be accessible for 194 Division 26 Electrical Page 26 00 00 31 maintenance Fixtures shall be positioned only on the side walls over landings at a maximum height of 8 feet Fixtures shall have lenses no bare lamps shall be permitted Stairwell lighting circuits shall be fed by e panels from a generator if available Provide the following spare parts with the listed quantities for compact and T8 T5 fluorescent fixtures for each item and size required 01 Ballasts 5 minimum of 3 of each type 02 Lamp Sockets 10 minimum of 10 of each type 03 Fixture Lenses and Supporting Hardware 10 minimum of 1
102. In order to have an effective shielding the 10 gauge sheet metal shielding shall be overlapped at a minimum of 4 inches at every joint Designing Engineer s shall contact the University EH amp S Office for details if there should be any questions Transformers Under 600 Volts 01 02 General purpose distributing transformers shall be single phase and three phase dry type which are generally used with primaries connected to secondary distribution circuits They shall be designed for the voltage of 120 208 240 480 and 600 with ratings ranging from 500VA to 5000KVA and frequency of 60 Hz The transformers shall be designed for continuous operation at the rated KVA for 24 hours a day 365 days a year operation with a nominal life expectancy and greater overload capabilities in accordance with the latest ANSI C57 The temperature rise of these energy efficient 176 Revised June 2012 03 04 05 06 07 08 Division 26 Electrical Page 26 00 00 13 transformers shall be 80 degrees C temperature rise and shall be insulated with a UL recognized 220 degree C insulation system Transformers shall have K factor rating as recommended by current ANSI IEEE standards where required i e computer center lab etc It shall have a 30 percent overload capability Because of the growth of computer lab in all building and use of wireless computers throughout the University campus all general purpose transformers in r
103. Insulate and heat trace exposed cooling tower condenser piping G Condenser water system design 01 Design condenser water systems using schedule 40 black steel pipe 02 Fittings can be either welded flanged threaded or Victaulic type connectors depending on pipe size 03 Provide a minimum of 20 extra tower capacity BTUH Flow CFM for future growth 04 Provide VFD for capacity control 05 Cooling tower piping systems a Pressure drop 4 ft w c per 100 ft b Maximum velocity C Mains equipment rooms 10 ft per sec 06 Condenser water design temperatures a Design dry bulb 97 F b Design wet bulb 73 F C Entering water temperature 95 F d Leaving water temperature 80 F 8 DIRECT EXPANSION REFRIGERANT A Systems may be 01 Revised June 2012 Single package for single zone applications 122 Division 23 Heating Ventilation and Air Conditioning Page 23 05 00 7 02 Single package for multi zone zone application 03 Split system air cooled condenser evaporator for cooling air or water 04 Split system water cooled condenser evaporator for cooling air or water B Systems shall be used where the life cycle is cost effective If the system exceeds 50 tons air cooled chillers may be considered for single unit with one per air handler for air handlers up to 400 tons One air cooled chiller for multiple air handlers up to 50 tons each Obtain approval from the PM prior to designing the system incor
104. Legend Sheet a The legend sheet shall include all symbols used on the drawings with a description of what that symbol indicates The symbols used shall comply with industry standards C Schedule Sheets 01 Schedules for new and existing mechanical equipment shall include all performance data including capacity air water pressure drops rpm entering and leaving conditions motor horsepower KW or amps voltage phase basis of design manufacturer location of equipment identification numbers unit physical dimensions and weight 02 In the upper right hand corner on the first sheet of the plumbing drawing or on the title sheet of projects without separate plumbing drawings include a 01 PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE This information will be used in determining the fixture count for the City of Corvallis review 03 List all abandoned demolished or deleted fixtures as well as the new fixtures 04 Plumbing fixture schedules shall include fixture identification connection sizes for water waste and vent and gases D Riser Diagrams Revised June 2012 01 Modification to existing systems shall include the riser diagram for the existing systems and piping back to the nearest main branch 02 Include diagrams for all mechanical systems including heating water chilled water condenser water and refrigerant piping 03 Include diagrams for all waste and vent systems hot and cold water and storm water systems 04 Fire protection on
105. N ELEVATORS A Revised June 2012 Work included Installation of a new engineered TRACTION elevator as described in this standard Submittals 01 Submit bound operation and maintenance manuals for the new equipment 2 copies with operation and maintenance instructions parts listing recommend parts inventory listing purchase source listing for critical component emergency instructions complete as built wiring and block diagrams including 89 Revised June 2012 Division 14 Conveying Systems Page 14 20 00 10 signals pull sheets and diagnostic and or trouble shooting guide shall be furnished to Oregon State University 02 Submit a complete list of all items to be furnished and installed under this section Included manufacturer s specifications catalog cuts and other data to demonstrate compliance with the specified requirements 03 Submit complete shop drawings for all work in this section showing dimensions and locations of all items including supporting structure and clearances required 04 Submit two complete clean sets of drawing prints and specifications with as built conditions marked in crisp red ink Sign and attest to the documents as reflecting all conditions as built 05 Provide 4 copies of Operation and Maintenance Manuals Installation Manuals and Parts Manual necessary for full servicing of the elevator and microprocessor Quality Assurance 01 Elevator installer is responsible fo
106. OSU Oregon State UNIVERSITY Facilities Services Construction Standards June 2012 OSU Construction Standards Introduction The Construction Standards support OSU s policies related to the design and maintenance of facilities on campus and the Campus Master Plan They identify specific materials equipment and furnishings that should be utilized in the construction of buildings and outdoor spaces on campus They also note requirements for project drawings and address sustainability universal design and environmental best practices and requirements The document is organized in standard construction specification institute CSI format The table of contents provides easy identification of the sections covered in the document The document is to be used by all A E and other design and construction professionals under contract to do work at and for OSU It is also a resource for staff and faculty Technical Bulletins are considered appendices to the Construction Standards and must be adhered to as well The pertinent Technical Bulletins are listed below the Construction Standards on the same website The standards in the document have been researched and selected by a cross section of staff and professional consultants They are standards but are not absolutes If amore appropriate product material or practice provides additional value to OSU it should be considered Items different from those identified in the Construction Standards w
107. Page 31 00 00 2 G The designer engineer architect shall coordinate the preparation of the Erosion Control Measures drawing with the OSU Project manager H The DEQ NPDES 1200 C permit shall be obtained prior to commencing any grading activities on the project site l Termination of the NPDES 1200 C permit will be the responsibility of Project Manager 3 GRADING A The contractor is responsible to apply for and receive a grading permit from the City of Corvallis and submit a copy to the OSU Project Manager prior to the commencement of any grading on the site 4 Tree Protection A The designer needs to show tree protection fencing per City of Corvallis requirements with direction to the contractor for implementation Revised June 2012 217 Division 32 Exterior Improvements Page 32 10 00 1 Section 32 10 00 PAVING PART 1 GENERAL 1 REQUIREMENTS Asphaltic Paving Sections A Revised June 2012 01 02 03 04 05 06 The use of permeable paving should be considered as appropriate to meet OSU sustainability initiatives Multi use paths require a minimum of 4 inches of Class C asphalt 2 2 inch lifts over 6 inches of 0 baserock and subgrade geotextile The design should try to match existing grade in order to minimize elevation differences at the edges Compaction of exposed edges should be called out on design Non thoroughfare paving sections i e parking lots accessible t
108. RE A Surfaces which will operate within 10 deg F of the ambient dew point shall have a vapor barrier over the insulation B Surfaces better than 90 deg F shall be insulated as required to protect personnel and or conserve energy C Insulation exposed to weather or to physical damage shall have suitable protection D Aluminum jackets secured with aluminum bands on 12 centers with longitudinal seams lapped and turned down shall be installed on all piping exposed to weather Provide similar protection at all valves fittings and flanges 4 SERVICE A Insulation shall be installed such that service and maintenance points such as valve handles access doors pressure and temperature fittings lubrication fittings and strainers remain accessible without disturbing the insulation 01 Vapor barrier jackets shall be sealed at locations to prevent the intrusion of moisture 5 PIPING A Use factory made PVC covers at fittings flanges and all other irregular shapes Revised June 2012 for which they are available 01 Specify structurally rigid insulation sections at all hangers and supports to prevent damage to the insulation and jackets 02 Size hangers and supports to go outside the insulation 134 Division 23 Heating Ventilation and Air Conditioning Page 23 07 13 2 03 Provide steam traps 1 and over with snap on insulation See Section 23125 for additional steam system insulation requirements 6 DUCTWORK A P
109. RSIDE OF LIGHT HOOD 6 N Acrylic lens cover o i ae ne 88 25 6 i 2 5 Oregon State University F i foi 42 x38 8 ios pa D i Panel size if eR if e F 8 I 39 75 x33 75 i Visible opening a PP eo 5g 528 a 41 75 2 54 C to C 1 2 1 0 CAUTION The deg coregr ides peccntns crioed aren xe be iradectcl poopy of SUA Sgn Crp for a prect at fas been cuter despa pln and wvviced ke your geroa Mo dana of the deig concept dul be oped Sided or praidd iv ary furs m aay ees pers or ety wad de ogee wren peorivton of ESA Sgn Cup By xceptng dis aterizion you bribe aggee ba on danst d he design all be implanted by any aba paza u ety cha thn EZA fig ap sifout be opress writen pean ef UA Spx Capa be eect deiga chon or concept dzregs are dedosed to any afer pensen ec en EA Sgn Corp may puo any kgl readies dug bat ot Krited 3 curt xion n tid he greening pory dul be milod w zaeni Res and ts GRAPHIC PRESENTATION ONLY PLEASE SEE YOUR REPRESENTATIVE FOR ACTUAL COLOR AND MATERIAL SAMPLES VARIOUS PRINTERS amp MONITORS WILL INTERPRET COLORS IN DIFFERENT TONES amp SHADES Install using j bolts provided with steel posts Directly bury in concrete footings PRESENTATION FOR OSU CORVALLIS OREGON DRAWING E OSU HAP SIGN Revised June 2012 Section view 24 fluorescent light fixture Hinged translucent white acrylic lens coover
110. T 1 GENERAL 1 REQUIREMENTS A 2 TYPES OF SIGNS A Revised June 2012 Division 10 Specialties Page 10 14 00 1 OSU has an interior sign system that is consistent with all new and remodeled campus buildings constructed since 1991 This sign system is manufactured by Innerface Architectural Sign Systems 5320 Webb Parkway Lilburn GA 30047 Phone 800 445 4796 FAX 770 279 1327 The signs are a vandal resistant system meet existing ADA regulations and OSU requirements for graphic clarity Sign colors are left up to the building design team however the size shape and style will remain consistent with other interior building signage Similar signs from their companies may be substituted The use of self luminous exit signs containing radioactive material is prohibited unless specifically approved by Environmental Health amp Safety EH amp S All signage will follow the ADA Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities ADAAG section 4 30 Room Hazard Signage Utilize Module 8 11 wall mount to accommodate an 8 5 x 11 insert inserts to be provided by Environmental Health amp Safety EH amp S Signs to be mounted at each room entrance Signs to be 49 high to sign bottom on door knob side and below room number signage Emergency Evacuation Sign All campus buildings over one story high shall have building evacuation signs posted on every floor The signs shall be posted at all stairway and el
111. The fence shall be secured using steel posts that are the same height as the fence 02 The steel posts shall be driven no less than two feet into the ground and be a minimum of ten feet apart 2 SIGNAGE A A highly visible sign shall be posted on the chain link fence demarking the area as Revised June 2012 a tree root protection zone The sign shall remain posted and unobstructed until the project is completed 27 Division 32 Exterior Improvements Page 01 56 39 3 PART 3 EXECUTION 2 ASSESSMENT A Pre Construction Tree Assessment Prior any site work grading staging of equipment materials or any other mobilization of the project the project arborist shall complete a pre construction assessment report that outlines the physical conditions of the trees identified to remain on the site The project arborist shall review the report with the OSU Project manager and the OSU Landscape Manager or designee 01 The OSU Landscape Manager or designee shall provide written notification to the project arborist that the report has been reviewed and is acceptable prior to the mobilization of the project 02 The assessment report shall provide any specific tree protection measures required to ensure the health and vigor of the trees during the construction of the project 03 The assessment report shall also include a value appraisal of the trees completed according to the most recent Council of Tree and Landscape Appraiser standards
112. The following design specifications should be incorporated into all new construction In alteration work these specifications should be utilized to the greatest extent feasible A Building Blocks 01 Floor and Ground Surfaces a Use hard or resilient flooring in high traffic general university areas such as lobbies corridors restrooms and other common areas along all accessible routes b Carpet should only be used in areas where it isn t a part of an accessible route or in areas where acoustics is a concern such as in residence halls C Where carpet is used use only short pile carpet d At entrances to buildings provide recessed walk off mats that are flush with the adjoining floor surface e Pavers or stamped concrete should not be used on accessible paths of travel Pavers may be used in other areas but must be set in mortar on a concrete slab and have flush joints Stamped concrete if used should not have joints larger than 1 8 wide 02 Turning Space a Provide elongated circle minimum turning space 60 x 78 ADA allows 60 radius or T shaped turning area b Only use 60 radius and T shaped turning space in alterations where space for the elongated circle is not available 03 Floor and Ground Clear Areas a Provide clear floor areas with minimum dimensions of 36 x 54 ADA allows 30 x 48 04 Knee Space Revised June 2012 4 B Revised June 2012 Division 1 General Requirements
113. ach chiller served by a dedicated primary pump Primary pump redundancy if required shall be provided by cross connection lines with manual isolation valves and a stand by pump Secondary pumping redundancy shall be provided with a stand by pump Provide variable flow pumping schemes for secondary chilled water distribution loops The primary loop piping to each chiller shall be provided with a flow measurement device such as a Venturi meter or Annubar unit pressure gauges industrial quality thermometers and thermowells and Pete s Plug test points Similar instrumentation shall be installed on secondary supply piping circuits All chilled water coils will be provided duct drip pans internal to the ducting to collect and drain condensation Design chilled water systems using schedule 40 black steel pipe on larger sizes and type L copper for smaller sizes 120 Division 23 Heating Ventilation and Air Conditioning Page 23 05 00 5 K Fittings can be either soldered welded flanged threaded or Victaulic type connectors depending on the pipe size L Chilled water piping systems 01 Pressure drop 4 ft w c per 100 ft 02 Maximum velocity 03 Mains equipment rooms 10 ft pr sec 04 Mains and branches other areas 5 ft per sec M Chilled water system design temperature 01 Chilled water 16 20 F temperature difference 6 HEATING WATER SYSTEM A Two types of piping and equipment arrangements shall be used 02
114. acilities Services Environmental Health and Safety EH amp S or by independent consultants as directed by EH amp S The survey will provide an overview of typical surfaces and locations containing the hazardous material in question but may not specifically delineate every location where the hazardous material may be found Under no circumstance shall demolition work occur prior to approval from OSU EH amp S All contractors are responsible to contacting OSU EH amp S prior to any construction activities or demolition of existing structures within an OSU building Removal of asbestos shall be performed by an OUS approved asbestos contractor under the direction of OSU EH amp S Refer to Section 02120 Asbestos Abatement Lead abatement projects shall be performed by OUS approved lead abatement contractor under the direction of OSU EH amp S Lead abatement projects have the intent to remove or encapsulate lead surfaces to make them less hazardous Demolition of surfaces with lead containing paint is NOT lead abatement If contractors for any reason cannot perform demolition on lead containing materials a separate contractor will be hired by OSU for that work SPACE ALLOCATION A The University Space Committee has approved a Space Allocation Model which is implemented by Facilities Services Information about OSU s Space Allocation Model can be found at http oregonstate edu osusc or from Campus Planning OSU HISTORIC DISTRICT A
115. age 08 71 00 3 e Passage 1 Schlage ND10S SPA 2 Best 93K7N14KS3 f Privacy 1 Schlage ND40S SPA 2 Best 93K7N14KS3 g Store 1 Schlage ND66PD SPA 2 Best 93K7G14KS3 h Storeroom 1 Schlage ND96PD SPA 2 Best 93K7D14KS3 i Twist push 1 Schlage ND53PD SPA 2 Best 93K7B14KS3 j Vestibule 1 Schlage ND60PD SPA 2 Best 93K7C14KS3 04 Best Cylinders a Rim Cylinder Part 1E 72 b Mortise Cylinder Part 1E 74 C Dummy Rim Part 1E 02 05 Standard Hardware Finishes a Satin Bronze 612 US10 b Oil rubbed Bronze 613 US10B C Satin Chrome 626 US26D Part 1E 72 d Mortise Cylinder Part 1E 74 e Dummy Rim Part 1E 02 f Dummy Mortise Part 1E 04 Door Closers 01 LCN LC 4041 Super Smoothee Heavy Duty Door Closer 02 Panic hardware shall be Von Duprin 99 series Automatic Door Operators 01 LCN 41820 Series 02 Horton 7100 03 Besam SW100 Automatic Door Actuator Sensors 01 MS Sedco 216 Touchless Switch Access Cards 47 Revised June 2012 01 02 03 Division 08 Openings Page 08 71 00 4 Camden CX WC1 Restroom Control Kit Substitute Camden CM 500 4 Mushroom Push Switch for switch provided in kit Provide Von Duprin 6210 electric strike 48 Division 09 Finishes Page 09 51 00 1 Section 09 51 00 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS PART 1 GENERAL 1 REQUIREMENTS A Revised June 2012 Commercial grade ceiling assembly meeting current Oregon ad
116. air compressors Use the largest air compressor allowed by code l The use of self luminous exit signs containing radioactive material is prohibited unless specifically approved by Environmental Health amp Safety EH amp S J All Exit signs and Egress lighting must be on a dedicated Generator or UPS circuit or approved by the Alarm Shop 2 REFERENCES A Uniform Fire Code Latest edition B NFPA13 Installation of sprinkler systems 3 IDENTIFICATION A Provide labels and flow direction arrows on mains and cross mains every 20 feet Revised June 2012 96 Division 22 Domestic Plumbing Page 22 30 00 1 Section 22 30 00 PLUMBING EQUIPMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1 REQUIREMENTS A Domestic Water System System Requirements 01 Reliability a Adequate volume and pressure of water must be available at all times On site pressurization should be considered if the city supply is not reliable Prior to the start of design work contact the City of Corvallis Water Department to determine their requirements and pressures 02 Capacity a System capacity shall be based on peak flow demand rates of the plumbing system make up to HVAC equipment and process water requirements 03 Pressure a A minimum domestic pressure of 35 0 psig is required at the most remote use points b If the public system cannot furnish this provide booster pumps C Maximum water pressure within a building should not exceed 80 0 psi d Prov
117. al Ceilings sssssssssseesssesserssressrersrersterssrtssrenstenstersertserensenstenset 49 Section 09 60 00 Floor COVELINGS ccccssssccessssssceesssseceessssecesssseceessuseeeessaseeessssesessssaeeess 50 Section 09 90 00 Paints and Coatings cccccsssccccssssscceesssseeessssseeessssseeessessseeesssnseeessssaeeess 51 Division IO Spe ea EO a a aaa a tea aar aa eer e oE a 53 Section 10 14 00 Interior SIGNS eee eeeccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeess 53 Section 10 18 O0 Information KiOSKS cccescceesseceesceeseneeceseeeeeeecesaeeceeeeeenecesaeeceeaeessanees 55 Section 10 28 16 Bathroom AcCESSOFIES ccccsscceesseeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeceeaeeceneceeeeceeeeeeeneeeeanees 57 Division 11 EQUIPMENL cccccceceeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeses 59 Section 11 53 13 Fume HOOS cceeesccessecesseecesneceeneceeseecseneeeesnecseaeeceeneceeeeceseeeeeeeeeanees 59 Section 11 53 53 Biological Safety Cabinets cccssscccssssscceessssecessssnseessssseeesssnseeessssneeess 61 DIVISION L2 FUPNISHIN GS s3 coves A A E E EE 64 Section 12 56 33 ClassroOM FUrNISHINGS cccsescccesssssecesssssscecsssseeesesseecesssesseessssseeeessaaes 64 Section 12 90 01 Flammable and Corrosive Storage ccccssccccssssccesessseceessssseeessseeeesesaaes 65 Section 12 93 OO Site Furnishings cccssscccssssssccesssssececsssse
118. all applicable land use regulations per the OSU Zoning District A copy of the Campus Master Plan and the OSU Zoning District Section 3 36 can be obtained by contacting Campus Planning Section 3 36 can also be obtained from the City of Corvallis Planning Department http www ci corvallis or us The siting of new construction within the Campus Master Plan boundary is subject to review and approval by the Campus Planning Committee CPC Refer to the CPC Development Review Process Requirements The siting and design of the building shall conform to applicable design guidelines set forth in the Campus Master Plan and the OSU Zoning District No Division 01 General Project Requirements Page 01 00 00 4 deviation for set guidelines and regulations shall be permitted without approval from the Director of Facilities Services D Site work drawing shall include at a minimum 01 Any drawings necessary to meet minimum submission requirements for the City of Corvallis 02 Proposed footprint of new building or structure 03 Adjacent streets sidewalks paths etc 04 Existing lighting 05 Landscape features and 06 Parking areas 5 MECHANICAL AND PLUMBING DRAWINGS A Respond to all design review comments and incorporate them into the drawings and specification as appropriate B Provide complete drawings suitable for competitive bidding Drawing packages must include the following as appropriate 01 Life Safety Cover Sheet 02
119. all be provided to Owner and become property of the Owner Drawings to be black and white only no color on both hardcopy and Auto CAD sets Warranty shall be for One Year and include 12 hour response time 24 Hours Per day including weekends and Holidays Materials Architecture and Qualifying Vendors a Fire alarm systems shall be fully serviceable and programmable by the University b Contractor shall prior to construction submit shop drawings of the fire alarm system Included shall be the contractor s prepared plan drawing showing devices system riser system interconnection drawings and manufacturer s specification sheets Drawings shall include design ambient sound level audible alarm device sound power and alarm sound level for each space or contractor shall certify that design meets NFPA 72 for sound levels Any additional devices required while verifying the system shall be at contractor s expense 209 Revised June 2012 C d Division 16 Fire Alarm System Page 28 30 00 11 Fire Alarm Contractor shall specialize in fire alarm system installation be factory trained and certified and a minimum of five years documented experience installing and maintaining fire alarm system for similar installations The Fire Alarm Systems that meet requirements and are approved are 1 Simplex 4100U all others must be approved thru the OSU Alarm shop 23 Contractor Submittal a b Contractor shall
120. all chilled and hot water HVAC systems will be provided backup leakage prevention measures that will contain any water condensation or leakage from the HVAC coil and prevent system condensation or leakage from migration to lower levels 3 DIFFUSERS REGISTERS AND GRILLES A Select all air outlets with consideration for air throw pattern drafts noise and compatibility with architectural requirements Call for factory applied baked enamel or other suitable finish and coordinate the color with the architect B Unit sizing is based on air being introduced at 20 deg F temperature differential and being diffused at the 5 ft level to a velocity not greater than 50 FPM and a temperature differential not greater than 1 5 deg F G Units selected will not exceed design sound level for the space served 4 TERMINAL UNITS A Revised June 2012 Units shall be pressure independent and electrically or pneumatically actuated Specify clearance for access and removal of components Specified variable volume terminal units shall meet the following minimum criteria 01 Terminals shall be pressure independent and capable of resetting the air flow between a preset maximum and minimum as determined by the space thermostat regardless of changes in system air pressure The terminal air valve shall return to the minimum air flow setting on loss of the control signal unless otherwise specified 02 Each variable volume terminal shall be factory set
121. allation procedures used on the work d Submit 1 complete clean set of drawing prints and specifications with as built conditions marked in crisp red ink Sign and attest to the documents as reflecting all conditions as built e Provide two 2 copies of Operation and Maintenance Manuals Installation Manuals and Parts Manual necessary for full servicing of the elevator and microprocessor Quality Assurance 01 Elevator installer is responsible for quality assurance and insuring that all systems related to the elevator are complete and functioning properly Use of Elevator 01 02 The elevator shall not be used temporarily for building construction purposes unless specifically allowed by the Owner General contractors shall be responsible for damage and repairs If the contractor is allowed to use the elevator prior to substantial completion of the project the warranty and service period shall not be compromised and shall begin when substantial completion is achieved after final inspection by the State of Oregon when Oregon State University takes possession 81 Division 14 Conveying Systems Page 14 20 00 2 2 ENGINEERED HYDRAULIC ELEVATOR A 05 06 07 08 09 10 C Revised June 2012 Acceptable elevator manufacturers are 01 02 03 04 Attributes 01 02 03 04 Motion Control Elevator Company Otis Elevator Company Thyssen Krupp All others with non proprietary equipm
122. allis requirements 1 pipe and smaller are to be SRIl 1 5 and larger are to be OMNI type meters Meter transmitter unit MXU shall be Sensus model 520 R TouchCoupler enabled to integrate with City radio read system 234 Division 33 Meters Page 33 09 00 2 01 Sewer deduction meters to be placed on lines dedicated to equipment that does not send water to drain This includes but is not limited to cooling towers and irrigation systems F Natural gas meters To be provided by the natural gas utility currently Northwest Natural Revised June 2012 235 Division 23 Heating Ventilation and Air Conditioning Page 33 63 00 1 Section 33 63 00 STEAM DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1 REQUIREMENTS A The campus steam system operates at 60 psi saturated B Provide condensate pumps at each building All systems components of the steam and condensate systems are to be rated to operate at a minimum of 150 PSI and meet all ANSI and ASME Codes and standards 2 PIPING A Design steam lines using schedule 40 black steel pipe B Fittings can be either welded raised flanged or threaded depending on the pipe size Design condensate return lines using schedule 80 black steel pipe D Fittings can be either welded raised flanged or threaded depending on pipe size E Include provision for expansion and contraction of steam and condensate lines to prevent noise F All piping delivering stea
123. ance with ASTM Specification E477 Airflow and pressure loss data taken in accordance with AMCA procedures shall be obtained from the same silencer used for acoustic performance tests Calculate pressure losses carefully particularly the inlet and exit losses Coordinate the installation location of attenuators with the manufacturer recommended installation guidelines General 01 02 Heating and cooling coils shall be aluminum finned copper tube with fin spacing no tighter than 10 fins per inch Coils may be used for cooling dehumidifying and heating air and should meet the requirements of the Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute ARI Coil capacity ratings shall be certified in accordance with ARI Standard 410 72 Specify coils with vents and drains 152 Division 23 Heating Ventilation and Air Conditioning Page 23 30 02 4 B Basic equipment requirements 01 Coils shall be drainable 02 Coil tubes shall be seamless copper Avoid the use of turbulators 03 Coil fins shall be aluminum surfaced continuously across the entire coil width with full fin collars for maximum fin tube contact Fins shall be mechanically bonded to tubes 04 Size dehumidifying coils so maximum face velocity will not exceed 500 FPM to prevent moisture carryover 05 All chilled water coils will be provided duct drip pans internal to the ducting to collect and drain condensation 06 In addition to any internal drain collection features
124. are to be re cleaned or rejected c Acceptable pipes are to be stored in a clean safe location d Quantities of pipe cleaned at any one time shall not exceed that which can be installed within the same working days No pipe may be installed if the plastic bags on the ends of the pipe are not puffed up which indicates a loss of the N2 charge e Pipes valves and or fittings which do not comply with the cleaning standards i e which show contamination at specified stages of the cleaning process must be rejected and removed 4 CHEMICAL SYSTEMS A Revised June 2012 Acid resistant drainage piping if required shall be FUSEAL for interior piping and Duriron for exterior piping Duriron exterior piping shall extend to the manhole outside the building Chemical drains shall run independently of the building system to a point outside the building before connecting to the building sewer 115 Division 22 Special Systems Page 22 60 00 6 5 DEIONIZED WATER SYSTEM A oO Revised June 2012 Consult with the OSU Project Manager to select the type of reverse osmosis RO unit to be used Steam powered or electrically operated distillation units are not to be used Use membrane filters rated for industrial service Distribution piping 01 Shall be 80 CPVC piping with no dead ends 02 Shall include a continually recirculating system to provide necessary cleanliness Piping shall be properly flushed cleaned and
125. articular matter at sufficient duration or quantity as to create a nuisance or observable deposition upon real property of another person Reasonable precautions to control particulate emissions can include but are not limited to a Use of water or chemicals for control of dust during demolition of structures construction or during grading of roads or clearing of land b Covering at all times when in motion open bodied trucks transporting materials likely to become airborne Full or partial enclosure of stockpiled materials d Dirt or debris spilled onto paved surfaces should be swept up immediately to reduce re suspension of particulate matter caused by vehicle movement O Work that causes excessive odors shall be performed only after coordination with the University s Representative Filtering of air intakes may be needed to prevent odors and vapors from entering buildings In cases where unavoidable odors will be produced Contractor shall provide 7 business days advance notice to the University s Representative in order that adequate notice can be forwarded to building occupants Work stoppage may occur if advance notification has not been coordinated or odors and vapors from the work are found to generate complaints from building occupants Protection of Existing Air Handling Systems 01 Contractor shall be responsible for protection of the cleanliness of existing air handling systems at all times This protection may inc
126. ass Il according to system requirements Air filter gauge 01 Provide a gauge across each filter bank Discuss the level of filtration required with the OSU Project Manager 4 SOUND ATTENUATORS General A 2 COILS Revised June 2012 01 02 When sound attenuators are used specify the maximum acceptable calculated sound levels for particular locations Rectangular low pressure drop units are preferable Use medium or high pressure drop units or round units only when the others cannot be applied Select units with a dynamic insertion loss at least 3 dB less from generated noise level in all eight octave bands Basic equipment requirements 01 02 03 04 05 06 Outer casings shall be in accordance with ASHRAE Guide recommendations for high pressure ductwork Casings shall not vibrate audibly during normal operation of the air handling system The acoustically absorptive filler material shall be made from an inorganic fiberglass like material The material shall be inert vermin and moisture proof and impart no odor to the air The filler material shall be incombustible and shall not exhibit more than the following fire hazard classification values when tested in accordance with standard ASTM E84 NFPA 255 or UL 723 test methods a Flame spread 25 b Fuel contributed 20 c Smoke developed 0 Acoustical ratings shall be determined by the duct to reverberation room method in accord
127. assification shall be installed in raceway systems All the raceways for medium high voltage shall be 6 in size and all others for street lighting and other applications shall be sized in accordance with the projected electrical load growth in the vicinity Underground raceway systems for medium high voltage systems shall be encased in concrete Provide a yellow marker tape 18 above the conduits indicating Danger Buried Conduits SECONDARY LOW VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION 1 REQUIREMENTS A Magnetic Interference and Mitigation Revised June 2012 174 Revised June 2012 01 02 03 Division 26 Electrical Page 26 00 00 11 Magnetic interference can pose major problems in the design and operation of electrical and electronic equipment instruments control systems data processing equipment and communication networks This equipment frequently indicates aberrations whose sources may not be readily recognized but which are due to magnetic interference In general such interference is classified as internal and external a Internal interference created by operation of components within the system itself can usually be eliminated or nullified by shielding the individual components and confirming the magnetic force they create b External interference is frequently caused by nearby or adjacent equipment such as transformers medium voltage busway or switching equipment which generate magnetic spikes affecting
128. at the local building computer workstation is to be provided to OSU prior to installation OSU will load the Windows Operating System and OSU Network and security drivers The computer will then be returned to the contractor for installation of control software 3 ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM A The energy management system shall operate under the control of one or more microprocessors microcomputers with peripheral hardware and software configured to perform the following functions 01 The system shall be a fully modular family of programs peripherals and application packages designed specifically for building management including energy management HVAC control and monitoring and controlled access 02 The system shall be capable of interfacing with the existing installed primary computer system located in the EMS Shop and shall allow for future expansion of both input output points and processing control functions and operating stations a Specifically it shall be easy to add components including memory peripherals field devices and software to the system to expand the size of the scope of automation 03 Provide a minimum of 10 spare point capacity at each stand alone cabinet B All materials and equipment used shall be standard components regularly manufactured for this system and shall not be custom designed especially for this project All systems and components shall have been thoroughly tested and proven in actual use C
129. aterials Hood shall be constructed of appropriate materials resistant to chemicals and heat and compatible with the anticipated use Exhaust velocity at the hood face will be DESIGNED to 120 linear feet per minute LFPM at a sash height of 18 inches above the lower air foil Exhaust velocity at the hood face will be a minimum of 100 LFPM at a sash height of 15 inches above the lower air foil Each hood must have an electronic flow indicator with digital readout that is visible to the hood user Monitor type must allow for two point calibration without changing hood flow Calibration of the flow monitor will be performed during room balancing Hood exhaust shall be separate from non lab building exhaust systems Hood exhaust can be used as part of the required lab exhaust volume Hoods used for perchloric acid high levels of radioactive isotopes high hazard carcinogens pathological materials or large quantities of flammable liquids shall be exhausted separately from general laboratory fume hoods Hood exhaust ducts shall be negatively pressurized within the building No diversion caps e g china hat are allowed on hood stacks Rain prevention extensions shall be used where rain intrusion is a potential problem Design details are available from EH amp S Booster exhaust fans in hood exhaust ducts shall not be used inside the building envelope Backflow prevention devices shall not be installed in ducts as the only means to prevent
130. aterials to be used or stored and to be a tested and recognized flooring material for the anticipated use Modular carpet carpet tiles should be used No wall to wall carpet shall be installed The number of transitions from hard to soft flooring shall be minimized Avoid installing carpet on concrete below grade or on basement floors Color will be determined on a case by case basis however attempts should be made to coordinate the existing color scheme Extra materials overage of 2 5 will be provided Materials should require minimum maintenance and should comply with industry cleaning standards methods No raised flooring floor coverings Underlayment Follow the requirements of the Armstrong Guaranteed Installation Systems Guide latest edition where wood underlayment is required under carpet vinyl tile or sheet goods Polished or stained concrete in public areas shall be considered Flooring choices must take into consideration traction and slip resistant properties to minimize incidents 50 Division 09 Finishes Page 09 90 00 1 Section 09 90 00 PAINTS AND COATINGS PART 1 GENERAL 1 REQUIREMENTS A Plans shall designate color and sheen to be used B Coat seal all items prior to installation as much as able special consideration s required in occupied buildings At pre construction meeting define plans to reduce impact to building users regarding application of finishes paints adhesives etc C Paints
131. ave non fused disconnects located at the motor The motor shall be furnished with special moisture protection windings shafts and bearings The fan and shaft shall be supported by re lubricatable ball bearings with special moisture seals slingers and housings designed to prevent moisture accumulation Provide a vibration cut out switch Access doors shall be provided on both sides of the tower for access to eliminators and the plenum section Safety railing and a ladder shall be furnished with a tower unit requiring a fan and drive service above the fan deck and shall meet OSHA requirements Units capable of being serviced from within the unit shall be provided with an internal galvanized steel catwalk for service access Lubrication points are to be provided with piping or tubing extensions to readily accessible points and terminate with appropriate lubrication fittings Furnish electric immersion heaters or steam heaters preferred factory installed to prevent freeze up conditions where it is appropriate Include factory installed thermostats and controllers Furnish vibration isolator rails for vibration control Consult with the sound consultant for requirements Specify single stage centrifugal pumps for water service Horizontal base mounted end suction pumps with a common forged or cast steel base frame not welded are preferred for applications up to 1 000 GPM Horizontal or vertical split case pumps with a common steel bas
132. ay be used where required for architectural effect 277 volt fixtures shall be used except recessed luminaries where this voltage is available Fixtures shall meet or exceed the requirements of the latest version of ANSI ASHRAE IESNA Standards 04 Quartz lamp fixtures shall not be used 05 LED luminaires shall only be installed with OSU Electric Shop approval 06 Ballasts High frequency electronic type specifically designed to use T8 T5 lamps instant start to operate multiple lamps in a parallel configuration Ballasts shall meet minimum performance standards as established by the Certified Ballast Manufacturers Association Additional requirements shall include a maximum total harmonic distortion of 20 percent sound rating of A shall comply with applicable standards as set by ETL FCC NEC IEEE be listed by UL and carry a 5 year replacement warranty Separate ballasts should be provided for each lighting fixture For applications where one ballast is used to light multiple fixtures the location of other fixture shall be identified Ballast selection shall be based on its designed usage programmed start vs rapid start 07 Ballasts for compact fluorescent lamps shall be electronic type and shall have the following characteristics a Ballasts to be high power factor type b Ballasts factor shall be 95 or greater c Ballasts for multiple lamps shall be parallel wiring type d Minimum starting temperature shall be O degrees
133. bar ceilings Plenum rated cable supported every 5 feet with j hooks 08 Run all wiring and conduit parallel to building lines 09 Terminate all conduit with end protectors 10 Provide strain reliefs where plenum cable enters junction boxes pull boxes and cabinets 11 SUPERVISION AND CHECKOUT A B This process shall be conducted by factory training engineers and technicians directly employed by the contractor OSU will review of the controls shop drawings concurrently with the engineers review 12 ACCEPTANCE TESTING A An acceptance test in the presence of the commissioning agent and or the engineer shall be performed This test shall include but not be limited to 01 Complete verification of transmission media operation 02 Cross check of each sensor and control point 03 Final calibration of the sensor 04 Verification of failure mode operation 05 Verification of program loading unloading capability 06 When the system performance is deemed in accordance with these specifications it shall be accepted and placed under warranty 13 TRAINING A Revised June 2012 The contractor shall provide full instruction to the owner s designated representatives in these procedures during the start up and test period These instructions are to be conducted onsite in a hands on manner when the system is fully operational during normal working hours Training on the functional operation of the system shall inc
134. below grade wrought copper fittings soldered Identify all compressed air piping per general requirements Use of schedule 80 PVC with solvent welded joints may be allowed in certain cases Contact the Project Manager for approval Identify all vacuum air piping per general requirements Ball valves shall have a 3 piece design to permit servicing without cutting the pipeline Provide a ball type shutoff valve and a threaded female connection on outlet of valve for connection by user Verify with the OSU Project Manager exact requirements Provide isolation valves at each floor at each lab and at each point of use The quality of the specialty gas systems to be delivered should be suitable for the intended use The OSU Project Manager will provide a list of gasses required on the project and the piping materials to be used If extending an existing system the materials and cleanliness specifications shall match existing system Only at the directive of the OSU Project Manager should variations from existing systems be made Medical gas system piping shall be designed and installed per NFPA 99 Where gas systems will be carried in copper piping use the above requirements for lab air systems Where gas systems will be carried in stainless steel piping a Special cleaning requirements must be followed see below for detailed description b Acceptable materials for gas systems unless requested otherwise are 1 Type 316 stainle
135. c entrances cannot be made accessible due to technical infeasibility the Office of Equity and Inclusion will be contacted and review the design prior to a final decision has been determined Access to Public Areas a In new construction and major renovation work all public areas must be made accessible including multi leveled classrooms sunken areas loggias raised platforms and mezzanines Areas of Refuge a Do not install areas of refuge b Provide clear means of egress from all areas of a building Doors and Door Openers a Provide automatic door operators on all primary entrances to a building b Install infrared sensors push button controls proximity card readers and other door control devices at a height of 36 c Provide a clear floor space at these door control devices that is level and located outside the swing of the door d Do not install doors that are narrower than 36 wide ADA requires a minimum 32 clear e Avoid doors that swing out into corridors or accessible routes of travel f Install magnetic hold open devices or high quality automatic door openers on internal doors and fire doors in corridors and other areas accessible entrances and along accessible routes within buildings g The preferred height for handles pulls latches locks and other operable parts on accessible doors is 39 inches above the floor Windows Division 1 General Requirements Page 01 0001 12 a Provide adeq
136. campus core is envisioned to expand to the west and south over the next several decades In order to ensure that the campus becomes cohesive in character each increment of growth should embody the qualities of the existing core This approach requires consistency in the development of buildings and grounds and sensitivity to the scale and character of outdoor space To ensure that Oregon State University maintains and expands upon the historic patterns it is critical that development provides consistency and a common approach regardless of the scale of a campus improvement This document provides guidelines which are critical to the continuation of the quality of the campus It is intended to provide the basis for evaluation of Revised June 2012 224 Division 32 Exterior Improvements Page 32 90 00 2 all campus improvements and should be used as a tool to ensure that campus development be of the highest quality 1 UTILITY LOCATION A Above grade utilities i e power transformers A C units should be located away from primary building entries important building facades and pedestrian routes B Above grade utilities should not occur within primary street corridors C Utilities should be accessible to maintenance personnel D At grade vaults should be located within paved surface areas traffic rated and set flush with adjacent grades and slopes Above grade utilities should be screened from public view F Utility conduits a
137. cated outside the laboratory area provided an approved eyewash is located in the laboratory The combination unit must be located so that travel distance is no more than 10 seconds with no obstructions and only one door to pass through to reach the unit Note Emergency eyewash or eye face wash shall be plumbed to sanitary sewer or sink mounted 109 Division 22 Domestic Plumbing Page 22 45 00 3 D OSU EH amp S will make final determination on selection of equal equipment to ensure the equipment meets current ANSI standards Revised June 2012 110 Division 22 Special Systems Page 22 60 00 1 Section 22 60 00 SPECIAL SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1 COMPRESSED AIR A Revised June 2012 General Requirements 01 Verify with the OSU Project Manager the type and quality of compressed air required 02 OSU uses two types of compressed air systems clean lab air and building air Verify the type of air required with the OSU Project Manager Lab Air System 01 The compressed air system shall include the following a Air or water cooled one or two stage rotary screw type oil free air compressor b An air dryer c An air receiver located between the compressor and dryer d A filtered intake to the compressor e Particulate filters f Activated Carbon Filters g Copper piping system cleaned for oxygen service h Preferred manufacturer Quincy Northwest 02 Once through cooling water is not acceptable on
138. cation labels are to be indelible non fading and installed on the north side of exterior housings whenever possible Fume exhaust ductwork a Ducts conveying corrosive air streams must be designed with materials compatible with use The type of ductwork to be used is subject to OSU project review team assessment b Design for maximum pressures developed by the exhaust system with a 25 safety factor c See the systems below for a partial list of recommendations 1 Heat Exhaust Galvanized steel 2 Laboratory Equipment Exhaust 1 A 01 c 2 1 Acid Exhaust Stainless steel to the fan 1 A 01 c 2 2 Solvent Exhaust Stainless steel to the fan 60 Division 10 Specialties Page 11 53 53 1 Section 11 53 53 BIOLOGICAL SAFETY CABINETS PART 1 GENERAL 1 REQUIREMENTS All biological safety cabinets shall meet the specifications within the most recent edition of the National Sanitation Standard 49 Class II Laminar Flow Biohazard Cabinetry The following biological safety cabinet manufacturers are currently approved for campus A 01 02 03 04 05 Baker Nu Aire and Forma or equal Manufacturer s specifications for specific model types shall be submitted to OSU EH amp S for pre approval The University s Representative Project Manager must acquire pre approval from OSU EH amp S for any equal substitution Biosafety cabinet face velocity shall be maintained at no less than 100 fpm at al
139. ceessssseeesssssecesssssseesessseesessaaes 66 Section 12 93 01 Site Furnishings Approved List ccsccccssssscceessssseeeessnsecesssnseeessssseeess 68 Division 13 Special Construction cccceessccessssseceessnseceeessseeesssseeessesseeeescuseeesessseeeesssseeeeses 75 Section 13 20 00 Specialty Use Areas ccccccccssscccesssseceessssseceesssecesesueeesesssseeesssneeesessaeeess 75 Section 13 25 OO ReEStrOOMS eeccesssceccceetescesscceeseceeteccessscessecensescesssceesaceeteesentsceesacees 76 Section 13 29 00 Designated Eating and Drinking Areas cssccccsssssccessssseeessstseeessssseeees 77 Section 13 30 O0 Lobbies and AtriUIMs ccccccccccccccsssssscsccecceeeeessececcceceeeeesssececeeeeeueaenssess 78 Section 13 31 OO Custodial Closets cc eeecccccccccecssssseccccccceccsssssececcceeeecsssceceseceeeeessseceseeees 79 Section 13 32 OO INnterior Storage ceeesssceseeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesss 80 Division 14 CONVEYING EQUIPMENT rsrsrsrs nnee ernennen nanara Ensas 81 Section 14 20 00 El vat rS ssnin e R a 81 Division 21 Fire SUPPFeSSION ccccccccecececceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeess 96 Section 21 10 00 Fire Protection SySteEMsS cccceccccccccececceeceececceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeses 96 Division 22 PIUMBING sir siseste esie e iiae kekahi ekrir rari etiain Ee ikii aneko ias iSe k
140. ck Available from Radius Pipe Bending www radiuspipe com B Ash Urns RPB McKenzie smoking urn powder coated black Available from Radius Pipe Bending www radiuspipe com C Benches 01 Campus Standard Bench a Dumor Site Furnishings Model 58 6 foot powder coated steel color black www dumor com benches 800 598 4018 02 Accessible Bench a DuMor Site Furnishings Model 68 452 custom OSU accessible bench 6 foot powder coated steel color black D Bicycle Racks Revised June 2012 01 OSU Campus Standard Bike Racks a Various length depending on number of hoops 2 5 hoops available Hoop Style tubular steel Bike Rack Black powder coated finish non powder coat steel requires frequent painting of racks Installation of 5 hoop racks is encouraged to provide flexibility in relocation b Available at Radius Pipe Bending Co Prairie Road Junction City OR 97448 c All racks to be welded to 2 channel iron base rails Embedded racks are prohibited d Specification 68 Approved Site Furnishings List Page 12 93 01 2 10 Foot Long Hoop Style Bike Rack March 1991 1 i 30 typical A i i 2 x 3 4 bar channel P Drill each channel 5 8 for anchorage where shown 247 o c 1 1 1 E Covered Bicycle Racks ROOF RIBS OR BATTENS METAL ROOFING SYSTEM 16 SQ CONC BASE RAISED 4 ABOVE WALK 11 GALV CORR FOUR HOOP RACK TYP OSU campus standard b
141. clude a schematic drawing indicating 1 Required exit corridors and the required fire classification of walls doors windows and duct work 2 Area separation Division 01 General Project Requirements Page 01 00 00 2 Flame spread characteristics Rated ceilings Allowable areas or occupancy types Number of stories basements and attics Other elements important to a zoning life safety code check 8 Identify exit corridors dee eas Book Plans 01 Book Plans are the drawing of record for OSU space on and off campus 02 Book plans shall be drawn to scale and printed on 11 x 17 sheets 03 OSU will provide the appropriate title block and drawing layers 04 Creation updating of book plans is required for every new and remodel construction project 05 Book plans shall be prepared for all affected floors including a Basement b First Floor and all floors above the first floor c Attic and or roof 06 Book plans should include the following information a Building identification b Floor identification C Room numbers d Use of space i e lab classroom mechanical room corridor e General interior and exterior dimensions f Net useable area for each room g Total square feet calculations gross area and net useable area for each affected floor Building Map 01 Provide an 11x17 building map that clearly identifies the location of the building exits elevators fire extinguishers ADA restrooms men
142. cted by the University Architect Provide separate switching for stage and seating area Parking Ramp Interior Provide 1 to 3 footcandle light level in the traffic lanes 1 to 3 footcandles in the parking areas and 1 to 3 footcandle light level at the entrance exit All values are average maintained horizontal footcandles Uniformity shall be 10 1 for the entire area HPS shall not be used in parking structure 192 Division 26 Electrical Page 26 00 00 29 Outside Security Building Perimeter Parking Lot and Outside Walkways Provide 1 to 3 footcandle light level Outdoor lighting levels shall be designed as follows 01 Primary walkways and problem areas 1 footcandles average and 5 footcandles minimum 02 Secondary walkways and other areas 5 footcandle and 10 footcandle minimum 03 Primary streets 2 footcandles average and 25 footcandle minimum 04 Parking lots 1 footcandle average and 25 footcandle minimum Temporary Site Lighting During Construction Sufficient lighting shall be provided such that Campus Police may observe the entire area Provide a light level of 1 to 3 footcandles The Contractor is responsible for providing temporary lighting outside of the project area if the project interrupts the normal lighting to the area Mechanical Rooms Provide 50 to 60 footcandle light level Mechanical room fixtures shall be turret style industrial fluorescent fixtures with wire guards Sockets shall be protect
143. currently the 9 edition copyright 2000 a The value of the trees that are to remain will be provided to the contractor prior to the mobilization of the site to ensure the contractor is aware of the replacement cost of the trees as outline in the appraisal report B Tree Protection Areas Prior any site work grading staging of equipment materials or any other mobilization of the project the contractor shall establish the tree root protection zones and install the specified fencing C This protection area shall be maintained by the contractor during all phases of construction and only removed upon demobilization of the site D In consultation with the OSU Project manager and OSU Landscape manager or designee the project arborist shall recommend corrective measures for any tree damaged during construction 01 Prior to any removal of a damaged tree the project arborist will ensure a replacement cost is determined for the damaged tree E The project arborist shall complete a post construction assessment of the trees to determine the condition of the trees The report shall be submitted to the OSU Project Manager and OSU Landscape Manager or designee for review and approval 01 The OSU Landscape Manager or designee shall provide written notification that the post construction report has been reviewed and accepted prior to the close out of the project Revised June 2012 28 Division 32 Exterior Improvements Page 01 56 39 4
144. d 5 feet per second All irrigation systems shall be designed according to Irrigation Association current standards Ensure as built markup documents are completed by the installation contractor and reviewed confirmed by landscape architect before piping is buried A water audit performed by an Irrigation Association IA Certified Landscape Irrigation Auditor conducted in accordance with the current IA audit standards for all new as well as existing irrigated zones shall be completed An audit report shall be approved by the OSU Landscape Manager or designee 01 The report must provide complete database information for programming of Maxicom 2 Central Control System per Section 1 3 2 IRRIGATION EQUIPMENT A Revised June 2012 Irrigation Heads 01 Spray heads a Rainbird 1800 PRS series Hunter PRS 40 MP Rotator b Mid size gear drive Hunter I 20 SS low angle and short radius Rainbird 5000 c Large turf areas Hunter l 20 SS or l 25 SS Series stainless steel 1 All spray heads installed with flex pipe rotors installed with PVC swing joint assemblies 02 Drip systems shall be installed only where institutional spray systems are impractical due to design constraints or other factors as approved by OSU Landscape management a When used they must be Rainbird brand dripline with automated stainless steel filtration system Electric Control Valve 01 Type Rainbird PEB PRS series 220 Revised June 2012 Division 31
145. d June 2012 125 Division 23 Heating Ventilation and Air Conditioning Page 23 05 00 10 of 4 feet of clearance all around major items such as boilers chillers pumps air handlers and fans unless the manufacturer s recommendations or code requirements are greater B No equipment shall be installed in locations that will prevent future removal without major disruptions to the building or its contents All equipment selected shall be designed for and provided with access doors and other accessories to address the requirements of this section Connecting systems such as ductwork piping and electrical conduit shall be located so they do not obstruct access to the equipment service points C Provisions shall be made to allow easy access for hoisting heavy or cumbersome equipment onto elevated mechanical spaces D Critical wear components such as bearings fan shafts couplings and belts shall be easily replaceable Frequent service items shall be convenient for example easy access to filters and extended lubrication fitting E Equipment shall be designed so access doors panels guards and similar items can be removed and replaced without special tools so they are sturdy enough not to sustain damage under normal use and care F Provisions shall be made to provide a penthouse enclosure for rooftop equipment when deemed suitable by the OSU Project Manager 13 SOUND AND VIBRATION A Consider all appropriate sources of concern
146. d by 2 11 above or prior to final inspection the Engineer of Record shall require Fire Alarm Contractor to demonstrate 100 compliance with plans submittals specifications and NFPA 72 The Engineer of Record shall submit shop drawings of the fire alarm system to OSU for review Included shall be the contractor s prepared plan drawing showing devices system riser system interconnection drawings and manufacturer s specification sheets Drawings shall include design ambient sound level audible alarm device sound power and alarm sound level for each space or contractor shall certify that design meets NFPA 72 for sound levels Any additional devices required while veering the system shall be at contractor s expense 3 Oregon State University Fire Alarm Standards A Revised June 2012 The following guidelines apply to all new installations of Fire Alarm System s in facilities owned by Oregon State University These guidelines cover both new facilities and or renovations to existing facilities These guidelines shall be incorporated into design documents and shall be project specific Fire detection systems are an integral part of protecting life and property These guidelines have been developed for use in the design and installation of these critical systems and to insure the University receives a reliable system that meets all applicable codes 204 Division 16 Fire Alarm System Page 28 30 00 6 C GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
147. d image of each sheet in PDF format at a minimum resolution of 400dpi All PDF files shall be correctly oriented right reading The Owner requires the receipt of a complete set of the construction documents and Book Plan files see section J in digital form at the following stages 01 100 Construction or Bid and 02 Record as constructed drawing If the work is performed through the OSU Shops the appropriate vendor contractor or internal construction group is responsible for providing these drawing updates at the completion of the project All External References including nested ExRefs must be included and fully resolved When submitting the final Record drawing files all exrefs shall be bound to the parent file using the insert option of the Bind exref dialog All AutoCAD data must be accompanied by the proper plotter configuration file s and any font shx shape shp or proprietary files necessary for reproduction If vertical applications are used in addition to a basic AutoCAD installation the design professional shall include the correct AutoDesk object enabler file s for resolution with a basic install of AutoCAD Life Safety Cover Sheets 01 All architectural drawings will include life safety cover sheets which should include a Zoning requirements b Required side yards c Fire resistivity of exterior walls d Fire classification of the building s construction type e The sheet will in
148. de 01 The marked up drawing of the system design showing as built conditions 02 The drawing shall show the station numbers station locations sprinkler head locations head types nozzle size and distance between sprinkler heads Revised June 2012 222 Revised June 2012 03 04 05 06 Division 31 Exterior Improvements Page 32 80 00 4 This as built drawing at 1 10 or larger scale shall be provided to the auditor by the installation contractor prior to field precipitation measurements being collected Installer shall also provide imported soil texture analysis reports and locations and depth of soil placed in each zone Pressure readings per station catch device readings and locations distribution uniformity for individual stations precipitation rates per station and full database information for programming Maxicom II ET based central control software Include a Maxicom data summary spreadsheet for client input including Maxicom Flo Manager and Flo Watch zones for proper scheduling 223 Division 32 Exterior Improvements Page 32 90 00 1 Section 32 90 00 PLANTING PART 1 GENERAL The historic campus core of Oregon State University is known as one of the most significant public landscapes in the State Its organization harmony of materials and maturity give it a sense of substantial quality Maintaining this quality takes consistency in approach and sensitivity to what makes the campus great
149. de set to the OSU system 02 Must be manufactured by Von Duprin Inc or Hess 03 Electromagnetic lock enclosure must be surface applied 04 Lock must be low voltage 12V 24V dual coil with a tested hold force of no less than 1 800 pounds 05 Electromagnetic lock must have built in as standard electronics to eliminate residual magnetism and also to provide transient suppression a Build these devices into doors jambs and or door closers The controls for electromagnetic holders shall work in conjunction with fire detection to provide fire smoke barriers by an automatic door closing Exit Devices 01 Any mechanical emergency exit device crash bar must meet or exceed ANSI A156 3 1984 Grade 1 or match original historic hardware For questions see OSU Key Shop 02 Ensure minimum ADA clearances with door in open position Lock sets 01 If mortise lock sets are specified they shall be supplied with BEST 7 PIN CYLINDERS regardless of the lock manufacturer 02 If cylindrical lock sets are specified they shall be BEST 93K7 series lever handle lock sets prepared to receive BEST 7 pin REMOVABLE cores 03 Lock functions Series Numbers a Classroom 1 Schlage ND94PD SPA 2 Best 93K7R14KS3 b Communicating 1 Schlage ND62PD SPA 2 Best 93K7S14KS3 C Dormitory 1 Schlage ND73PD SPA 2 Best 93K7T14KS3 d Double Fixed 1 Schlage ND82PD SPA 2 Best 93K7W14KS3 46 Revised June 2012 Division 08 Openings P
150. ded or welded black steel where located inside a building 2 galvanized steel where exposed to the weather b The pipe above grade when exposed shall be painted with paint suitable for corrosion protection Valves shall be readily accessible and located as designated by code and local utility company requirements Provide valves at each capped stub out for future extension and at each piece of equipment Request the local utility company to provide a valve upstream of the gas meter Accessories 104 Division 22 Domestic Plumbing Page 22 30 00 9 01 Provide a gas pressure regulator with a built in internal relief and low pressure cut off or for large demands a gas pressure regulator with an internal relief and separate low pressure cut off 02 Vents shall be provided from each pressure regulator Vents shall run independent and terminate outside the building at a location in compliance with code 03 Provide pressure gauges with gauge cocks on the upstream and downstream side of each regulator and a separate low pressure cut off to aid in checking the gas pressure Tests 01 Gas piping shall be tested with air at 100 psig for four hours with no loss in pressure Gas supply 01 Coordinate the location of the gas meter with Northwest Natural Gas Company 02 Northwest Natural Gas Company has all known gas pipe lines docu mented 6 BUILDING SYSTEM A Pressure 01 Piping within the building shall be siz
151. designed to maintain required minimum ventilation rates 06 VAV re heat terminal units shall close to 40 or greater as required for ventilation prior to re heat 07 Recirculation of any laboratory exhaust is prohibited when using a VAV system for lab hood exhaust Recirculated air systems equipped with an economizer cycle shall be capable of supplying 0 100 outside air Air economizer systems shall be used whenever practical Provide both dry bulb and enthalpy controlled economizers For conditions under which economizer systems are not required and shall not be used reference ASHRAE IES Standards 90 1 1989 Constant volume systems shall be used for areas requiring constant air flow and areas with constant exhaust requirements Insulation refer to Section 23155 Ductwork Insulation 149 Division 23 Heating Ventilation and Air Conditioning Page 23 30 02 1 Section 23 30 02 AIR SIDE EQUIPMENT PART 1 GENERAL This section s purpose is to establish standards of quality and utility for the mechanical components The engineer s task is to utilize equipment that provides the best value while conforming to these standards 1 AIR HANDLING UNITS A Consider both blow through and draw through types of air handling units Use extreme care in the design of draw through type air handlers utilizing economizers to assure adequate air mixing prior to the coils and the control sensors B Use variable speed frequency dri
152. devices only and shall be battery backed by main FACP or auxiliary supply Fusible links shall not be a primary releasing mechanism and no ETL links will be used C ALL DOOR HOLDER CIRCUITS shall be 24 Volts and be on separate dedicated power supplies and have associated service bypass control switched from the main FACP front panel Having separate power supplies for Door Holders prevents loss of main power supply due to a shorted Door Holder circuit d Installation hardware and programming shall support all functions associated with a walk test During a walk test horn and strobe functionality shall be supported while testing devices using the walk test with signal feature Devices and wiring methods that do not support testing in walk test mode with a signal having full functionality of that feature are NOT acceptable e All duct smoke detectors and or linear beam smoke detectors shall have a Remote Alarm Indicating Light RAIL with a test switch Test switch shall be mounted 8 0 A F F in a common area ex Main Corridor Duct detectors shall report as a supervisory not alarm when activated f Fire smoke dampers are to have individual over current protection and disconnect The fuse shall be sized for 125 for non impedance protected motors and 200 for impedance protected motors The combination over current disconnect means shall be located within 6 feet of the fire smoke damper motor The combination over current disconnect mea
153. door rollers door hanger tracks car and hall door pick up assemblies gate switch door lock s Provide emergency access in all hoistway doors All doors shall have 1 1 2 hr label or another identification acceptable to governing authorities Provide adjustable nylon guide Heavy duty doors Provide door skins on both sides of elevator doors Lobby Position Indicator Provide tamper resistant Innovation Co lobby position indicator on the ground level illuminated by light emitting diodes Hall Direction Indicator 93 Division 14 Conveying Systems Page 14 20 00 14 01 Up and down tamper resistant direction indicators to be provided in the hall wall with a single chime or tone for up and double chime or tone for down direction and shall be illuminated by light emitting diode M Photo Curtain 01 Janus 3 D Panachrome 02 Photo Curtain An electric passenger sensing device of the photo curtain shall project across the entrance to prevent the car and hoistway doors from closing if a passenger or object interrupts the curtain 03 Nudging If the doors are prevented from closing for longer than a predetermined time door nudging operation shall cause the doors to move at a slow speed in the closed direction and to be unresponsive to the photo curtain A buzzer shall sound while nudging operation is occurring N Car Operation Station 01 Flush mounted operating panel shall be mounted in the car return panel and
154. e 2012 200 Revised June 2012 Division 16 Fire Alarm System Page 28 30 00 2 02 NFPA 72 National Fire Alarm Code 03 Oregon State University Fire Alarm System Standards located below as Part 3 of these design guidelines Oregon State University Fire Alarm Standard Part 3 hereinafter provides supplemental requirements of Fire Alarm Systems installed in Oregon State University facilities The Engineer of Record shall incorporate project specific requirements of Part 3 and into the written specifications and drawings of the project The Engineer of Record shall be responsible for the design of a fire detection system that is fully serviceable by the university and can be U L certified as installed The Engineer s design shall fully comply with Oregon State University Fire Alarm Standard all deviations shall require written approval from the University The Engineer of Record and OSU Project Manager shall conduct a pre design meeting with a representative of and OSU Facilities Alarm shop The Facilities Alarm shop maintains fire alarm systems for OSU The purpose of this meeting is to insure Engineer of Record understands OSU s project specific requirements The Engineer of Record shall insure installation meets NFPA 72 chapter 6 Requirements for Notification Appliances for Fire Alarm Systems Engineer of Record may use a performance specification to insure compliance However the minimum quantity of notification appliances sha
155. e Center for Accessible Design NC State University 1997 B Access for Everyone Dr Arvid E Osterberg lowa State University 2010 C Signs and the ABA ADA Sharon Toji 2010 D Equal Access Universal Design of Physical Spaces Sheryl Burgstahler Ph D University of Washington 2009 E Campus Pedestrian Facilities ADA Assessment and Survey includes recommended performance standards p 29 30 SZS Consulting Group 3 Alterations to Existing Buildings A All of the accessibility construction standards contained herein shall apply to existing buildings undergoing alterations unless technically infeasible B The technical infeasibility of alterations shall be jointly determined by OSU s Project Manager and the designer in consultation with the Office of Equity and Inclusion The Office of Equity and Inclusion has final authority in determining technical infeasibility C At a minimum the alterations must include an accessible route connecting all functional areas in the building to nearby accessible parking and pedestrian routes D At least 25 of the alteration cost must be spent on accessibility improvements ADA requires 20 but OSSC requires 25 E The accessibility improvements shall be prioritized as follows 01 Parking 02 Accessible entrance 03 Accessible route to the altered area 04 At least one accessible restroom for each sex or a single unisex restroom 05 Accessible telephones 06
156. e are preferred for applications larger than 1 000 GPM 138 Q mmo Division 23 Heating Ventilation and Air Conditioning Page 23 20 00 4 Select the pump motor horsepower for non overloading conditions Small circulation pumps must be a maintenance free type Pipe mounted pumps must have a cast iron volute Basic equipment requirements 01 All water service pumps shall be of bronze fitted cast iron with mechanical seals of the carbon ceramic type 02 Impellers shall be bronze enclosed statically and dynamically balanced and fitted to the shaft with a key and locked in place Motors and impellers shall be easily removed without disassembling the piping 03 Specify 1 750 RPM motors Avoid using 3 500 RPM motors Motors shall be the premium efficiency type Pumps coupling and motors shall be factory installed 04 The pump shaft shall be fitted with a bronze sleeve and the bearing frame assembly shall be fitted with regreasable ball bearings 05 The end suction or split case pump and the motor shall be connected with a flexible coupler fitted with an OSHA approved coupling guard The pump housing shall have gauge and drain tappings 4 PUMP SUCTION DIFFUSERS A Suction diffusers should be considered for all chilled and hot water system pumps with capacities up to 2 500 GPM Basic equipment requirements 01 The unit shall consist of an angle type body with inlet vanes and a combination diffuser strainer orifice cyl
157. e areas which receive sufficient natural light Automatic control of ramp lighting by photocell is required F All exterior area and security lighting shall be dusk on and dawn off powered from one location in the building and controlled from the photo control with provisions for manual override Photo cell shall be readily accessible Time clock control may be used on exterior or security lighting with written approval of the Facilities Electric Shop G All lighting controls shall be located so as to have 24 7 access without escort of departmental personnel WINDOW OPERATORS 1 REQUIREMENTS A Window Operators First choice is the model stocked by Facilities Services Stores Revised June 2012 199 Division 16 Fire Alarm System Page 28 30 00 1 Section 28 30 00 FIRE DETECTION amp ALARMS PART 1 GENERAL 1 REQUIREMENTS A The following guideline is established to aid the Engineer of Record during the design process including the development of drawings and specifications Contents and requirements staled herein are to be incorporated as required into the final contract documents prepared by Engineer of Record for a specific project B Fire Alarm Systems shall be specified in Division 16 and the installation shall be by an approved contractor certified by the manufacturer Fire alarm systems shall be designed by a NICET IV Engineer Electrical Engineer or by a State of Oregon Electrical Supervisor whose primary workload i
158. e direction of travel Stops shall be made in the order in which the car or hall calls set for the direction of travel are reached irrespective of the order in which they were registered If only hall calls are set for the opposite direction of travel exist ahead of the car the car shall proceed to the most distant hall call reverse direction and start collecting the calls For multiple car installations use duplex triplex etc a The car shall be equipped with two way leveling to automatically bring the car within plus or minus 1 4 0 of landing level at any landing regardless of load b A selector switch shall be provided on the controller to select high or low speed during access or inspection operation as long as speed does not exceed 150 feet per minute c A test switch shall be provided In the test position this switch shall allow independent operation of the elevator without the door open function for purposes of adjustment or testing the elevator The elevator shall not respond to hall calls shall not interfere with the other car in a duplex installation d A timer shall be provided to limit the amount of time a car is held at a floor due to a defective hall call or car call including stuck push buttons Call demand at another floor shall cause the car to eventually ignore the defective call and continue to provide service in the building Door Equipment Heavy Duty G A L MOVFR Door Operating System to include G A L
159. e filters Coalescing filters Copper piping system Preferred manufacturer Quincy Northwest Ones through cooling water is not acceptable on water cooled units Provide integral heat exchanger and cooling fan Air dryers are to be either refrigerated type or the desiccant heatless reactivated dual tower type Verify with the OSU Project Manager the desired dew point 40 deg F 100 deg F and select the appropriate dryer Locate dryers as close as possible to the point of use Size the air intake filter for 150 of the compressor flow rate Install coalescing filter upstream of the receiver tank and particulate filter downstream of the dryer Use Type 304 stainless steel housings Install these in parallel with the gauges and isolation valves gt AO oO Lab Air System a ASTM 280 ACR Type L copper above grade Type K below grade wrought copper fittings 15 silphos silver solder for OFA and Nitrogen Piping must be installed while maintaining a continuous inert gas argon or nitrogen purge during the entire installation period Identify all compressed air piping per general requirements Cleaning of piping 1 The most important single requirement for the process gas piping systems is that they are suitable and capable of conveying a gas from the source to use point with no contamination 2 Order all pipe material fittings etc to be cleaned by the manufacturer for oxygen usage charged with nitrogen and seal
160. e last resort Ensure that the lighting levels on ramps and stairs are at least equivalent to the lighting levels in adjacent areas Interior Ramps a g h When a ramp is necessary design the ramp slope between 1 20 and 1 16 ADA allows 1 12 maximum slope for ramps Individual sections of ramps shall not be longer than 25 without a level landing Install handrails at 36 above ramp surface ADA allows 34 38 Also include handrail at 26 in locations used primarily or frequently by children Avoid curved ramps Where possible provide a minimum 60 x 72 area at top bottom and intermediate landings Provide continuous handrails around the perimeter of landings When using steel pipe or tubing provide minimum wall thickness of 140 Round handrails are preferred Interior Stairs a b Do not design single stair condition Ensure that the leading edge of treads contrasts with the rest of the treads to increase visibility and safety where appropriate Provide contrasting strip on the leading edge of the tread that extends a total of 2 back from the leading edge of each tread f g h Division 1 General Requirements Page 01 00 01 10 Install handrails at 36 above stair nosings ADA allows 34 38 Also include handrail at 26 in locations used primarily or frequently by children OSSC requires that there be handrails within 30 of any portion of a stair
161. e line riser diagrams 20 FLOOR PLANS Division 01 General Project Requirements Page 01 00 00 5 Underground and Foundation Plans Indicate all buried piping starting invert elevations and invert elevations at point five feet outside building Provide invert elevations on underground sanitary waste storm water and other underground piping on plans 01 Show all ductwork piping and equipment on floor plans at a scale to match the architectural 02 Provide Enlarged or Partial Plans to adequately show the work in complex or confined installations Show locations of steam system anchors slides guides and expansion joints Sections and Details 01 Provide building sections to show locations of mechanical system components in relation to building elements Mechanical components shall be coordinated with work of other trades 02 Provide details for mounting or connection of equipment 03 Provide pipe support and anchoring details for steam piping 4 inches and above Mechanical rooms shall be detailed at no less that per foot with piping and ductwork shown double line Drops and offsets shall take into consideration the actual space it takes to make connections and turns 6 SPECIFICATIONS A Submit as part of the design development package and at each construction document review stage a list of equipment and the manufactures to be used on the project in the following CSI format 1 2 3 4
162. e shall be specified to be 3 volts or less to reduce the potential of bearing pitting to a minimum C Shaft grounding or bearing isolation shall be provided as directed from the OSU Project Manager D See Electrical section for additional requirements 16 BELT DRIVES A Specify multi belt adjustable speed drives rated at 150 percent of motor horsepower for constant speed motors which are 15 horsepower and smaller B Specify fixed pitch drives rated at 150 percent of motor horsepower for constant speed motors larger than 15 horsepower C Adjustable pitch drives shall operate at or near the midpoint range of adjustment when the equipment is balanced to the specified performance D Belt drives shall have fully enclosed guards Outdoor guards shall be of solid metal construction indoor guards shall be of expanded metal set in angle iron frames Guards shall be constructed in two pieces to allow for belt and sheave adjustment without disturbing the guard supports Specify 4 diameter tachometer holes with pivoted cover plates at each shaft Guards shall comply with applicable codes 17 ELECTRIC MOTORS A Electric motors shall have sufficient starting torque to start and drive the equipment load to which they are connected Motors shall be of the premium efficiency type conforming to the latest State Energy Code requirements B Provide insulated motor bearings or shaft grounding on motors connected to variable frequency drives C
163. e that is compatible with a computer vendor supplied and supported unmodified real time disk operating system such as MS DOS The software shall provide as a minimum the flowing functionality 01 Graphical viewing and control of environment 02 Scheduling and override of building operations 03 Collection and analysis of historical data 04 Definition and construction of dynamic color graphics 05 Editing programming storage and downloading of controller database Software for the workstations shall provide for a windowed approach Provide functionality to allow for any analog point value to be displayed as an individual dynamic display window for use as a convenient control and diagnostic tool The display window shall include the following information as a minimum 01 Point name 02 Point description 03 Set point 04 Current value 05 Range of values 06 High and low limit set points All values shall be displayed in both text and symbolic form such as an analog bar gauge or other standard measurement device Provide the capability to control any point from a dynamic graphic display Provide a graphical spreadsheet type format for simplification of time of day scheduling and overrides of building operations Provide the following spreadsheet graphic types as a minimum 01 Weekly schedules shall be provided for each building zone or piece of equipment with a specific occupancy schedule 02 Zone schedules s
164. e the shielding sheets Hole in the NETIC CONETIC AA alloy sheets for fasteners shall be 175 Revised June 2012 04 Division 26 Electrical Page 26 00 00 12 drilled with standard metal drills cobalt steel drill bits Special fastening application masonry concrete etc shall be consistent with EMF shield manufacturer s recommended attachment procedures and EMU Building Design Standard requirements d Seams All seams between sheets to be covered by CO NETIC AA foil 0 01 inches thick by 4 inches wide with factory supplied PST backing Apply foil centered over the sheet seams and press down tightly e Finishing The CO NETIC AA metal has a natural shiny silver colored finish and will not rust Gypsum wall board dry wall or approved other materials shall be applied over the CO NETIC AA sheets after seams are covered No magnetic fasteners are to penetrate the CO NETIC AA sheets f Installation All medium voltage transformers and switch gear including motor control centers that are adjacent to or under offices computer enters rooms or locations that will have the use of Sensitive Electronic Equipment SEE shall be shielded with ferro magnetic material g Use of minimum 10 gauge ferrous steel sheet metal on the side s of walls where said offices or rooms are situated to prevent moving charges that produce Electric Magnetic Field EMF penetration that in turn destroys or distorts sensitive electronic equipment h
165. ected prior to installation Have an extension at each end except flanged valves g Air System Ball valves shall have a 3 piece design to permit servicing without cutting the pipeline Check valves shall be spring loaded Provide ball type shutoff valve and female connection on outlet of valve for connection by user Verify with the OSU Project Manager exact requirements Provide isolation valves at each floor at each lab and at each point of use 2 LAB VACUUM SYSTEM General Requirements Use belt drive air cooled or water cooled duplex rotary vane or hook and claw type units Once through cooling water is not acceptable Provided make up water to the closed system from an isolated industrial cold water source Cooling system provided as part of the unit complete with all necessary pumps heat exchanger and controls to maintaining cooling water flow rate Maintenance drain valves and drain tubing is to be included in the pump housing and heat exchanger System to include factory controls for unit staging A Revised June 2012 01 02 03 04 05 113 06 07 Piping 01 02 03 04 Valves 01 02 03 3 GAS SYSTEMS General A Revised June 2012 01 02 03 04 Piping 01 02 Division 22 Special Systems Page 22 60 00 4 Preferred manufacturer Quincy Lab vacuum discharges shall be a minimum of 16 feet above the roof line Type L copper above grade Type K
166. ection Prevent motor reenergizing after a power interruption until the motor has stopped Programming 01 The operator shall have the ability to program drive with a computer link e g RS 232 or approved 02 A back up program and software shall be provided 132 Revised June 2012 03 04 Division 11 Equipment Page 23 05 13 2 Toshiba Cutler Hammer ABB Square D and GE are approved manufacturers for all motor starter soft starts and VFD s All drives will be supplied with manufacturer s approved magnetic bypass OSU personnel are to be provided appropriate levels of on site training for new equipment or new technology 133 Division 23 Heating Ventilation and Air Conditioning Page 23 07 13 1 Section 23 07 13 DUCTWORK INSULATION PART 1 GENERAL 1 REQUIREMENTS A Provide for review a list of all pipe and duct systems with a brief justification of insulation and thickness or of no insulation if none is specified Include all field insulated equipment on the list As a minimum nsulation thickness to meet the requirements of the State Energy Code 2 MATERIALS A The insulation and jacketing shall be resistant to moisture and mold and shall be resistant to damage or deterioration under the service intended Materials shall meet the smoke and flame spread ratings required by the governing codes Closed cell plastic insulation is preferred on refrigerant piping and cold equipment 3 EXPOSU
167. ective raceway or multi tube polyethylene with vinyl jacket 03 Buried hard or soft drawn copper tubing or polyethylene tubing in a metal conduit 15 CONTROL POWER A Provide a duplex outlet at each building s automation system panel B Each outlet must be on a dedicated circuit feed from the life safety power system C Feed all global controllers critical air handling unit controllers chillers and boiler controllers from the Life Safety Power System 16 FIRE ALARM INTERFACE A When required interface the building automation system to the fire alarm system B Interlock the fire smoke dampers to the fire alarm system such that scheduled fan shutdown does not trigger the fire alarm C On new building or major remodel projects the control contractor is to be contracted directly to the general contractor not the mechanical sub contractor Revised June 2012 164 Division 26 Electrical Page 26 00 00 1 Section 26 00 00 ELECTRICAL PART 1 GENERAL Information for Design of System All design shall be maintenance based and shall be designed with attention to maintenance and repair working elevations working clearance replacement costs OSHA standards state and local codes and all manufacturers installation requirements All work design and installation shall be done by licensed amp bonded contractors designers or engineers 1 REQUIREMENTS A EQUIPMENT AND INSTALLATION GUIDELINES 01
168. ed and distributed at 6 5 7 water column unless a higher pressure is required for the equipment Piping 01 All piping shall run above the slab with branches connected to the top of mains When necessary due to structural conditions piping may be installed in other locations with the permission of the local jurisdiction Use welded fittings for pipe larger than two inches or for pressures 1 0 psig or greater Equipment connections 01 All connections to equipment shall terminate with a dirt tee and shut off valve Flexible connectors are not acceptable 7 MANUFACTURERS A B C Revised June 2012 OSU maintains a stock of spare plumbing parts for most components on campus The table below lists preferred brand and manufactures for plumbing components The brand of company name listed is to be used as the basis of design for that component Provide a list of alternate manufacturers to the OSU Project Manager for review with the OSU shops with the 100 design development documents Provide a list of any changes or additions with the 95 construction document review 105 Division 22 Domestic Plumbing Page 22 30 00 10 Domestic Water Non potable Gas Waste Vent Item Brand or Company Water Hot Cold X X Back flow prevention devices Febco X X Control Valves Honeywell or Johnson X X Cross connection devices pre
169. ed at the ends prior to transportation 3 Each pipe length and fitting is to be individually inspected on arrival at the job site for integrity of the sealed ends and for physical injury such as bends or flat spots Pipes with lost seals or physical damage are to be re cleaned or rejected 4 Acceptable pipes are to be stored in a clean safe location 5 Quantities of pipe cleaned at any one time shall not exceed that which can be installed within the same working days No pipe may be installed if the plastic 112 Ex 02 Valves 01 02 Division 22 Special Systems Page 22 60 00 3 bags on the ends of the pipe are not puffed up which indicates a loss of the N2 charge 6 Pipes valves and or fittings which do not comply with the cleaning standards i e which show contamination at specified stages of the cleaning process must be rejected and removed from the site Building Air System a b Type L copper above grade Type K below grade meeting ANSI 11 1 wrought copper fittings brazed Identify all compressed air piping per general requirements Lab Air System a aoo e f 8 B uildin a All valves for the oil free air systems shall meet these specifications Non lubricated Cleaned for oxygen usage at the factory Packaged and sealed individually in heavy duty polyethylene bags with a nitrogen charge Pressure rated for a minimum of 1 5 times working pressure Insp
170. ed by housing and shall not be exposed Provide emergency egress lighting INTERIOR LIGHTING 1 REQUIREMENTS A Revised June 2012 Recommended Fixtures Fluorescent fixtures using 4 foot T8 lamps are generally preferred Compact florescent lamps should be used in canned fixtures Incandescent lighting may be used only with the written permission of the University Electric Shop Any department requesting approval of incandescent lighting must be willing to accept financial responsibility for the maintenance of the incandescent lighting Where incandescent lamps are used as part of an equipment system or alarm provide six 6 spare lamps of each wattage 01 High pressure sodium HPS lamps shall not be used indoors For warehouse areas and high ceilings higher than 20 feet T 5 high output reflective fluorescent lighting fixtures may be used 02 Metal halide lamps shall only be used in areas where there is assurance that they will be turned off at least once a week this reduces the possibility of an explosion at end of life Their use should be limited to areas in which network television coverage is expected accurate color rendering is required or gymnasiums 03 Fluorescent Fixtures All fixtures shall be independently supported from the structure above Fixtures shall be all metal with hinged shielding 193 Revised June 2012 Division 26 Electrical Page 26 00 00 30 louvers Recessed fixtures with hinged frame open louvers m
171. ed floor surface All new hardware shall be supplied with Best cylinders OSU Key Shop shall provide pinning for lock cylinders For all remodel projects the existing hardware shall be matched with existing building hardware unless that hardware is no longer available If unavailable refer to the OSU Key Shop 01 All SCHLAGE cylindrical lock sets shall be 93K 14D Lever series ADA 2 EQUIPMENT A Revised June 2012 Electric Strikes with Key Override 01 Electric strikes shall provide remote release of latch bolts 02 Electric strikes shall be designed for use with the type of locks shown at each opening where required 03 Electric strikes shall be UL Listed as Burglary Resistant Electric Door Strikes and where required shall be UL Listed as Electric Strikes for Fire Doors or Frames 04 Faceplates shall be stainless steel with finish as specified for each opening 05 The locking components shall be stainless steel to resist damage and abuse 06 Solenoids shall be of the continuous duty type for the voltage specified Plug connectors will be furnished 07 Strikes shall have an adjustable back box to compensate for misalignment of door and frame 45 Revised June 2012 Division 08 Openings Page 08 71 00 2 08 Strikes must meet or exceed ANSI 156 5 and must fit within a slightly modified standard ANSI 115 2 cutout Electro magnetic Locks 01 All electro magnetic locks must have a key overri
172. ed through attached rubber gloves The cabinet is maintained under negative air pressure of at least 0 50 in w g 120 Pa Downflow air is drawn into the cabinet through HEPA filters The exhaust air is treated by double HEPA filtration or by HEPA filtration and incineration A glove box may also be required for special applications using highly toxic extremely reactive or regulated carcinogens Glove boxes shall meet ANSI standard Z9 5 Standard on Lab Ventilation and the American Glove Box Society Standard Guidelines for Glove Boxes Reactive chemical work may require a glove box positively pressurized with inert atmosphere during reactions 3 SPECIALTY HOODS AND LOCAL EXHAUST SNORKEL HOODS A General 01 02 Histology hoods specimen welding and other local exhaust specialty hoods require a minimum operating face velocity of 100 fpm with a range of 100 120 fpm Higher values may be required based on setup Design will be coordinated with EHS An audible visual flow alarm may be required depending on intended use B Placement 01 02 03 Revised June 2012 Locate biological safety cabinets at least six feet from doors and high traffic areas and away from open able windows fume hoods or other draft producing laboratory equipment Locate so that air supply exhaust diffusers do not affect airflow at the BSC face laminar diffusers preferred If more than one BSC will be installed situate BSCs across
173. ee placement should be consistent throughout street corridors Revised June 2012 225 C 2 WALKWAYS A Division 32 Exterior Improvements Page 32 90 00 3 Streets should be continuous and not bridged or encroached upon by buildings or other facilities Building setbacks should be uniform along campus streets Walkways should be located on both sides of all campus streets 01 02 03 04 05 Walkways should interconnect campus quadrangles and provide access to all campus facilities Walkways should provide direct routes to campus facilities Walks should be simply detailed rectilinear in nature and sized to accommodate the volume of pedestrians using them Walkways shall meet Americans with Disabilities Act requirements Walkways should be a minimum of five feet in width except in specialty areas Tree lawn areas those areas between the edge of the street and the sidewalk should be a minimum of ten feet in width and planted in lawn or low shrubs to ensure visibility and personal safety 3 BIKEWAYS AND PARKING OSU recognizes the importance of bicycle transportation on campus as a vital strategy to reduce automobile traffic parking demand and use of single occupancy vehicles As such needs unique to bicycle transportation infrastructure must be considered during campus development much the same way specific motor vehicle and pedestrian infrastructure needs are considered A Revised June 2012 01
174. eees 234 Section 33 63 00 Steam Distribution Systems ccceceseccsseeceeseeceseeeesneceeseeessaeeseeneeeaes 236 Division 1 General Requirements Page 010001 1 Section 00 00 01 OSU ACCESSIBILITY BEST PRACTICES PART 1 PURPOSE In the pursuit of becoming a fully accessible campus Oregon State University expects all Consultants and service providers to design to 2010 ADA Standards for Accessible Design and the Oregon Structural Specialty Code OSSC and to exhibit a commitment to employing Universal Design Principles in their service and product delivery Consultants will engage with project representatives on how Universal Design Principles will enhance campus accessibility that will meet a variety of needs and create a campus that is accessible to everyone Designers will ensure that the principles of Universal Design are considered to the project representative s satisfaction PART 2 DESIGN PROCESS AND REVIEW REQUIREMENTS 1 Accessibility Considerations and Review in Project Design A The Accessible University Advisory Committee AUAC is charged with developing and overseeing the implementation of a comprehensive plan for improving the accessibility of OSU s built environment AUTIF shall be consulted if any of the following conditions exist 01 OSU Accessibility Best Practices cannot be strictly adhered to because of conditions beyond the control of the designer 02 An element of the project requires furth
175. egon DEQ regulations 2 LICENSING A The tank removal contractor subcontractors and personnel employed on the project shall furnish proof of and abide by the following as applicable 01 DEQ Underground Storage Tank Rules 02 Fed OSHA and OR OSHA rules including Haz Woper Certification 03 Submit training certification statements for personnel performing work in accordance with DEQ s licensed Service Provider requirements 3 EXCAVATION AND MATERIAL HANDLING PLAN A Revised June 2012 Contractor shall submit an Excavation and Material Handling Plan to OSU EH amp S for approval The Contractor shall furnish all labor materials necessary permits reports and equipment to complete the work as defined in the project scope The plan shall address waste disposal that details transport and disposal methods for the tank and piping uncontaminated and contaminated backfill soil and groundwater Contractor shall arrange for the transport and disposal of the tank piping contaminated and uncontaminated backfill soil and ground water in accordance with local State and Federal laws and requirements Components of the Plan should address 01 Excavation Describe the methods means equipment sequence of operations and schedule to be employed in the excavation transport handling and stockpiling of soil during underground tank removal and disposal operations 32 Division 2 Existing Conditions Page 02 6
176. ekanki keh 97 Section 22 30 00 Plumbing EquipMent ccssccccsssssccesssssecesssssecesessseeessssseeesssueeesssseeeess 97 Section 22 45 00 Emergency Plumbing FIxtUres cccccsssccesssssceeesssseeesssseeeesssseeeessaees 108 Section 22 60 00 Special Systems cccssssccesssssccessssseceesseseceessssseeesssseeessssseeesssssseeesssaaes 111 Division 23 Heating Vent and AC cccccsssccccsssssccessssseceesssseeecssssseeesssuecesssssseeeessuseeeesssaeeess 117 Section 23 05 00 Common Work ReSUItS cesccccesssseceessseceessseeeessssseeessssseeesssseeesessaees 117 Section 23 05 13 Motors and Starters c cccccsssscccsssssececssseeeeessseecessssseeeessnseeeeessnseeesssaees 132 Section 23 07 13 Duct Insulation cccesscceessssccessssseceeesssececessusecessssseeessssseeeesssaseeeesaaes 134 Section 23 20 00 Fluid Systems EQUIPMENL cccssscccsssssececsssssecessssseeessssseeeesssseeeesssaees 136 Section 23 30 01 Air Side Systems cccssscccesssssceeesssseceesssseeeessssseeesesseeesessseeesessseeseseaaes 144 Section 23 30 02 Air Side Systems EQUIPMENL c cccccessseceesssssecessssseeeesssseeeessssseeesssaaes 150 Section 23 66 00 Refrigerant Containing Equipment cccssscccsssssecessssseeeessssseeesssaees 155 Division 25 Building Automation SYStEMS ccscccccessssceesssseceeessseeeesssnseeesessseeceesssseeesssaeeess 156 Section 25 30 00 Integrated Automation Instrumentation amp T
177. en counters sink faucet controls shall be located within 20 of the front edge of the counter Consider side mounted controls located with 16 of the front edge of the counter where feasible 03 Cafeterias a The tops of tray slides shall be located at a height of 33 ADA allows 28 to 34 b Accessible self service shelves and dispensing devices shall be located at a maximum height of 33 ADA allows 15 to 48 or 44 over counters up to 25 deep C If dispensing devices are on a counter the counter should be at a maximum height of 34 04 Research Stations and Laboratories a Provide a minimum of one accessible workstation Provide one accessible workstation for every twenty workstations or portion thereof b Accessible work stations should have counters and sinks at 34 maximum height and compliant knee space At an accessible work station locate sink faucet controls along the side of the sink within 16 of the front edge of the counter The outflow of faucet spigot shall not be located more than 16 from the front edge of the counter d Provide controls for fans fume hoods gas valves etc at a maximum height of 43 ADA allows 15 to 48 or 44 over counters up to 25 deep Recreation Facilities 01 Fitness and Weight Room a Provide accessible fitness equipment that provides the same range of exercises and strength training provided by the rest of the equipment Where fea
178. en the cost of the removal and replacement and one year establishment care of the tree shall be the responsibility of the general contractor Tree Replacement 01 Up to8 DBH Same size as damaged tree species selected by Landscape Architect after consulting with OSU Project Manager and OSU Landscape Manager or designee 02 Over 8 DBH Compensate owner as determined by value appraisal completed by project arborist according to the most recent Council of Tree and Landscape Appraiser standards Replacement shrubs and groundcovers Same size and quality as damaged species selected by project Landscape Architect in consultation with the OSU Project Manger and OSU Landscape Manager 29 Division 2 Existing Conditions Page 02 41 00 1 Section 02 41 00 DEMOLITION 1 REQUIREMENTS A Drawings and general provisions of the Contract including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections apply to this Section B Demolition and disassembly will not be allowed until it is coordinated with OSU s designated representative Maintain free and safe passage to and from buildings during demolition Prevent movement or settlement of structures E Provide and place bracing shoring and underpinning and be responsible for safety and support of structures and assume liability for such movement settlement damage or injury F Cease operations and notify OSU s designated representative immediately
179. engineering practices 04 Use the Uniform Plumbing Code for sizing pipe 05 Some areas or equipment may require higher temperatures than the 140 deg F recommended above such as cafeterias kitchens etc In such cases a separate heater or local booster heaters of appropriate capacity shall be used 06 Use of electric instantaneous units may be used at remote isolated locations Preferred manufacturers a Controlled Energy Corporation Powerstar Powerstream or Ariston with a minimum five year warranty Fixtures 01 Fixtures shall be selected for the specific function Where possible water saving features should be employed particularly in high use areas 02 Fixtures shall be a water conservation type as required by code 03 Provide fixtures in accordance with Americans with Disabilities Act Guidelines ADAAG Where applicable building code requirements are more stringent those code requirements shall be followed 04 Material shall be the best quality easy to clean with surfaces smooth and resistant to chipping cracking and discoloration 05 Water closet lavatory and urinal shall be of white vitreous china 06 Sinks coffee bar break area shall be 18 gauge type 304 stainless steel unless specifically requested otherwise 07 The custodial sink shall be cast stone or stainless steel 99 Revised June 2012 08 09 10 11 Division 22 Domestic Plumbing Page 22 30 00 4 Faucets hose bibs a
180. enovations and new construction shall be K rated transformers The transformers shall be designed for a low coil watt loss Coil and Core Assemblies a Transformer cores shall be constructed with high grade non aging grain oriented silicon steel with high magnetic permeability low hysteresis and eddy current loses b Transformer coils shall be wound of electrical grade copper and continuous wound construction The neutral conductor shall be rated to carry 200 normal phase current when required c Enclosure shall be ventilated heavy gauge sheet steel primed and finished in gray baked enamel The core and coil assembly of the transformers shall be impregnated with non hygroscopic thermosetting varnish and cure to minimize hot spots and seal out moisture The core of the transformer shall be grounded to the enclosure d The sound levels of the transformer shall be designed in accordance with ANSI NEMA recommended levels e Provide minimum clear working space of 3 1 2 feet about transformers operating at 600 volts nominal or less to permit ready and safe operation adjustment repair and maintenance Transformers greater than 25 KVA shall not be mounted on or near the wall adjacent to an office computer room or laboratory unless the wall is magnetically shielded Proper ventilation and cooling shall be provided at locations where transformers are installed to prevent temperature in the room to rise above 75 degrees F Wall
181. ensate Pumps Paco Refrigeration Copeland Tanks Compressors Couplings Lovejoy Utility Set and Skycap Pace Fans Motors Pumps Industrial Grade Comp Air Filters Finite Filters 22 MEDIA ACCESS CONTROL ADDRESS A Specify that the media access control MAC Address Hardware address that uniquely identified the device node for equipment chillers boilers VFD s etc that needs an Ethernet connection is clearly written on the inside of the equipment control panel at the time the equipment ships from the factory 23 AIR AND WATER BALANCING A Systems testing adjusting and balancing is the process of checking and adjusting all the building environmental systems to produce the design objectives It includes B The balance of air distribution Adjustment of system to provide design quantities oO D Electrical measurement Revised June 2012 128 24 Division 23 Heating Ventilation and Air Conditioning Page 23 05 00 13 Verification of performance of all equipment and automatic controls F Air Balancers must be registered engineers in the State of Oregon and have at least 3 years of testing adjusting and balancing experience similar to that required for OSU s project The Balancing contractor and project supervisor shall be NEBB or AABC Certified G NEBB National Environmental Balancing Bureau H AABC Associated Air Balance Council l Mark equipment settings including damper control positions valve indicator
182. enser 2 COOLING TOWERS A Revised June 2012 Specify that cooling towers shall not be filled until chemical treatment is operational and that only treated water shall be used in the system Isolate the cooling tower from all pipe flushing and cleaning operations Use only induced draft cross flow cooling towers located on the roof of the building Forced draft cooling towers and cooling towers located at grade are not acceptable to OSU Towers shall be constructed of non combustible materials Cooling towers to be selected for maximum efficiency at the selected operation point and are to be sized for an additional 20 capacity Equalizer connections between basins shall be specified on multiple open evaporative tower applications Equalizer connections and piping between tower basins shall be separate from any other piping systems Evaluate the impact of sound upon surroundings Basic equipment requirements 01 Cooling towers shall meet the following minimum criteria a The towers shall be factory assembled induced draft cross flow type with a vertical air discharge b The basin and casing up to the top of the fill shall be constructed of 304 stainless steel C The casing above the fill shall be constructed entirely from hot dip galvanized steel panels supported by a hot dip galvanized steel angle and channel framework all finished inside and out with zinc chromatized aluminum Consider fiber reinforced plastic and stainless
183. ent Capacity TBD Speed TBD Operation Selective Collective Control Microprocessor based Motion Control Engineering HMC 1000 oildraulic controller TAC22 or other non proprietary controllers Travel TBD Stops TBD Openings TBD Platform size TBD Clear inside car TBD Car doors TBD a Hoist way entrance TBD b Hoist way entrance finish TBD c Door operation G A L MOVFR System d Signals Illuminated car and hall operating buttons illuminated by light emitting diodes Tamper proof Innovation Beaver Buttons e Provide emergency access in all hoist way entrances f Photo curtain shall be model Janus Panachrome 3 D g Car telephone shall be model no Janus PSM phone h Car enclosure Height not to exceed 50 feet of floor to floor travel Control panel hinged to swivel for easy access complete with the following 1 Car position and direction indicators illuminated with light emitting diodes Fan key switch Emergency stop key switch Independent service key switch Fire fighter service key switch Alarm bell push type switch Engraved capacity plate and elevator designation Verify fabrication 8 Light key switch 9 Emergency light located in car control panel 10 All keys shall be ex series 511 515 Environmental Considerations t OY OT es 82 Revised June 2012 Division 14 Conveying Systems Page 14 20 00 3 01 Ambient temperature 50 F to 90 F 01 Humidity not over 95 humidity 02 Vent machine
184. er interpretation of the OSU Accessibility Best Practices or further discussion to determine the most appropriate solution 03 Adhering to the OSU Accessibility Best Practices is in conflict with the requirements of the Historic Review Committee 04 The designer believes an alternative solution meets or exceeds the functionality of the OSU Accessibility Best Practices 05 An element of the project will impact accessibility and the OSU Accessibility Best Practices does not address the issue 2 Accessible Design Workshop A For all New Construction and Major Renovation projects design teams including architect engineer consultants Facilities Services Project Manager and Construction Manager assigned to the project and project owner will engage in an Accessibility Design Workshop to identify issues related to the specific project and to explore innovative approaches to accessibility The following should be discussed 01 Specific accessibility issues related to the project 02 Opportunities for innovative solutions to provide a fully accessible facility 03 How accessibility issues will be addressed and how the innovative solutions discussed above can be integrated into the design Revised June 2012 1 Division 1 General Requirements Page 010001 2 3 Design Review and Recommendations by AUITF A All new construction and renovation projects shall be presented to AUITF in the form of a facilitated
185. er to Section 31050 Earthwork TESTING A Soil and groundwater sampling for purposes of environmental characterization will be performed by a 3 party consultant per DEQ regulations Contractor to coordinate sampling times with the 3 party consultant B Testing of the tank piping soil and ground water for purposes of waste characterization and disposal will be the responsibility of the contractor INSPECTIONS A The Contractor shall arrange for all required inspections in accordance with all applicable permits and local State and Federal laws and requirements CLOSURE REPORT SITE ASSESSMENT REPORT A The Contractor shall provide EH amp S a Closure Report that includes the field reports records inspections or other documents obtained during the completion of the work described herein Description of work completed including removal procedures tanks and associated tank equipment backfill soil and groundwater removed and disposed of The Report shall address at minimum 01 Site plan showing location of tank and surrounding features and the limits of the excavation 02 Tank and piping disposal paperwork contaminated backfill soil and ground water disposal paperwork and any other documents required to comply with local State and Federal laws and regulations 03 Completion of DEQ required tank closure reports OSU EH amp S may request additional information upon review of the Report 34 Division 2
186. erating panel will cancel any existing car calls and hold the doors open at the landing The car will then respond only to car calls and will ignore hall calls Car and hoistway doors will only close by constant pressure on car call buttons or a door close button until the car starts to move While on independent service hall arrival lanterns or jamb mounted arrival lanterns and gongs shall be inoperative Keyed EX 513 Simplex selective collective automatic operation shall be provided for all single car installations Operation of one or more car or hall call buttons shall cause the car to start and run automatically provided the hoistway door interlocks and car door contacts are closed The car shall stop at the first car or hall call set for the direction of travel Stops shall be made in the order in which the car or hall calls set for the direction of travel are reached irrespective of the order in which they were registered If only hall calls are set for the opposite direction of travel exist ahead of the car the car shall proceed to the most distant hall call reverse direction and start collecting the calls For multiple car installations use duplex triplex etc 1 The car shall be equipped with two way leveling to automatically bring the car within plus or minus 1 8 of landing level at any landing regardless of load 2 A selector switch shall be provided on the controller to select high or low speed during access or inspection ope
187. erminal Devices 156 DIVISION 2 G ElECIrIGAl 5 oe ASAE I I LEE ETE REEL LES RENEE a 165 Section 26 00 OO Electrical cccccsssccesssssscccessssccesssssecesssnseeeesssasecesssseeesssnseeessssseessssaaes 165 Division 28 Electronic Safety amp SQCUIITY cccccssscccssssseceesssseecesssssecesssseeesssesseeeesssseeesssaeeess 200 Section 28 30 00 Fire Detection amp Alarm ccsccccsssssccesessseceesssssecesssseeeessnseeeesssseeeessaaes 200 Division 31 Earthwolk c cccccsssscccssssseceessnsececesseecessssecessssseeessssuseeeseseseeeseseueeesessuseeesessaeeess 216 Section 31 00 00 EarthwoOrk 2 c iii ein aa ales a raaa A raaa E aa T anaa atanan iaaa 216 Divisi n 32 Exterior IMPLOVEMENts ccccccccccceceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeess 218 Section 32 10 OO Paving n a a Aaaa a dated hiatal hededed edad dade dad AAA SAAANA AAS AAAA Aaaa 218 Section 32 BO OO IrrigatiOn cccccccccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeess 220 Section 32 90 OO Planting c cccccesssccessssseccesssseccesssssececsssseeeessesseeesssuseeesssseeesssssseeeessaaes 224 DAE AB AE E E E E ade ade eed deen oes 232 Section 33 OO OO Wtilttles ccsccsgisinadecisevilacisiviceas bed cactdedscgiddadscedcdedsatdcdassatdcdassauladessaulstadsazea ce 232 Section 33 09 00 Meters ceeccceececeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesee
188. ers to provide power for new feeders or equipment is prohibited in all University facilities Recessed luminaires that require ballast access through an opening Sharing motor circuits with power receptacles Installation of auditorium atrium stairwell or high bay lighting that requires construction of scaffolding for service and maintenance or installations without also providing the proper means for service and maintenance of said lights Project must have approval of the Facilities Electrical Shop for all high bay lighting ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 1 All materials shall be listed by an approved testing lab WIRE AND CABLE 1 MATERIAL A B Revised June 2012 Copper conductors of 98 percent conductivity shall be used unless use is restricted by Government Agencies 01 All medium voltage distribution cables shall be UL listed 1 c copper mil Ethylene propylene rubber EPR insulated 15 Kv 133 rated shielded MV 105 degrees C Feeders shall consist of three 3 primary cables and one 1 3 0 neutral Extension or modification of existing 4100 volt or 20 8k volt cables can only be done with prior written approval of the University Electric Shop Secondary Conductors 01 Color Coding a Color coding for 480 277V and 208Y 120V shall be as follows Phase Voltage 208Y 120 Voltage 480Y 277 Neutral White Gray A Black Brown 169 02 03 04 05 06 07 WIRING DEVICES 1 DESIGN
189. ers who have demonstrated the capability to provide replacement parts and service as may be required The quality of the manufacturer s local representation is very important E Analyze manufacturers designs for inherent maintenance qualities as well as adequate access doors fasteners and other accessories which will facilitate maintenance Revised June 2012 154 Division 11 Equipment Page 23 66 00 1 Section 23 66 00 GENERAL 1 REFRIGERANT CONTAINING EQUIPMENT RCE A Revised June 2012 This section applies to the management of refrigerant containing equipment during new construction demolition renovation or preventative maintenance activities Whenever possible attempt to utilize equipment that contains Hydrofluorocarbon HFC type refrigerants non ozone depleting type refrigerants Equipment that utilizes either Class or Class Il refrigerants should be avoided when feasible 01 Class refrigerants include the CFCs R 11 R12 R13 R 13B1 R113 R114 R115 R 500 R502 or R503 02 Class II refrigerants include the Hydrochlorofluorocarbons HCFCs R 21 R 22 R 23 R 31 R 121 R 122 R 123 R 124 R 141b R 142b R 401a R 401b R 401c R 402a R 402b R 403b R 406a R 408a R 409a R 411a R 414a R 414b FRIGC FR 12 Free Zone GHG HP Freeze 12 GHG X5 G2018C or NARM 502 When refrigerant containing equipment is removed dispose of equipment and refrigerants properly 155 Division
190. ety performance of maintenance work without removing car during peak traffic periods and providing 24 hour emergency call back service during maintenance period at no additional cost to Owner Repair or replace electrical and mechanical parts of the new elevator equipment using only genuine standard parts produced by manufacturer of equipment concerned Ensure that competent personnel handle maintenance service Maintain an adequate stock of parts for replacement of emergency purposes locally and have qualified personnel available at such places to ensure the fulfillment of this service without unreasonable loss of time Cleaning Remove all trash and debris from site during elevator installation Clean all elevator surfaces removing the dirt dust spots and scratches Any damage shall be repaired or replaced as directed by Owner at no cost to owner Prior to substantial completion remove protection from finished or ornamental surfaces and clean and polish surfaces with due regard to type of material Remove tools equipment and surplus materials from site Paint car frame and hoistway equipment pit floor and machine room floor 95 Division 21 Fire Protection Systems Page 21050 1 Section 21050 FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1 PROTECTION REQUIREMENTS A All spaces in the building must be fully protected by fire sprinklers This requirement includes all spaces below suspended ceilings and above suspended ceil
191. evator landings and immediately inside all public entrances to the building The insert for the holder shall conform to the following criteria to comply with state regulations 01 02 03 01 a Show floor plan for the level on which it is placed Should be easy to see immediately by someone entering that floor of the building Place signs no more than 4 feet above finished floor Make sign s lettering at least 3 16 inch high in a sans serif font The words shall be in sharp contrast to the background and easy to read Include emergency procedure information for the physically disabled Indicate the locations of exits and fire alarm pull stations If there are elevators on the floor state they are not to be used during emergencies 53 Division 10 Specialties Page 10 14 00 2 g Other pertinent information may be added to the sign such as location of fire extinguishers hazardous material spill kits or emergency preparedness equipment Revised June 2012 54 Division12 Furnishings Page 12 93 00 1 Section 10 18 00 INFORMATION KIOSKS PART 1 REQUIREMENTS 1 Kiosks A OSU Welcoming Kiosk 01 Custom cabinet steel posts map panels down lighting and appurtenances per ES amp A s copyright design 02 Available at Eugene Sign amp Awning Company 89975 Prairie Road Eugene OR 97402 B See attached drawing Revised June 2012 55 46 25 7 Acrylic lens cover amp aah UNDE
192. even if programming from the FACP keypad is available Contractor shall provide to the University all software required for full system maintenance and upgrades to fire alarm system including any device changes additions or deletions Contractor shall provide to the University without cost all software updates during the warranty period and free upgrades to software following the warranty period that address system operating failures or known defects during the life of the system Contractor shall provide to the University all levels of password access and documentation to support the use of the above mentioned Contractor shall provide at no additional cost to the University factory sponsored certified technical training for system installed This training shall certify two 2 technicians to maintain service and program installed system and receive direct manufacturer s technical support for these systems to include software updates if applicable All expenses to include tuition transportation by University approved vendor and lodging for this training shall be the responsibility of the contractor 29 DACT Communication Requirements a The fire alarm system DACT shall communicate in PID All initiating circuits connected to the DAC must be normally open contacts Coordinate DACT programming and testing with OSU Facilities Alarm shop 212 Revised June 2012 30 31 32 33 34 35 Division 16
193. f low pressure ductwork slated to operate at lt 4 inches water gauge 5 DUCTWORK CONFIGURATION A Utilize spiral round duct wherever possible for low velocity B Utilize rectangular where round duct will not fit C For medium velocity mains and branches utilize flat oval ducts where round ducts will not fit D Utilize rectangular ductwork where flat oval sizes are not available for supply ducts E For return and exhaust ducts utilize round where possible and rectangular otherwise 6 ZONING A Provide exterior zones around the perimeter of the building and interior zones for the remainder of the area B Perimeter zones to be a maximum of 15 foot deep C Corner rooms having two different exposures shall be made a separate zone if practical D Meeting and conference rooms shall be made separate zones E Other specific zoning requirements will be provided by the PM F Terminal Unit Area of Coverage 01 Maximum exterior zone size 1 000 sq ft 02 Maximum interior zone size 1 800 sq ft 7 DUCT LAYOUT B Revised June 2012 Indicate the desired layout on the Construction Drawings using double lines to delineate ducts to scale use standard symbols 01 Show items such as dampers lining turning vanes extractors splitters air flow measuring stations and other features required for good control of air 02 Indicate round ductwork where possible 03 If rectangular ductwork is used specify radius turns
194. facturer s recommendations and shall provide full rated lamp life under normal conditions h Circuitry The ballast circuit shall operate lamps in parallel such that if one lamp fails others will remain lit i Starting Method Ballast shall match lamp usage for maximum efficiency j Starting Temperature The electronic ballast shall provide for a minimum lamp starting temperature of 0 F depending on the ballast model and installation conditions 190 Division 26 Electrical Page 26 00 00 27 k Ballast Output The ballast output shall be protected against lamp rectification or shorted output leads Case Temperature The ballast shall have a maximum case temperature rating of 70 C m Internal Protection The ballast shall have internal protection to prevent catastrophic failure n Ballasts shall be universal 120V 277V input 02 No fluorescent dimming balasts will be allowed 4 PRODUCT SPECIFICATION A Revised June 2012 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS 01 UL CSA and CBM listing The electronic ballast shall be Underwriters Laboratories UL listed Class P Type 1 CSA and CBM certified where applicable 02 EMI RFI Ballast shall meet FCC standard for EMI RFI FCC 47CFR Part 18 Non consumer ensuring suitability for both commercial and industrial installations 03 Efficiency Standards Ballast shall comply with all applicable state and federal efficiency standards 04 Transient Protection and Harmonic Distortio
195. ferred Febco x Drinking fountains amp water coolers Haws Elkay X X Faucets Chicago Zurn Moen X Faucets Delta Moen X Hose bibs freeze proof Josam amp J R Smith X Lab fixtures J amp S Chicago Water Saver X X Lab fixtures J amp S Durcon Water Saver X Pipe amp Fitting black steel X X Pipe amp fittings cast iron no Hub X Pipe amp fittings PVC schedule 40 X X Pipe type L Copper X Prime Eze Water Saver Trap Primer Jay R Smith MFG Co X X Valves Stockham Grinnel X X Valves ball Apollo X X Valves ball PVC Omni Spears X X X Valves brass ball Gem X X Valves flush Sloan Royal Zurn Moen X X Valves gate Nibco X Valves pressure Watts X Valves pressure regulating PRV Spence x x Valves rising stem valve NONE above 2 Stockham Grinnel Water closet flush valve Kohler Kingston Highcrest X Highcliff or Stratton Water Gard Water closet tank type Kohler Highline Pressure X Lite or Wellworth Pressure Lite Kohler Bardon Stanwell or X Urinal Dexter X Steam to hot water heat exchanger Aerco Armstrong Revised June 2012 106 Division 22 Domestic Plumbing Page 22 30 00 11 Domestic Water Non potable Gas Waste Vent Item Brand or Company Water Hot Cold Patterson Kelley x Emergency shower and eye wash Haws Water Saver Guardian Revised June 2012 107 Division 22 Domestic Plumbing Page 22 45 00 1 Section 22 4
196. fice 76 F at the work station No Humidification 07 Summer Indoor Design Classroom 76 F No Humidification 08 Summer Indoor Design Lab 73 F verify with the OSU Project Manager PM No Humidification 09 Winter Outdoor Design 17 F Wind 15 mph 10 Winter Indoor Design Office 68 F at the work station No Humidification 11 Winter Indoor Design Lab 68 F at the work station No Humidification 12 Winter Indoor Design Classroom 68 F at the work station No Humidification 13 Summer Winter Indoor Design for other rooms as directed by the PM 2 BUILDING ENVELOPE REQUIREMENTS A B Revised June 2012 Design criteria listed below shall be used unless directed otherwise by the PM The proposed type of building envelope construction shall be designed using thermal transmittance values U value which comply with the the State energy Code requirement for thermal design To prevent energy waste asll spaces with operatable windows must have window HVAC interlocks to prevent HVAC system operation with windows open Equipment Loads 117 Division 23 Heating Ventilation and Air Conditioning Page 23 05 00 2 01 General offices 0 5 watts per sq ft 02 Classrooms 0 5 watts per sq ft or actual occupant load with each occupant having a laptop computer times 50 03 Labs based on actual equipment load plus 20 04 Copy rooms based on actual equipment load 05 Computer rooms based on actual equ
197. for the maximum and minimum level air quantity shown in the terminal schedule 03 The casing shall be constructed of coated steel meeting SMACNA or ASHRAE Standards Internal insulation shall meet the requirements of NFPA Bulletin 90 A and UL 181 04 Terminals shall be complete with factory furnished and installed actuators and accessory controls 153 Division 23 Heating Ventilation and Air Conditioning Page 23 30 02 5 05 Il terminal hot water heating coils shall be furnished by the terminal manufacturer and shall be internally mounted in the casing at the factory Coils shall be of the slip in type removable from the side The design shall provide even air distribution across the coil face to ensure optimum coil performance Use electric reheat coils only with permission of the Project Review Team 06 Terminal units must be capable of stable control over a wide turn down ratio Terminal units shall be sized and arranged to facilitate the relocation of process cooling loads with minimum disruption to the HVAC system 07 Provide 5 feet of lined sheet metal discharge ductwork for units below 1 500 cfm and 10 feet long for larger units prior to the first duct takeoff Provide Mylar facing over insulation to allow for cleaning C The quality of items not covered in these standards shall be of the same general level and be subject to the same tests of value as those that are included D Select items made by established manufactur
198. g auxiliary contacts 01 02 If the meter used for KWHR reading does not have a meter serial number on the front of the display then an engraved name plate shall be installed below the meter with the meter serial number engraved on its Avoid metering schemes that are only capable of measuring partial loads connected to the distribution system or electrical apparatus being monitored Specify that the current transformers and the meter shall be installed to measure electrical load from the distribution system including fire pumps The fire pumps shall be connected ahead of the main overcurrent protective device 1 REQUIREMENTS A Revised June 2012 Fuses may be used in primary voltage services and motor controls 01 02 03 04 UL classification fuses shall be used as required for time delay and current limitation requirements of the application Fuses for feeders and branch circuits up to 600 ampere shall be UL Class RK1 or RK5 with 200 000 AIC Fuses for secondary service mains and feeders over 600 ampere shall be UL Class L with 200 000 AIC Spare Fuses Specify that a spare fuse complement be stored on existing metal shelves metal mounting boards or in a cabinet in the electrical switchgear room and that a typewritten and framed bill of material be mounted nearby There shall be no combustibles stored or kept near transformers If there is no existing storage or additional storage space is required specify that
199. gers Aerco Armstrong Patterson Kelley 02 Direct buried steam and condensate piping Rovanco Thermacore 03 Condensate Pumps PACO Bell amp Gossett maintenance free type 04 Water Treatment Chem Aqua 05 Steam meterinformation is found in section 33050 Meters 26 FUEL BURNING EQUIPMENT PARTICULATE EMISSIONS Particulate matter emissions from any fuel burning equipment installed constructed or modified after June 1 1970 must not exceed 0 1 grains per standard cubic food corrected to 12 CO or 50 excess air Fuel Burning Equipment means a device that burns a solid liquid or gaseous fuel the principal purpose of which is to produce heat or power by indirect heat transfer Particulate emissions for backup emergency generators is lt 0 1 grain ft for new sources or lt 0 2 grains ft for existing sources Revised June 2012 131 Division 11 Equipment Page 23 05 13 1 Section 23 05 13 MOTORS AND STARTERS PART 1 GENERAL 1 REQUIREMENTS A Revised June 2012 Motor Bearing Protection Motors connected to variable frequency drives VFD shall have their bearings protected from the effects of metal removal caused by current flow Protection shall be any of the following methods 01 Externally applied electrical shunt between the motor frame and shaft Shaft Grounding Systems or approved 02 Electrically insulated bearings rated for the mechanical and electrical application Electrical resistance
200. gnage should not be located within a pedestrian way unless location elsewhere would place the sign too far from the accessible parking space When it becomes necessary to install an accessible parking sign in a pedestrian way the bottom of the sign should be at 84 Parking meters coin slots or credit card swipes for accessible parking spaces or pay stations that serve accessible parking spaces shall be located at a maximum height of 43 Accessible Parallel Parking Spaces Passenger Loading Zones similar a b C Accessible parallel parking spaces are not the preferred type of accessible parking space but may be the only option for providing accessible parking near a facility When provided provide 8 wide by 19 long parking space with a 5 wide access aisle Provide accessible parking signage adjacent to the parking space from 4 feet behind the front of the parking space angled toward the street Curb Ramps a Provide curb ramps where accessible routes cross curbs and where blended transitions are not provided Unless limited by existing conditions provide maximum slope of 1 14 on ramp and flared surfaces Provide minimum 4 x 4 landing at sidewalk at top of curb ramp Maximum slope on landings to be 1 5 Minimize the slope at the landing at bottom of the curb ramp to the greatest extent possible Consider going to a blended transition at intersections where the crown of the existing street creates e
201. h ultimate size Continuous plantings of large street trees should remain a primary method of linking the campus together Tree types and spacing should be consistent within large defined areas Breaks in species should occur in significant intersections only Groundcovers flowering trees and deciduous and evergreen shrubs should be used primarily at the base of buildings to provide seasonal color and variation reinforce the building s architectural style and soften the building s bulk and mass When adjacent to buildings trees should be chosen and located to allow sun penetration during the winter and shading during the summer Specialty plantings including perennials should occur primarily in courts and special gardens Plants should be selected based on the University s ability to maintain them 231 Division 33 Utilities Page 33 00 00 1 Section 33 00 00 UTILITIES PART 1 GENERAL 1 REQUIREMENTS A A utility locate of the areas within the proposed construction zone shall occur prior to any excavation or mobilization of project The OSU Project Manager shall coordinate the utility locate and all correspondences associated with the completion of the utility locate shall be provided to the project manager All underground utilities shall be designed and constructed per City of Corvallis Design Criteria and Standard Construction Specifications respectively 01 Capacities slopes and other desig
202. hall be provided for each building zone as previously described 03 Monthly calendars for a 24 month period shall be provided to allow for simplified scheduling of holidays and special days in advance Holidays and special days shall be user selected with the pointing device and shall automatically reschedule equipment operation as previously defined on the weekly schedules Provide trending capabilities that allow the user to easily monitor and preserve records of system activity over an extended period of time Any system point may be trended automatically at time based intervals or changes of value both of which shall be user definable Trend data may be stored on hard disk for future diagnostics and reporting 01 Trend data report graphics shall be provided to allow the user to view all trend point data 159 Division 25 Building Automation Systems Page 25 30 00 5 a Provide additional functionality to allow any trended data to be transferred easily to an off the shelf spreadsheet package such as Microsoft Excel 02 A collection schedule function shall be provided to automatically collect trend data without impacting performance of the system 03 Setup individual trending logs that record usage data every 15 minutes for the building electrical steam natural gas condensate domestic water chilled and heating water flow inlet and outlet temperatures and BTU See Section 33050 for metering requirements 04 Provide additio
203. he lower set of buttons shall be mounted with the longest dimension horizontal l The designer project manager and Office of Equity and Inclusion in consultation with AUITF during the project review process described in Part 2 above shall determine whether or not a building would be considered high use on a case by case basis Provide a handrail on every wall of elevator cabs except those walls that have either doors or elevator controls The handrails should be located at a height of 32 In new construction provide at least one elevator cab that can accommodate an ambulance stretcher 84 long minimum In Revised June 2012 Division 1 General Requirements Page 010001 11 buildings that have an emergency generator this elevator should be tied into the emergency system h See Section 14 20 00 for additional elevator requirements General Building Elements 01 02 03 04 05 06 General Design a When designing rooms and spaces include furnishings trash receptacles and other moveable objects in the design drawings to make sure these items will not encroach on accessible routes turning spaces and required clear floor spaces The design should incorporate space for these items Building Ingress and Egress a Where technically feasible all public access points to a new building or major remodel renovation should be made accessible b In those cases where at least 60 percent of all publi
204. ht runs at each riser at each junction at each access door adjacent to all valves and flanges on both sides of floor and wall penetrations and where required to easily identify the medium transported H Provide a trace wire for locating and identifying underground piping systems in the future l Provide marker tape one foot above the top of underground piping over the entire length of the pipe 11 AIR SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS A General 01 This section s purpose is to establish standards of quality and utility for the mechanical components The engineer s task is to utilize equipment that provides the best value and lowest lifecycle cost while conforming to these standards 02 The quality of items not covered in these standards shall be of the same general level and be subject to the same tests of value as those that are included 03 Select items made by established manufacturers who have demonstrated the capability to provide replacement parts and service as may be required The quality of the manufacturer s local representation is very important 04 Analyze manufacturers designs for inherent maintenance qualities as well as adequate access doors fasteners and other accessories which will facilitate maintenance 12 EQUIPMENT ACCESS AND LOCATION A Ease of operation maintenance and repair and safety of personnel are primary considerations for the design and installation of all items Design for a minimum Revise
205. ic and or event facilities within a specific location and include the following requirements 01 Minimum clearance for these signs located above a pedestrian walkway shall be 10 feet If a directional sign is attached such as building light post etc a If the attached sign projects more than 6 inches the minimum clearance above a pedestrian walkway shall be 7 1 2 feet 66 Revised June 2012 Division12 Furnishings Page 12 93 00 2 b If the attached sign projects more than 1 foot the edge of the sign face closest to the building shall not project more than 6 inches c No attached sign shall project more than 8 feet from the building face 02 No direction signs are to be attached to any historic building Refer to the OSU Historic Preservation Plan Design Guidelines This includes ADA signage providing direction to access entrances Banners must be mounted on dual arms to a campus light pole Exterior signs within the historic district must comply with City of Corvallis Land Development Code Chapter 2 9 Historic Resources Installation of exterior signs within the historic district to be coordinated with Campus Planning 67 Approved Site Furnishings List Page 12 93 01 1 Section 12 93 01 APPROVED SITE FURNISHINGS LIST PART 1 GENERAL This list represents the approved models for site furnishings that may be placed on the OSU campus A Trash Receptacles RPB McKenzie trash receptacle powder coated bla
206. ide multiple pressure regulating assemblies with a full line size bypass with isolation valves e Coordinate the location for easy maintenance 04 Design velocities a To assure a quiet piping system design velocities shall not exceed those noted below Piping sized according to the velocities above still must not exceed the allowable pressure drops specified in the Uniform Plumbing Code per the current Oregon amendments b Max velocity 1 Mains mechanical rooms 10 ft per sec 2 Mains and branches in other areas 8 ft per sec 05 Routing a Route site fire and water lines to avoid other utilities vaults and trees b Coordinate routing with the landscaping plan to verify that no piping is within ten feet of any new tree and outside the drip line of any existing trees 2 BUILDING SYSTEM A Risers and mains Revised June 2012 97 B Revised June 2012 01 02 Division 22 Domestic Plumbing Page 22 30 00 2 For ease of maintenance locate risers and mains at or near an exterior wall in an accessible location such as a mechanical equipment room storage room or custodial room a A main shut off valve shall be installed on the riser before any branch take off b Pipe runs below the building floor slab shall be avoided except for short branch lines serving island fixtures In multi story buildings locate a shut off valve on the branch feeding each level a In addition provide sectional valves
207. ide of the circulating pump Make up water supply components will have isolation valves and union connections to allow removal for servicing The make up water supply will be connected on the circulating pump suction near the expansion tank connection The make up supply will include include an isolation valve a strainer water meter adjustable pressure regulator safety relief and outlet check valve and isolation valve in that order A valved by pass line shall be provided around the make up water assembly for initial system filling and emergency use Provide ball valves in lieu of gate values for sizes 3 1 2 and smaller All closed loop water systems will include a chemical addition tank with outlet filter 2 each Aqua Pure H1P748 or equivalent connected in parallel across the circulating pump to allow continuous online partial flow filtering All automatic vent devices must be provided with a manual isolation valve to allow replacement with system in operation Devices with internal check valves are not sufficient to allow replacement with system in service When glycol feed tanks are provided the feed system pressure shall be digitally controlled and alarmed similar to the Advantage Controls model 119 Division 23 Heating Ventilation and Air Conditioning Page 23 05 00 4 4 Water System Leakage Prevention A All chilled water coils mounted within ductwork will have internal provisions to collect and drain condensation to
208. identified on the exterior by a label with letters inch in height reading Fire Damper Smoke Damper or Fire Smoke Damper as appropriate The label will be constructed from same material as equipment nameplates Terminal Units Mark all terminal units with a grease pencil so that the markings can be easily read from the most likely viewing position i e catwalk through the ceiling below etc 9 VARIABLE AIR VOLUME VAV SYSTEMS A Revised June 2012 VAV systems shall be used for administration and general office areas including lobbies cafeterias and meeting rooms unless otherwise approved by the Project Review team and directed by the PM 01 VAV air handling systems must be capable of stable operation over a wide air quantity range The selection and arrangement of terminal units shall minimize modification required to accommodate changing tenant configurations 02 Terminal units shall also be capable of stable operation over a wide control range 03 VAV terminal units serving perimeter zones shall be provided with hot water heating coils 04 Supply and return fans serving VAV systems shall be provided with a variable frequency drive to varying the air volume in response to system pressure 148 Revised June 2012 Division 23 Heating Ventilation and Air Conditioning Page 23 30 01 6 05 VAV terminal units may be allowed to go to shut off where applicable or go to a minimum setting Zone controls shall be
209. if safety of structure appears to be endangered Take precautions to properly support structure Do not resume operations until safety is restored G All active utility mains traversing the project site shall be maintained H When removing a structure or building establish a safety perimeter or corridor that restricts public access during the demolition operation Provide erect and maintain barricades lighting and guard rails as required to protect the public Any unearthed underground tank shall be removed in accordance with applicable Department of Environmental Quality regulations and standards Contact the OSU designated representative immediately upon discovery of an underground tank or sub surface structure See Section 02100 J On every project involving existing facilities a hazardous materials survey shall be performed prior to any demolition This survey will be performed by OSU Environmental Health amp Safety EH amp S OR by independent consultant as directed by EH amp S See Section 01100 13 Hazardous Materials 99 2 COORDINATION A Cooperate with Oregon State University and utility companies whose work affects or will be affected by the demolition operations It is the professional consultants and contractors responsibility to ascertain and understand the rules regulations and requirements of these authorities which affect the demolition process notify them of conditions affecting their work and disconnect o
210. ight flexible conduit minimum size inch Flexible conduit used for lighting fixture connections shall be steel minimum size of inch unless part of a manufactured assembly Maximum length shall be 6 0 Flexible conduit of any type shall not be used in interior partitions or in walls as a substitute for EMT IMC or rigid steel conduit A ground wire shall be pulled in all flexible conduits All flexible conduits shall be supported Distance between supports as allowed per NEC 01 Liquid tight flexible metal conduit shall be used on flexible conduit applications exposed to outdoor or moist locations 02 Liquid tight flexible metal conduit shall be used in raised floor computer room applications Rigid galvanized steel conduit shall be used outdoors above grade in damp locations Conduit installed through a building wall shall have internal and external seals Specify link seal or equivalent Elbows used for medium voltage cable shall be long radius rigid steel Grounding Conduit crossing building expansion joints shall have expansion provision with grounding continuity 1 REQUIREMENTS A Revised June 2012 The Designer may use feeder Busways in lieu of conduit and wire where approved by the OSU Facilities Electrical Shop Plug in bus shall be used in shops where the load density provides an economic advantage over panels and shall not extend into more than one space Plug in 173 Division 26 Electrical Page 26 00 00 10
211. ign engineer will provide cost analysis to replace obsolete equipment with current technology GENERAL PURPOSE POWER AND LIGHTING CIRCUITS 1 REQUIREMENTS A System Design Design feeders for a voltage drop of not more than 2 percent between service entrance terminals and branch circuit breakers terminals with a capacity for 30 percent load growth above initial design unless greater growth is designated by the University in the initial planning conference Feeders Feeder ratings shall not be such a large percentage of the main that coordination of time and current and interrupting capacities cannot be achieved Wiring Specify that all feeders be installed in galvanized rigid conduit or electrical metallic tubing EMT FEEDER CIRCUITS 1 REQUIREMENTS A System Design Design feeders for a voltage drop of not more than 2 percent between service entrance terminals and branch circuit breakers terminals with a capacity for 30 percent load growth above initial design unless greater growth is designated by the University in the initial planning conference Feeders Feeder ratings shall not be such a large percentage of the main that coordination of time and current and interrupting capacities cannot be achieved Wiring Specify that all feeders be installed in galvanized rigid conduit or electrical metallic tubing EMT GENERAL PURPOSE POWER AND LIGHTING CIRCUITS 1 REQUIREMENTS A Revised June 2012 Design branch circuits for a
212. ike rack CONC FOUNDATION CANOPY SECTION AT BIKE Revised June 2012 69 Revised June 2012 Approved Site Furnishings List Page 12 93 01 3 01 Signpost A Unistrut Telespar Quick punch 2 14 gauge square tubing with two 1 4 x 24 12 gauge perforated galvanized anchor tubing The anchor shall not extend more than 4 2 2 anchor left exposed per manufacturers installation recommendation for both single and double breakaway anchors above finish grade Street Signage 01 OSU Campus Standard Post 2 x 2 x 10 14 gauge galvanized steel quick punch painted OSU standard site furnishing colors Monument Sign 01 There are 3 sizes for OSU Monument signs The size of the sign is determined by its location in proximity to the OSU campus boundary as defined by the OSU Campus Master Plan 02 Monument Signs outside the OSU Boundary These signs will be visual vehicular traffic where speed may exceed 50 miles per hour Prior to sign construction a sign permit must be submitted to the City of Corvallis for approval 03 Monument Signs within the OSU Boundary These signs are within the OSU campus boundary but outside of Sector C as identified in the OSU Campus Master Plan The City of Corvallis Land Development Code identifies an OSU sign exemption boundary and monument signs within the OSU boundary may fall outside of the City of Corvallis OSU Sign Exemption Area 04 Monument Signs in Sector
213. ill be reviewed by OSU for life cycle cost environmental impact and future flexibility Proposed changes should be submitted as early as possible during the design process Designs must comply with the Construction Standards unless written verification of substitution is provided by OSU Please note that OSU s University Housing and Dining Services department has a similar document that directs work within their facilities For more information you can contact Dan Larson Associate Director for University Housing amp Dining Services at 102 Buxton Hall by phone at 541 737 0683 and email at dan larson oregonstate edu Additionally OSU s Network Services department has a set of design standards that are applicable to network infrastructure internet connectivity and phone services For more information you can contact Gregory S Edmaiston Manager of Information Technology Design Services at A012 Kerr Admin Building by phone at 541 713 3442 and email at greg edmaiston oregonstate edu All three documents must be adhered to by design and construction professionals under contract to provide services at OSU CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS TABLE OF CONTENTS DIVISION OL G OME Kale sccedsitcestscecsceleces cates ecscleuscsaedstecsdstecesavelsvaccesdscessasdsenusesdacesevaleessacesssvaseseseee 1 Section 00 00 01 Accessibility Standards ccsscccssssssccesssssecessssseceessssseeessssseeesssseeesesnneeess 1 Section 01 00 00 General Project REQUIF
214. imum burying depth for all direct buried piping is 36 inches Do not run within the drip line of existing trees 23 DUCTWORK A Revised June 2012 Refer to Section 23150 143 Division 23 Heating Ventilation and Air Conditioning Page 23 30 01 1 Section 23 30 01 Air Side Systems PART 1 GENERAL 1 DUCT DESIGN A Revised June 2012 Duct Sizing Criteria 01 e f g Air Systems a Volume dampers shall be provided in all supply air branch ducts and at all supply air outlets Volume dampers shall not be placed upstream of VAV terminal units Supply air duct systems shall be designed with care and considerations to minimize the overall system pressure drop b Low Pressure Supply Return or General Exhaust Maximum pressure drop 0 10 inches w c per 100 ft Maximum velocity Supply Diffuser run out 500 fpm Return or exhaust grille run out 600 fpm Branch duct above ceiling 1750 fpm Mains in mechanical rooms or shafts 2 000 fpm Exposed mains 1 450 fpm c Medium Pressure Supply Maximum pressure drop 0 35 inches w c per 100 ft Maximum velocity Branch to terminal unit 2 200 fpm Round branch above ceiling 3 000 fpm Rectangular branch above ceiling 1 750 fpm Round main in mechanical rooms or shafts above 35 000 CFM 3500 fpm Rectangular main in mechanical rooms or shafts 2 500 fpm Exposed round mains 2 600 fpm Exposed rectangular mains 1 450 fpm Kitchen Exhaust 01 02
215. including radiated energy energy transmitted through connecting items such as supports and electrical conduit and energy transmitted through ducts pipes and the fluids carried in them B Select equipment and specify isolators and attenuators to eliminate undesirable sound and vibration levels Obtain approval for the design criteria from the OSU Project Manager If the design criteria is not established by a acoustical consultant use the following specifications 01 Vibration Eliminate vibration which will be detrimental to the structure its contents or the activities taking place within the structure or which would be annoying to the occupants 02 Sound The operating systems should conform to the recommendations listed in the latest edition of the ASHRAE Handbook 03 Documentation Provide documentation for all office conference room classrooms labs and mechanical equipment areas showing actual sound levels at the project s close out 14 SEISMIC REQUIREMENTS A HVAC systems equipment and parts shall meet or exceed current applicable requirements for seismic resistance specified by codes regulations or agencies having jurisdiction Revised June 2012 126 Division 23 Heating Ventilation and Air Conditioning Page 23 05 00 11 15 VARIABLE SPEED FREQUENCY DRIVES A Drives and motors shall be specified to be provided by the same vendor to provide single source responsibility B Shaft to frame voltage differenc
216. inder with 3 16 diameters openings for pump protection 02 The orifice cylinder shall be equipped with a disposable fine mesh strainer which shall be removed after system start up A permanent magnet shall be located within the flow stream and shall be removable for cleaning The unit shall be provided with an adjustable support foot to carry the weight of the suction piping 5 EXPANSION TANKS A Pressurized diaphragm type pre charged with air to the initial fill pressure of the system shall be located on the suction side of circulator pumps The tank shall be ASME stamped and certified for 125 psi and 240 deg F Furnish horizontal tanks with saddles and vertical tanks with base mounts 6 STRAINERS A Revised June 2012 Specify strainers in all hot water chilled water steam and condenser water systems Provide manual blow down valves for strainers in sizes 1 1 4 and larger Provide Y type strainers at water supply piping to all chilled water and hot water coils upstream of all components except the last isolation valve Size 139 Division 23 Heating Ventilation and Air Conditioning Page 23 20 00 5 the mesh for service Provide valving and allow space to remove and clean the strainer basket or mesh B Use Y type strainers for up to 8 diameter For larger sizes use basket type strainers 7 WATER FLOW MEASURING STATIONS A Use a pitot tube or Venturi type and specify stations complete with a portable
217. ing building designers shall match existing color scheme that is prevalent throughout building Placement of receptaclesin University classrooms shall be coordinated with the current University Media department for locations and minimums of new technology for learning 01 In standard size classrooms 49 students or less provide a double duplex receptacle at the front of the classroom centered under the chalkboard or markerboard Provide two additional receptacles at the front of the room spaced half way between corners and double duplex receptacles 170 Revised June 2012 02 03 04 05 06 07 Division 26 Electrical Page 26 00 00 7 Back of the rooms to be provided with single duplex receptacle at the center of the wall Remaining walls to be provided with two duplex receptacles on each wall equally spaced In classrooms with 50 students or more provide two duplex receptacles for the front wall centered between the corners and one double duplex receptacle at the center of the wall Provide two duplex receptacles equally spaced on all remaining walls Corridors shall be provided with duplex receptacles 35 on center and a maximum of 10 from end of corridor These receptacles shall have separate circuits from the room circuits In hallways and corridors adjacent receptacles shall be on alternate circuits Lecture halls shall be provided with a double duplex receptacle centered on front wall and two
218. ings where combustible materials are or are intended to be located Plastic piping telephone cabling and plastic ductwork are examples of combustibles All equipment must be UL listed and in the latest edition of the Factory Mutual FM Approval Guide B In addition to the requirements of NFPA 13 the rulings and interpretations of the local Fire Marshal and the requirements of OSU must be incorporated into the design C Dry Sprinkler Systems must be resettable externally by a plunger For sensing Waterflow and Low Air must use Potter PS10 2A for Waterflow and Potter PS40 2A for Low Air If an accelerator is needed must use Reliable Accelerator B1 D If at all possible locate sprinkler riser in a mechanical room with direct outside access Ensure that room is heated by a permanent fixed means or electrical heat source Electrical heating tapes shall not be considered as an acceptable alternative means for freezer protection E Indicate the location of all standpipe tamper switches and flow switches Provide a riser diagram showing major components F All valve controlling water supplies for sprinkler systems of portions thereof including floor control valves shall be located for convenient access and operable from the floor level When this provision is not feasible other approved means shall be provided All sprinkler valves and controls shall be labeled G Locate Backflow Preventers inside building H Do not use riser mounted
219. ipment load plus 20 06 Corridors walkways lobbies etc None 07 MDF rooms based on actual equipment load 08 IDF rooms based on actual equipment load 09 The PM will provide equipment loads for specific spaces when applicable 10 When no specific data is available use connected equipment electrical load FLA data with a 50 diversity factor E OCCUPANCY LOADS 01 Minimum ventilation requirements based on latest edition of ASHRAE Standard 62 02 Use actual planning data plus 10 Refer to ASHRAE values of 250 BTUH per person 03 General office One person per 80 sq ft 04 Conference rooms One person per chair plus 20 05 Labs Base on one person per lab station 06 Classrooms Base on one person per seat F LIGHTING LOADS 01 Minimum lighting loads based on NEC Table 220 12 02 When a lighting designer is included as part of the project team base lighting loads on actual room by room lighting loads designed by lighting designer G MINIMUM OUTSIDE AIR REQUIREMENTS 01 Minimum requirements based on latest edition of ASHRAE Standard 62 or the Mechanical Code H NOISE CRITERIA 01 Open office space RC 30 40 02 Private offices RC 25 35 03 Conference rooms RC 25 30 04 Classrooms maximum RC 35 05 Laboratories RC 35 45 06 Halls corridors and lobbies maximum RC 40 07 Toilet and storage rooms maximum RC 45 08 Video Conference Rooms maximum RC 25 l Provide for review a list of all
220. ircuit is open when the door locks are open when the elevator is operationg at high speed when the elevator is on independent service when the elevator is on fireman s service when the elevator is out of service timer has elapsed of when the motor limit timer or valve limit timer has elapsed In addition provide means of displaying other special or error conditions that are detected by the microprocessor An out of service timer T O S shall be provided which will automatically take the car out of services if the car is delayed in leaving the landing while there are calls existing in the building The car shall not respond to hall calls while in this mode of operation and the photo eye input shall be unresponsive in the event that a faulty photo eye unit was delaying the car Door protection timer shall be provided for both the open and close directions which will help protect the door motor and which will help prevent the car from getting stuck at a landing The door open protection timer shall cease attempting to open the door after a predetermined time in the event that the door are prevented from reaching the open position The door close protection timer will reopen the doors for a short time in the event that the door closing attempt fails to make up the door locks after a predetermined time A minimum of three different door standing open times shall be provided A car time value shall predominate when a car call only is cancelled A ha
221. ire hook up of external devices for trouble shooting must include device Failure of any single magnetically operated switch contractor or relay to release in the intended manner or the occurrence of a single accidental ground or short circuit shall not permit the car to start or run if any hoistway door or gate interlock is unlocked or if any hoistway door or car door or gate contacts is not in the made position Furthermore while on car top inspection or hoistway access operation failure of any single magnetically operated switch contractor or relay to release in the intended manner or the occurrence of a single accidental ground shall not permit the car to move even with the hoistway door locks and car door contacts in the closed or made position Dedicated permanent status indicators shall be provided on the controller to indiciate the following when the safety circuit is open when the door locks are open when the elevator is operation at high speed when the elevator is on independent service when the elevator is on fireman s service when the elevator is out of service timer has elapsed or when the motor limit timer or valve limit timer has elapsed In addition provide means of displaying other special or error conditions that are detected by the microprocessor 83 Revised June 2012 Division 14 Conveying Systems Page 14 20 00 4 A motor timer shall be provided which in the event of the pump motor being energized longer
222. ively use natural lighting from windows to permit light reduction during partial occupancy and to permit reduced lighting for custodial activity Occupancy sensors shall not be used as the sole means of switching Manual switches will be provided in all areas with occupancy sensors Occupancy sensors shall not be used in mechanical rooms or other areas where safety would be jeopardized At installation set all sensors to maximum sensitivity and maximum time delay Use manual on auto off where applicable Remote switching by means of a central control should be evaluated for new construction and for large renovation projects Dimming Control Access to dimming controls shall be readily accessible at all times without escort of other departmental personal 01 Where dimming is required it shall be used to control incandescent lighting and may be used for Hi Lume and approved solid state dimming ballast fluorescent fixtures for low lighting levels The control panel panels required for the dimming system shall have the UL label Each dimming module shall be UL tested and tested specifically for the type of load it is controlling Each dimmer module shall possess a means of easily disconnecting power on an individual module by module basis 02 Dimming panels shall be cooled without the use of cooling fans with no exception and shall be capable of operating as such in an environment of O degrees to 40 degrees centigrade Satisfactory independent
223. l discharge temperature from being set upward when the maximum allowable humidity is reached 02 On applicable air handling units supply air temperatures shall be reset as appropriate during morning startup to minimize heat up or cool down periods prior to scheduled occupancy If night purge is part of the design a night purge cycle is required 161 Division 25 Building Automation Systems Page 25 30 00 7 A building warm up cycle using 100 return air is required Use a state of the art variable air volume system with direct digital control at each terminal unit Each enclosed space designed for continuous occupancy ie classroom lab etc will be served by at least one separate VAV device and will have its own temperature sensor 9 MONITORING AND ALARMS A The system shall automatically and continuously monitor and record the values of all inputs points and the status of all controlled equipment In the event of the following conditions an alarm message is to be generated and displayed at the operator s terminal and an audible alarm started 01 If a binary output point changes state without a command 02 High and low alarm for analog points 03 Field device failure as sensed by a binary input point 04 Manual override of controlled equipment The alarm display shall include a description of the alarm condition and its source An alarm condition shall be displayed until the operator acknowledges it The operato
224. l times during operation Each cabinet shall be equipped with one front mounted magnahelic gauge indicating the differential pressure across the filter The noise level as measured 12 inches in front of the cabinet and 15 inches above the work surface shall not exceed 67 dBA All biosafety cabinets must be tested per National Sanitation Foundation NSF Standard 49 or manufacturer s specifications after installation The University s Representative should forward the testing results to OSU EH amp S for review Class Il Type B biosafety cabinets must be installed on a dedicated stainless steel exhaust system Exhaust in place HEPA filters must be of the bag in bag out type and installed to allow for safe and efficient filter change 2 CLASSES AND TYPES OF BIOLOGICAL SAFETY CABINETS Class II Type A1 cabinets formerly designated Type A A Revised June 2012 01 02 03 04 05 Maintain minimum average inflow velocity of 100 fpm 0 5 m s through the work access opening Have HEPA filtered downflow air that is a portion of the mixed downflow and inflow air from a common plenum i e a plenum from which a portion of the air is exhausted from the cabinet and the remainder supplied to the work area May exhaust HEPA filtered air back into the laboratory or to the external environment through an exhaust canopy and May have positive pressure contaminated ducts and plenums that are not surrounded by negative pressure p
225. lements have been constructed as per the drawings and specifications Any elements that are non compliant shall be added to the punchlist of items to be corrected PART 3 DESIGN ELEMENTS 1 All design work shall comply with all applicable sections of the following or latest upgrades as applicable A B Revised June 2012 2010 ADA Standards for Accessible Design 2010 Edition of the Oregon Structural Specialty Code OSSC as amended effective March 1 2012 ICC ANSI A117 1 2009 Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities Referenced by OSCC Proposed Accessibility Guidelines for Pedestrian Facilities in the Public Right of Way 2011 Oregon Elevator Specialty Code ASME A17 1 2010 Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators Division 1 General Requirements Page 01 0001 3 G ORS 447 233 Oregon Transportation Commission Standards for Accessible Parking Spaces April 2008 H ORS 447 220 It is the purpose of state law to make affected buildings including but not limited to commercial facilities public accommodations private entities private membership clubs and churches in the state accessible to and usable by persons with disabilities as provided in the Americans with Disabilities Act and to make covered multifamily dwellings in the state accessible to and usable by all persons with disabilities as provided in the Fair Housing Act 2 References A The Principles of Universal Design Th
226. lenums Type A1 cabinets are not suitable for work with volatile toxic chemicals and volatile radionuclides 61 Revised June 2012 Division 10 Specialties Page 11 53 53 2 Class Il Type A2 Cabinets formerly designated Type B3 01 02 03 04 05 Maintain a minimum average inflow velocity of 100 fpm 0 5 m s through the work access opening Have HEPA filtered downflow air that is a portion of the mixed downflow and inflow air from a common exhaust plenum May exhaust HEPA filtered air back into the laboratory or to the environment through an exhaust canopy and Have all biologically contaminated ducts and plenums under negative pressure or surrounded by negative pressure ducts and plenums Type A2 cabinets used for work with minute quantities of volatile toxic chemicals and tracer amounts of radionuclides required as an adjunct to microbiological studies must be exhausted through properly functioning exhaust canopies to the exterior Class Il Type B1 Cabinets 01 02 03 04 05 Maintain a minimum average inflow velocity of 100 fpm 0 5 m s through the work access opening Have HEPA filtered downflow air composed largely of uncontaminated recirculated inflow air Exhaust most of the contaminated downflow air through a dedicated duct exhausted to the external atmosphere after passing through a HEPA filter and Have all biologically contaminated ducts and plenums under negative pressure or s
227. ll be as shown on plans and risers The Engineer of Record shall insure the FACP or annunciator when applicable is to be mounted at the main entrance to the facility designated emergency entrance Annunciation of all building alarms shall occur in one central location such as central room loading dock or central entrance This includes fire ventilation failure and gas monitor alarms The Engineer of Record shall insure the FACP or annunciator when applicable is to be mounted at the main entrance to the facility designated emergency entrance Annunciation of all building alarms shall occur in one central location such as central room loading dock or central entrance This includes fire ventilation failure and gas monitor alarms Minimum acceptable audible signals shall have a sound level ISdbA above average ambient as defined by NFPA 72 Additionally audible signal shall have a minimum sound level of 75 dba 10 ft from appliance but sound level shall not exceed 135dbA at minimum hearing distance Engineer of Record may use a 201 Revised June 2012 Division 16 Fire Alarm System Page 28 30 00 3 performance specification to insure the required audible signal levels are achieved Fire alarm signaling to follow the National Fire Protection Association NFPA 72 section for all new construction and remodel projects Adequate design must account for anticipated background ambient noise wall partitions and other obstructi
228. ll call time value shall predominate whenever a hall call is cancelled In the event of a door reopen from a photo curtain or door open button a separate short door time value shall predominate The timing value for these times must be field adjustable Nudging If the doors shall be prevented from closing for longer than a predetermined time door nudging operation shall cause the doors to move at slow speed in the close direction and to be unresponsive to the photo curtain A buzzer shall sounds while nudging operation is active Hall or car call registration and lamp acknowledgement shall be by means of a single wire per call besides the power busses Systems that register the call with 92 L Revised June 2012 09 10 01 02 03 04 05 01 Division 14 Conveying Systems Page 14 20 00 13 one wire and light the call acknowledgement lamp with a separate wire are not acceptable Fireman s Phase emergency recall operation alternate level Phase 1 emergency recall operation and Phase II emergency in car operation shall be provided according to applicable local codes Keyed EX515 Simplex selective collective automatic operation shall be provided for all single car installations Operation of one or more car or hall call buttons shall cause the car to start and run automatically provided the hoistway door interlocks and car door contacts are closed The car shall stop at the first car or hall call set for th
229. ll mount directly to a standard single gang double gang or 4 square electrical box without the use of special adapter or trim rings Appliances shall be wired with UTP conductors having a minimum of 3 twists per foot 02 Addressable Visible Only Addressable strobe shall be listed to UL 1971 The V O shall consist of a xenon flash tube and associated lens reflector system The V O enclosure shall mount directly to standard single gang double gang or 4 square electrical box without the use of special adapters or trim rings Appliances shall be wired with UTP conductors having a minimum of 3 twists per foot V O appliances shall be provided with different minimum flash intensities of 15cd 75cd and 110cd selectable settings via the fire alarm control panel Provide a label inside 202 Revised June 2012 Division 16 Fire Alarm System Page 28 30 00 4 the strobe lens to indicate the listed candela rating of the specific Visible Only appliance 03 Addressable Audible Visible Addressable combination Audible Visible A V Notification Appliances shall be listed to UL 1971 and UL 464 The strobe light shall consist of a xenon flash tube and associated lens reflector system Provide a label inside the strobe lens to indicate the listed candela rating of the specific strobe The horn shall have a minimum sound pressure level of 83 or 89 dBA 24VDC The audible visible enclosure shall mount directly to standard single gang double gang or
230. llowed 38 Division 7 Thermal and Moisture Protection Page 07 10 00 4 02 Major repairs for hot asphalt roofing systems must plan and mitigate for odors entering air intakes and or windows of the building being repaired and adjacent buildings as needed University s representative to confer with EH amp S on mitigation plan prior to work being commenced 8 METAL ROOFING A Applied Locations 01 Use on low slope framing and steel or wood roof decks minimum three inch 3 per foot slope System Sealed standing seams with concealed fastening and provision for expansion and contraction Precoated Galvanized Steel 24 gauge minimum core steel G90 galvanized Kynar coated Underlayment Rosin paper slip sheet 30 asphalt saturated felt and rosin paper self adhering underlayment special underlayments when required by design or manufacturer s insulation system Standards 01 NRCA Roofing and Waterproofing Manual Metal Roof Systems 02 ASTM D226 Standard Specification for Asphalt Saturated Roofing Felt 03 ASTM B370 Standard Specification for Copper Sheet and Strip 04 ASTM A361 Standard Specification for Zinc Coated Steel Sheet 05 ASTM A308 Standard Specification for Terne Coated Steel 06 ASTM C1167 Standard Specification for Clay Tile 07 ASTM UL580 Tested for Wind Uplift Class 90 Rated 08 ASTMSMACNA Architectural Sheet Metal Manual System 01 Standing seams or app
231. located no more than 24 from any fire sprinkler head installed in elevator shaft or machine room c Heat detector should also report to fire alarm system d Conduit circuits to shut down elevator power shall be monitored and supervised by the Fire Alarm System sHM AO AO 3 EXECUTION A Revised June 2012 Adjust and Balance 01 Make necessary adjustments of equipment to ensure elevator operates smoothly and accurately Protection 01 Locate and protect movable equipment and controls in such a way that they can only be operated by authorized persons Inspections 01 Obtain and pay for inspections and permits and make sure test is as required by regulations of authorities Conduct all tests and inspections in the presence of the owners representative 02 Final inspection shall be after all new equipment is installed and operating correctly 88 Division 14 Conveying Systems Page 14 20 00 9 03 Inspect installation in accordance with ANSI A17 2 04 Deliver test certificates and permits to owner Operation and Maintenance 01 Instruct Owner s personnel in proper use operations and daily maintenance of elevators 02 Training shall include operation of diagnostic microcomputer and servicing of elevator microprocessor 03 Make final check of each elevator operation with owner s personnel present and just prior to date of substantial completion Determine that control systems and operating devices are functioning pro
232. locations 04 Eating areas should be large enough to accommodate the expected number of employees in each laboratory area that it will serve 2 REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS A B Revised June 2012 OAR Chapter 437 Division 2 Subdivision Z OSU Campus Policy Biosafety Manual 77 Division 13 Special Construction Page 13 30 00 1 Section 13 30 00 LOBBIES AND ATRIUMS PART 1 GENERAL 1 REQUIREMENTS A Interior access into the atrium and within the atrium shall accommodate at a minimum a 32 inch wide high lift that extends 26 feet B The finish floor shall be constructed with materials to support the weight of a minimum a 32 inch wide high lift that extends 26 feet Revised June 2012 78 Division 13 Special Construction Page 13 31 00 1 Section 13 31 00 CUSTODIAL CLOSETS PART 1 GENERAL 1 REQUIREMENTS A 9 Revised June 2012 Multi story buildings must have at least one 150 sq ft room for supply storage in addition to requirement B with 48 linear feet of shelving Remaining floors require a minimum size 75 sq ft per floor with a minimum of 24 linear feet of shelving Floor type or wall mount type slop sink with anti siphon valve and clean out 20 amp electrical outlet A door that opens into a hallway 79 Division 13 Special Construction Page 13 32 00 1 Section 13 32 00 INTERIOR STORAGE PART 1 GENERAL 1 REQUIREMENTS A OSU Buildings must have at lea
233. lude 01 Operation of equipment 02 Programming 03 Diagnostics including the configuration and management of trends 04 Failure recovery procedures 05 Alarm formats 06 Maintenance and calibration 07 Trouble shooting diagnostics and repair instructions 08 Trending logs how to set up how to use how to delete Additional training shall be provided off campus at the manufacturer s facility The manufacturer is to include the cost of the training as part of their bid OSU pays travel and per diem costs for their employees The manufacturer will conduct a 1 week of certification course training for two students for a total of 80 hours 163 Division 25 Building Automation Systems Page 25 30 00 9 14 INSTRUMENT AIR COMPRESSOR A The duplex air compressor must be sized to operate no more than 33 of the time The unit must be sized to operate at a low piston speed and low temperature to minimize oil vaporization and carryover Provide an automatic lead lag selection B The receiver must be ASME labeled with a pressure gauge a relief valve and an automatic drain The size to require no more than 10 starts per hour of an individual compressor C Provide a refrigerated dryer to assure a 39 F dew point D Air piping 01 Exposed hard drawn copper or single tube polyethylene in a protective raceway or multi tube polyethylene with vinyl jacket 02 Concealed above ceiling single tube polyethylene in a prot
234. lude as needed a During site work or building demolition pre filters shall be provided and maintained on all building outside air intakes at all times throughout the construction duration b During any interior work that may create dust in the interior space and adjacent corridor hallways air filters shall be provided and maintained on all affected air return and exhaust grilles Where air flow in or out of the space is not required all air duct openings shall be temporarily sealed off with a suitable covering c Upon completion of all Work affecting existing air handling systems the Contractor shall remove all temporary filters covers 23 Division 01 General Project Requirements Page 01 00 00 8 and associated parts and restore the system to its original operating condition unless otherwise stated elsewhere in the Contract Documents Ventilation during Painting or Other Finish Work 01 02 The room space shall be supplied with 100 percent outside air during painting and for a period of 72 hours following completion of painting The air leaving the room space shall be exhausted only to the outside with no re entrainment to any occupied spaces during painting and for a period of 72 hours following completion of painting Construction and Maintenance Isolation Requirements 01 02 03 All construction maintenance and remodeling activities regardless of size or scope must be fenced barricaded or otherwise
235. luding but not limited to diagnostic procedures system expansion and maintenance techniques Labeling Requirements a Contractor shall label all wires terminating in junction boxes and riser boxes These labels shall be self sticking wire numbers or similar type Write on labels are prohibited Contractor shall provide a typed legend for all junction boxes and riser boxes corresponding to these labels Legend shall be mounted in riser boxes if applicable If system does not have riser boxes contractor shall provide legend to OSU Alarm Shop at time of University acceptance of system installation On conventional circuits I E not addressable all initiating devices shall be labeled with their respective zone and sequence number 211 Revised June 2012 Division 16 Fire Alarm System Page 28 30 00 13 On intelligent addressable systems all initiating devices and modules shall be labeled with their respective addresses to reflect all characters in order to Disable Enable Device All device labels shall be made using an electronic labeling system with black letters on white background Write on labels are prohibited 28 Programming and Software Requirements a Contractor shall also include all software hardware interfaces adapters and cables etc required for all programming and maintenance functions If the contractor would normally use a laptop to program the system a similar computer shall be supplies
236. luding system and other roof systems Revised June 2012 36 Division 7 Thermal and Moisture Protection Page 07 10 00 2 Manufacturer shall have manufactured products continuously by same company for a period of time not less than ten years Manufacturer shall not be in any form of bankruptcy Manufacturer shall be the primary manufacturer of the membrane system 4 ROOFING A oO All roof designs and specifications shall be reviewed and approved by OSU Project Manager 01 All roof projects completed in the OSU National Historic District must be coordinated with Campus Planning The existing architecture of the building will be accommodated Install attic draft stops as required by Building Code For renovations allroofs shall be provided with code compliant fall protection systems For new construction mechanical equipment located on roof must be screened by the parapet or screen wall or installed in a penthouse All roofs require access for maintenance of equipment roof drains etc 01 Provide walking tread pads from point s of egress to the roof to point s requiring maintenance 02 The walking tread pad material must be manufactured by the roof system manufacturer 03 The walk pads must be placed in the design such that all locations requiring maintenance are accessible from the walking surfaces All roofs shall be constructed or installed in a manner that provides for positive drainage without ponding o
237. m components are to be furnished by a single supplier Components shall include but not be limited to the following a A pre wired control and instrumentation panel mounted in a NEMA 12 enclosure with a key lock door with a window A water meter for monitoring make up water quantity An automatic bleed valve Sensor assemblies Chemical feed pumps positive displacement type oap oo Revised June 2012 140 11 12 13 14 15 Division 23 Heating Ventilation and Air Conditioning Page 23 20 00 6 f Corporation stop and injection assemblies g Chemical feeding tubing h Solid concentrated chemical D Acceptable manufacturers Chem Aqua or an equal PIPING A Standards 01 The piping systems shall be designed in accordance with the guidelines established by the latest edition of the ASHRAE Fundamentals Handbook QUALITY ASSURANCE A Welders must be certified in accordance with the American Welding Society Standard Qualification Procedures B Refrigerant piping installers must be certified by the American Refrigeration Contractors Association Qualification Procedures C A factory trained representative of special items or systems must provide field instruction to the installers ROUTING A The piping shall be routed as directly as possible and sloped for venting and draining Where possible use routing to accommodate thermal expansion requirements Locate pipes vales and accessories to be readily observable
238. m or condensate must be properly insulated according to the application 3 TRAPS A Armstrong is the preferred brand traps B The following factors must be considered when sizing and typing steam traps 01 LOAD The amount of condensate the trap must handle 02 APPLICATION How the trap is used 03 SUPPLY Modulated or constant supply 04 BACK PRESSURE The pressure or range of pressures at the trap outlet 05 SUPPLY PRESSURE The pressure or range of pressures at the trap inlet C When appropriate expand capacity ratings to avoid using a larger less efficient trap D In selecting traps the maximum differential pressure can be used in the sizing calculation as long as the operating differential is at least 80 of the maximum differential If the operating differential is less than 80 of the maximum differential ensure the trap will provide adequate drainage at both the maximum differential and the operating differential E In applications where the operating differential has a range the trap must be able to drain the calculated load at the minimum operating differential as well Revised June 2012 236 Division 23 Heating Ventilation and Air Conditioning Page 33 63 00 2 4 VALVES A Select all valves and apurtenances at 1 x working pressure with 150 PSI minimum B Flanged valves must have a raised face and be provided with a Flexitallic gasket with cast steel bodies C Specify rising stem gate valve
239. m system Power Supplies shall be a minimum of 4 Outputs Each Output shall be individually fused 208 Revised June 2012 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 Division 16 Fire Alarm System Page 28 30 00 10 All fire alarm system devices that are located on any exterior surface of the building shall be weatherproof as defined by the National Electric Code article 100 On major remodeling projects requiring additional fire protection beyond the capacity of the existing fire panel the existing system shall be replaced by a new system control panel i e NO add on or patch panel s to existing fire system An LCD annunciator shall be required at the Fireman s entrance All devices for Fire alarm systems for additions or renovations shall be U L listed matching existing devices or approved compatible devices for use with the existing fire alarm control ALL AUDIBLE SPEAKER NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE CIRCUITS shall be wired using stranded 18 2 or 14 2 conductor shielded with a drain wire with conductor insulation colored white and black RED PVC jacket FPLP rated cable UL approved for use in fire alarm system wiring and approved by FMS see manufacturers wiring requirements COMPLETE as built drawings and riser diagrams with device addresses and installation documentation including complete manual sets of each device shall be provided to Owner A digital copy of the as built drawings in AutoCAD sh
240. mer will reopen the doors for a short time in the event that the door closing attempt fails to make up the door locks after a predetermined time A minimum of three different door standing open times shall be provided A car call time value shall predominate when a car call only is cancelled A hall call time value shall predominate whenever a hall call is cancelled In the event of a door reopen from a photo curtain or door open button a separate short door time value shall predominate The timing value for these timers must be field adjustable 1 Nudging If the doors are prevented from closing for longer than a predetermined time door nudging operation shall cause the doors to move at a slow speed in the close direction and to be unresponsive to the photo curtain A buzzer shall sound while nudging operation is active Hall or car call registration and lamp acknowledgment shall be by means of a single wire per call besides the power busses Systems that register the call with one wire and light the call acknowledgment lamp with a separate wire are not acceptable 84 Revised June 2012 Division 14 Conveying Systems Page 14 20 00 5 Fireman s Phase emergency recall operation alternate level Phase emergency recall operation and Phase II emergency in car operation shall be provided according to applicable codes Keyed EX 515 Independent service operation shall be provided such that the actuation of a key switch in the car op
241. n Ballast shall comply with applicable ANSI and IEEE standards for harmonic distortion and line voltage transient protection 05 Sound Rating Ballast shall have audible noise rating of Class A OTHER 01 Warranty a The manufacturer shall provide a written warranty against defects in material or workmanship including replacement for 5 years from date of project commissioning and include a nominal replacement labor allowance 02 If the lamp and ballast are covered by a combination lamp ballast warranty covered ballasts shall carry a five year warranty from the date of installation plus an additional year if the lamps are replaced with the same type and kind at time of relamp and include a nominal replacement labor allowance Covered lamps shall carry a 2 year warranty 3 years for 24 000 hour lamps from date of substantial completion installation Lamps shall have an 85 CRI index maintain a 24 000 hour warranty and have 3000 lumens specification 191 Division 26 Electrical Page 26 00 00 28 1 LIGHT LEVELS GENERAL A Revised June 2012 All new lighting installations at the University shall comply with the latest version of ANSI ASHRAE IESNA Standards The referenced light levels are understood to be a maintained light level Light levels are measured at a 30 inch height from the floor or at the actual work surface and represent the average level for the area or workstation Special lighting applications such
242. n area that generally extends from the base of the tree trunk beyond the dripline of the tree Dripline Outer perimeter of branches of any plant Project Arborist A certified arborist with the experience to conduct the required work outlined in this section shall be employed by the University 3 CALCULATING THE TREE ROOT PROTECTION ZONE A oO Revised June 2012 Measure the tree s diameter at breast height DBH in inches DBH is calculated using the circumference of the tree trunk at 4 5 feet above grade Multiply the DBH by 1 5 01 Example 7 DBH x 1 5 10 5 The result expressed in feet shall be the minimum radius of the TRPZ For trees less than 8 in DBH the TRPZ shall not be less than the diameter of the canopy dripline For shrubs scheduled to remain the protection shall be the dripline of the existing plant or plant grouping 26 Division 32 Exterior Improvements Page 01 56 39 2 4 COORDINATION A The project arborist will coordinate with other trades and contractors affecting or affected by work of this section to ensure that tree protection measures are understood prior to work commencing An on site review of tree protection measures will be completed among the project arborist contractor OSU Project manager City of Corvallis and OSU Landscape Manager or designee prior to any site work or grading is started During this meeting the pre construction evaluation of those trees identified to
243. n considerations for gravity flow lines require the most conservative design unless otherwise approved in writing by the University Civil Engineer 02 Minimum allowable depth of cover for all utilities is 36 inches unless other design provisions are implemented and approved by the University Civil Engineer 03 Stormwater detention and water quality systems shall be based on City of Corvallis criteria and require approval of the University Civil Engineer 04 Volume capacity for detention basins should be calculated based on saturated ground water conditions 05 All detention systems should be designed to minimize maintenance and provide adequate access for cleaning and maintenance activities All projects connecting to existing gravity flow utilities shall include provisions requiring the Contractor to video all new piping outside the building to one manhole downstream from the new connection 01 If the project ties into an existing manhole or replaces a manhole then the camera work needs to include the piping to the next manhole downstream 02 The video is to be submitted to the University Civil Engineer upon completion 2 FRANCHISE UTILITIES A Revised June 2012 All franchise utility underground work requires coordination review and approval of the University Civil Engineer 01 All work shall conform at a minimum to all jurisdictional codes and regulations Minimum depth of cover for all utilities is 36 inches
244. n or bronze roof drains shall be distributed to serve approximately equal areas b An overflow drain shall be located within five feet of each roof drain with the rim 2 above finished roof surface C Overflow drains shall be connected to an independent drainage system discharging at a point visible from the outside d Discharge locations shall be selected so as not to spill or splash over or down the exterior walls of the building so as to avoid unsightly staining e Pipe sizing for the overflow pipe system is to be the same as for the roof drains 02 Roof Drains Provide minimum 4 diameter drainpipe wherever feasible to minimize obstructions Provide cleanouts and access panels for drainlines routed through walls interior spaces and outside the building Provide removable scupper covers with sufficient flow to minimize leaf obstructions 03 Rainwater leaders a Materials for the roof drainage and overflow piping is to be identical Hubless cast iron or galvanized steel pipe is acceptable Vertical drops shall be located adjacent to exterior walls Below grade portions of piping shall be hubless plain end cast iron piping to a point five feet beyond the exterior face of the building Specify 4 band fittings above and below grade One vertical leader may serve only one roof drain Extend rainwater leaders below the grade and connect it to an on site storm drainage system or run it to the site civil piping system 1
245. nal functionality that allows the user to view trended data on trend graph displays Displays shall be actual plots of both static and real time dynamic point data A full screen forms based point editor and programming function shall allow for point additions deletions changes program modification and creation and point and program storage This program shall be similar to a word processing format such that full documentation of program changes may be available This program shall provide the user with the capability to insert full English narratives to describe the control program Search insert find cut and paste functions shall allow for quick program modifications Provide a general purpose graphics package which shall allow the user to quickly and easily define or construct color graphic displays Provide the capability to backup and store all system databases on the primary workstation hard disk While the primary workstation is on line without disrupting other system operations Provide context sensitive help menus to provide instruction appropriate with the operation and applications currently being performed Multiple user security levels shall be provided to allow for various degrees of system access and control 01 The workstation shall be provided with a keg element display that records log ons log offs TOD overrides alarms and alarm acknowledgments 02 Provide a 500 element circular buffer for recording purposes
246. nd condensate Steam and condensate meter equipment installation and application details are specified in Section 33050 Meters 237
247. nd flush valves in valves in toilet areas shall be chrome plated brass Floor drains and floor sinks are generally cast iron with a polished bronze heel proof grating Provide sink and shelving adjacent to the cooling tower chemical treatment area Drinking fountains will be the high low dual use type one at standard height and one at ADA height A minimum of one drinking fountain per floor should be lower wheelchair height and locate on the accessible route of travel Provide refrigerated fountains only where cold domestic water temperature at the point of service is 75 deg F or higher Refrigerated fountains should be installed on a timer or tied to building management systems to prevent running during unoccupied hours Piping materials 01 Valves 01 02 03 04 Use Type L copper for all domestic cold and hot water and recirculated hot water piping and all water piping down stream of RP devices Select valves for the appropriate function a Gate valves or butterfly valves or ball for shut off or sectionalizing service globe valves for flow modulation b Specialty valves shall be employed where appropriate such as check valves on a pump discharge pressure regulating valves for equipment requiring lower than available system pressure solenoid valves etc c Flanged or threaded end valves are preferred d Locate valves in accessible locations not more than six feet above the floor if frequently used and
248. nd wiring should be underground and routed to provide adequate space for tree lined streets and open space corridors 2 SERVICE AREAS AND ABOVE GRADE UTILITIES AND EQUIPMENT A All service areas and utilities should be permanently screened from view as feasible B Screening materials should be similar to those used on or near adjacent buildings C Vegetative screening when used should provide visual screening year round D The choice of screening materials and their placement should be in consideration of personal safety of campus users Screening materials may include combinations of the following Masonry Iron fencing Plant material The use of barbwire chain link chain link with slats is not allowed except within agricultural areas or around substations PART 2 CAMPUS CIRCULATION Development of the Campus should reinforce the existing grid pattern of streets and walks as primary circulation ZrO mm The historic pattern of streets with defined edges continuous street tree planting and walkways separate from the street should be maintained throughout campus OSU should continue to be a pedestrian dominant campus with continuous and convenient pedestrian access throughout the campus Safe and convenient bicycle access should be provided on multi modal paths campus streets and other bikeways 1 STREETS A Streets should adhere to the existing rectilinear street grid B Pavement types street configurations and street tr
249. ng covers that match the architectural design of the associated building may be used Curb cuts should be provided near the rack location to discourage users from riding the sidewalk to access the racks In cases where bicycle parking spaces are not visible from the primary building entrance signage shall be used to direct cyclists to bicycle parking areas In cases where neither the Construction Standards nor City code addresses a situation the Oregon Bicycle Plan shall be used to provide guidance for design and construction of bicycle facilities 4 ACCESSIBLE ROUTES INTEGRATION A Accessible routes should be constructed from the same paving material and detail as other building entry pavements 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 PART 3 PLANTING Ramps should be integrated into the campus through the use of masonry walls and plant material screening where appropriate Accessible routes which are added to existing buildings should appear to be integral to the building entry Where possible primary routes should provide single routes for all users instead of segregating accessible portions Accessible routes should be constructed from the same paving material and detail as other building entry pavements Ramps should be integrated into the campus through the use of masonry walls and plant material screening where appropriate Accessible routes which are added to existing buildings should appear to be integral to
250. ns shall be either a little fuse LSSY for one Edison base fuse and one single pole toggle switch sized g A hallway fire smoke door shall be closed only by the nearest smoke detector in alarm on either side of the fire smoke door h Heat detectors will only be allowed in mechanical rooms and other areas that are not usually inhabited Heat detectors shall be set at no less than 180 F and have a rate of rise devise 09 The following 4 bypass switches need to be programmed into the system a Audio Visual Bypass Water flow bypass to include the fire pump points Door holders HVAV shutdown and Elevator bypass Revised June 2012 207 Revised June 2012 10 11 12 13 14 Division 16 Fire Alarm System Page 28 30 00 9 switches When the bypass switches are activated they will put a trouble in the system b Tamper switches shall be programmed as non latching C Water flow switches shall be silenceable All addressable modules relays shall be accessible at floor level or at a maximum height of 10 feet Special Systems CO Freon gas alarms that require monitoring will tie directly to the DAC AHU 15 000cfm or larger require duct detectors on the supply and return sides of the unit Building that is classified as lab space duct detectors shall shut down air handlers only when smoke is detected at duct detector General alarm will not shut down these units All pull stations shall have keyed locks Allen key type
251. o receive low or zero VOC paint Revised June 2012 51 Revised June 2012 Division 09 Finishes Page 09 90 00 2 02 Doors door frames hand rails corner trim floors certain lab surfaces and other areas exposed to high or frequent impact may receive higher durability products These products may or may not be low or zero VOC Exterior surfaces 01 Exterior surfaces should be painted with products appropriate for the substrate and exposure to weather vandalism graffiti and other elements 02 Minimum 15 year durability paint on all exterior surfaces Acceptable paints include Benjamin Moore MoorGard Miller Evolution exterior and Sherman Williams Duration 03 Exterior metal accessories and or furnishings shall be galvanized or powder coated no painted finish a Galvanized when accessories are poured in place and or not removable for refinishing b Powder coated when accessories are removable for refinishing Pavement Markings 01 Pavement markings that are painted on parking lot or road surfaces shall be applied using a Sherwin Williams Setfast Waterborne pavement marking paint b Touchups and small applications can be made using Sherwin Williams SherLiner solvent based aerosol inverted spray cans 02 Thermal Pavement Markings a Thermal melt down pavement markings are supplied be either 3M or Flint Trading INC and are applied according to manufacturer s specifications 52 Section 10 14 00 SIGNAGE PAR
252. o cars require 4 inches of Class C asphalt 2 2 inch lifts over 12 inches of 0 baserock Streets alleys and access ways for trucks and buses including thoroughfares through parking lots require at minimum 4 inches of Class C asphalt 2 2 inch lifts over 18 inches of 0 baserock PCC Paving Sections 01 02 03 04 05 06 All Portland cement concrete PCC paving and slab sections are required to have 6 inches of 0 baserock and 6 inches of 4 000 psi concrete as a minimum If vehicles have any possibility of access to the paving section then reinforcing bars ASTM A615 Grade 60 should be specified If vehicles do not have the possibility of access to the section then wire fabric conforming to ASTM A185 may be used If wire fabric is allowed proper specifications are required to ensure it is placed properly during concrete placement and not left in contact with the ground Portland Cement Concrete PCC paving sections for main thoroughfares including heavy trucks buses and heavy equipment require a minimum of 8 inches of 0 baserock and 8 inches of 4 000 psi concrete All concrete sections designed for vehicular traffic requires reinforcing steel and a 2 inch thicker concrete section within 12 inches of all edges Sidewalks wheelchair ramps driveways 01 All sidewalks wheelchair ramps and driveways shall be designed per latest City of Corvallis Standard C
253. o the placement of top soil Provide landscape specifications which conform with the International Society of Arboriculture development guidelines for soil preparation and planting All shrubs and trees must be labeled with original nursery I D tag and shall be true to form and description Provide inspection point for landscape architect landscape management representative OAR to select approve trees a at nursery prior to digging b at arrival at project site c Plant layout and installation Prohibited plants include all Oregon Department of Agriculture and United States Department of Agriculture listed noxious plants as well as plants on the OSU non approved plant list See list of OSU non approved plant list at end of this standard Plants shall be grouped with like water requirements on same irrigation zone The minimum size for trees is 2 caliper a Exceptions may be granted by the OSU Landscape Manager or designee for unusual species b All trees smaller than 2 must be triple staked The minimum mowing equipment width is 60 Turf areas must be designed to be maintained with this equipment Seed shall be Champion Perennial Rye grass Champion Perennial Rye may be substituted upon approval from the OSU Landscape Manager or designee 229 Division 32 Exterior Improvements Page 32 90 00 7 04 The allowable grass seeding period for OSU campus is March 15 through October 15 as soil conditions permit
254. of acceptance The font size used on the zone maps shall 210 Revised June 2012 25 26 27 Division 16 Fire Alarm System Page 28 30 00 12 allow the room numbers and detector numbers to be clearly visible without magnification Documentation must be provided to the University at the time of acceptance Warranty and Preventive Maintenance Requirements a System shall have a 12 month warranty period for all installed or delivered hardware and software All tests shall be scheduled by the Contractor through Facilities Alarm shop and will require fifteen 15 days notice The test shall be witnessed by a representative designated by OSU Facilities alarm shop A report consisting of the NFPA Inspection and Testing Form shall be furnished by the contractor to the Engineer of Record and OSU Construction Management within 7 days after completion of this test The NFPA Inspection and Testing Form can be found on page 72 1 11 of NFPA 72 latest edition Training Requirements a Training shall address all operational functions available to the system at the FACP including but not limited to any system variable changes programming changes report creations and changes system functional changes etc Contractor shall also provide at no cost to the University sixteen 16 hours of on site owners training Training to include hardware repair and maintenance by University personnel of all building panels devices inc
255. on existing circuit or feeder is not practical at present provision shall be made for future tie in Emergency and standby power systems are of two basic types 01 An electric power source set apart from the prime source of power operating in parallel that maintains power to the critical loads should the prime source fail 02 An available reliable power source to which critical loads are rapidly switched automatically when the prime source of power fails AC source Automatic Transfer Equipment Reliable equipment and transfer switch must be specified Where both emergency systems and standby power systems are provided separate transfer switches shall be provided for each system Refer to current NEC for system descriptions Emergency Standby Systems It is required that provision be made by designing an emergency system standby power source supplied by 01 Engine generator 02 Separate emergency source Emergency generators shall be natural gas or diesel engines depending on the availability of natural gas and the size of the unit When an emergency lighting system or generator system is available supplying either emergency or standby power the lights receptacles and similar critical loads at the generator all mechanical equipment spaces in transformer switchgear switchboard or substation spaces should be connected to the emergency standby system Electrical lighting and power equipment fed from an emergency standby genera
256. onstruction Specifications and associated detail drawings with the following exceptions a Minimum depth of baserock shall be 4 inches rather than 2 inches b All concrete shall have a minimum strength of 4 000 psi 218 Division 32 Exterior Improvements Page 32 10 00 2 C All sections of sidewalk to be used for vehicular parking maintenance and or construction access are required to be a minimum of 6 inches thick and reinforced per PCC PAVING SECTIONS in this Design Criteria d The maximum percent of cross slope used for sidewalks is less than 2 The designer shall specify 1 5 and include a specification or general note that states any walkways with cross slopes exceeding 2 shall be removed and replaced by the contractor at his cost e When a cross slope for a ramp is used it shall comply with d f Avoid using cross slopes on landings unless required for drainage then use a slope of less than 1 g The preferred run slopes for exterior ADA ramps serving buildings is less than 1 20 If the preferred slope cannot be achieved because of site or technical restrictions than a slope of 1 20 to 1 16 should be used These percent slopes are considered an OSU best practice for providing access to the buildings and programs on campus h Architects and engineers shall use this OSU practice as initial design standard when designing ADA ramps for building entries i When the use of the best practice standard is n
257. opted IBC Standards All supporting components must be certified as UL approved Light fixtures ceiling mounted diffusers or grills and other openings in the ceiling must be supported in compliance with Oregon current IBC Standards 25 2 Supply amp install Armstrong No 895 2 X 4 ceiling panels as standard Armstrong Prelude XL Fire Guard 15 16 is approved by ICBO T bar ceilings shall be full size T s need to be 15 16 grid heavy duty 49 Division 10 Specialties Page 09 60 00 1 Section 09 60 00 FLOOR COVERINGS PART 1 GENERAL 1 REQUIREMENTS A B Revised June 2012 All floor coverings must be asbestos free Material that is manufactured overseas shall be certified to be asbestos free prior to delivery Low VOC adhesives shall be used for flooring installation Concrete sealer shall be applied to slab on grade concrete if modular carpet or tile will be applied on top of it Indoor hallways classrooms elevators dining rooms vinyl tile or linoleum Marmoleum preferred flooring Restrooms Ceramic or seamless flooring Modular carpet is acceptable in classrooms needing acoustic dampening Resilient Flooring Chemical use laboratories glass wash or other areas where liquids are used or stored shall have watertight flooring Provide seam sealed sheet vinyl or linoleum flooring or equivalent with at least a 4 inch continuous cove Flooring material to be compatible with the chemicals or other m
258. or ceiling mounted transformers shall have the floor space below permanently accessible Shall be placed on a housekeeping pad no less than 4 thick 177 Division 26 Electrical Page 26 00 00 14 LOW VOLTAGE SWITCHGEAR SERVICE ENTRANCE 1 REQUIREMENTS A Protective Devices Main breakers and feeder breakers or switches shall be equipped with ground fault protection as required by applicable codes In critical applications provide coordinated ground fault protection on feeder breakers Provide settings and coordination information with the service manuals 01 All circuit breakers with solid state trip units shall comply with the following standards a ANSI IEEE Surge Withstand Capability SWC b ANSI IEEE Withstand capability of relay systems to radiated electromagnetic interference from transceivers 02 The maximum operating force required to open or close a switch or breaker shall not be greater than 75 pounds on the operating handle 03 Vacuum breakers or vacuum switches may be used with the approval of the University Electric Shop a All switches shall be top or horizontal fed to the breakers 04 Indicator lamps shall be LED or transformer type utilizing low voltage lamps 05 Shall be placed on a housekeeping pad no less than 4 thick METERING See division 33050 1 REQUIREMENTS A Revised June 2012 Metering System A meter with system display is required for each building transformer or
259. or indicating devices Minimum 1 or 2 of total installation Spot Smoke Detectors Minimum one or 6 of total installation Spot heat thermal detectors Minimum one or 6 of total installation Spot detector bases Minimum one or 2 of total installation Spot detector sounder bases Minimum one or 6 of total installation Relay modules Minimum one or 4 of each total installation Monitor modules Minimum one or 4 of total installation Isolation modules Minimum one or 4 of total installation 215 Division 31 Earthwork Page 31 00 00 1 Section 31 00 00 EARTHWORK PART 1 GENERAL 1 REQUIREMENTS A For all earthwork the designer shall include provisions for utilizing geotextile fabric and overexcavation for times when conditions warrant All aggregate baserock asphalt and other materials are to be specified in accordance with the latest version of the City of Corvallis Standard Construction Specifications Pea gravel is not permitted as bedding or fill material All baserock under asphalt and concrete paving sections should be 0 per ODOT standards and specified for compaction to a minimum 95 of ASTM D1557 All layers of baserock shall be compacted at a maximum depth of 12 inches The designer needs to include provisions in the specifications requiring the Contractor to coordinate for special testing including compaction tests asphalt placement and concrete placement 2
260. ory by the project Inventory to be added by project commissioning 02 Fixtures that require use of proprietary lamps and ballasts and do not allow use of lamps or ballasts from other manufacturers are not allowed All recessed can luminaires shall be 120 volt and have self ballasted lamps 10 lamps to be added to the Stores inventory by the project T 8 fluorescent lighting systems shall utilize high performance ballasts and lamps meeting Energy Trust of Oregon specifications for High Performance T 8 Lighting Systems 3 ELECTRONIC BALLAST A Revised June 2012 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS 01 Ballast Factor Ballast factors at nominal voltage shall be as follows a Standard ballasts 0 90 ballast factor b PLUS ballasts 1 2 for 2 lamp ballast c Flicker Ballast shall operate lamps at a frequency above 20 KHz and lamps shall have no detectable flicker d Power Factor Ballast shall have input power factor above 97 when used with primary lamp type e Harmonic Distortion Ballast shall have Total Harmonic Distortion THD of 20 or less when used with primary lamp type f Current Crest Factor Lamp current crest factor shall be 1 7 or less g Ballast Efficacy Factor BEF The relative light output per watt consumed shall be equal to or greater than a CBM certified electromagnetic ballast for the same application Lamp Life The ballast shall provide lamp starting conditions and parameters consistent with lamp manu
261. osed areas only Maximum of 180 degree F water temperature 25 MANUFACTURERS A Piping Chilled Water Heating Steam ltem Brand or Company Water Moved to Section 23125 Steam Distribution x x x Control Valves Honeywell or Johnson x Cross connection devices preferred Febco x x Thermostatic control valves and stats Danfoss xX Trap Armstrong 800 x Trap floats amp thermostats Hoffman x x x Rising stem valves Stockham Grinnel X X X Valves ball Apollo X x x Valves brass ball Gem X xX xX Valves gate Nibco X xX xX Valves pressure Watts Valves pressure h x 5 regulating PRV Spence X x x Valves rising stem valve Stockham Grinnel B Air Handling Equipment 01 Fans general Barry Blower Twin City Greenheck Peerless Cook 02 Fans Fume Hoods Plasticare 03 Central Station Air Handling Units Hunt Air LogicAir Haakon 04 Package Rooftop Air Handlers Carrier Trane McQuay C Chilled Water Equipment Revised June 2012 01 Chillers Carrier and Trane 02 Pumps Bell amp Gossett TACO PACO 03 Inline pumps Bell amp Gossett Series 60 or 80 130 Division 23 Heating Ventilation and Air Conditioning Page 23 05 00 15 D Cooling tower Baltimore Air Coil Evapco Provide a sewer deduction meter for cooling tower make up water Meter specifications found in Section 33050 Meters E Heating Water Equipment 01 Steam to hot water heat exchan
262. ot technically feasible then the most practical percent slope shall be used j Any diversion from this best practice will need to be communicated and coordinated with the Office of Affirmative Action prior to a decision not to use the best practice standard k Refer to Section 01200 Part 2 Subsection 6 OSU Americans with Disabilities Best Practices for additional standards D Parking Lots 01 Parking lot designs shall be based on this document City of Corvallis Design Criteria and City of Corvallis Off Street Parking and Access Standards latest version The Consultant and or Contractor are responsible for obtaining a copy of the document from the City of Corvallis Revised June 2012 219 Division 31 Exterior Improvements Page 32 80 00 1 Section 32 80 00 IRRIGATION PART 1 GENERAL 1 REQUIREMENTS A An automated underground irrigation system shall be designed and installed for all planted areas All irrigation systems shall be institutional quality and be centrally controlled using components compatible with Rainbird Maxicom 4 min PVC Sleeves are required under all hard surfaces to enclose all mainlines laterals and control wires Sleeves shall extend one foot beyond edge of pavement to link all planting areas Separate irrigation metering connected directly to city service line shall be provided Deduct metering on the domestic service line is prohibited Design velocity shall not excee
263. oting pressure zones 04 Distribution of floor drains shall be a In mechanical equipment rooms at appropriate points to collect discharge or drainage from equipment b Near water heating equipment c In each toilet room d At each emergency shower 05 Drains serving outdoor wash pad areas trash enclosures loading docks or other areas that could conceivably generate contaminated rain water runoff and or contaminated process water shall be plumbed to the sanitary sewer system Plumbing code requirements may dictate the use of a fixed roof diking or slope control to minimize rain water collection 4 STORM DRAINAGE SYSTEM A Design criteria 01 Rainfall intensity a The system design shall be based on the 50 year storm rainfall intensity for the City of Corvallis or local code requirements whichever is higher Revised June 2012 102 Revised June 2012 Division 22 Domestic Plumbing Page 22 30 00 7 02 Slope a Provide an engineering analysis to determine a pipe size considering flow velocity and available fall Design for pipe with space Capacity 03 Tests a Same as the sanitary sewer system 04 Routing a Route site storm lines so as to avoid other utilities vaults and trees b Coordinate routing with landscaping plan to verify that no piping is within ten feet of any new tree and outside the drip line of any existing trees Building drainage system 01 Roof drains overflows gutters a Cast iro
264. per foot slope to drain per foot is preferred 03 Other slopes may be considered and approved by OSU s Project Manager if necessary 04 Special securement may be required on slopes exceeding per foot Elastomeric Membrane Roofing 01 Use on low slope concrete steel wood or insulated roof decks minimum per foot slope or as approved by OSU s project manager 02 Vapor Barrier 03 Substrate Separation board insulation system overlay board assembly as required to meet Code energy wind uplift fire rating and manufacturer and OSU requirements as a suitable base for roofing 04 Material EPDM Ethylene Propylene Diene Monomer fire rated 60 mils minimum thickness in largest sheets possible 05 Application Fully adhered 06 Terminations All perimeters and roof penetrations at vertical surfaces Seams 01 Protective Coating Elastomeric as approved by membrane manufacturer Standards 01 NRCA Roofing and Waterproofing Manual TS Series Specification Guides 02 ASTM Standard Specifications for material Properties 03 UL Fire Hazard Clarifications Class A 04 FM Roof Assembly Classifications Class 1 90 05 OSSC Chapter 15 Roofing and Roof Structures 06 Approved Manufacturers Siplast Carlisle and Firestone or approved equal 07 Bituminous Membrane Roofing preferred low slope roofing systems Hot Asphalt Roofing 01 Use of new hot asphalt roofing system is not a
265. perly Cleaning 01 Remove all trash and debris from site during elevator installation 02 Clean and all elevator surfaces removing all dirt dust spots and scratches Any damage shall be repaired or replaces as directed by owner at not cost to owner 03 Prior to substantial completion remove protection from finished or ornamental surfaces and clean and polish surfaces with due regard to type of material 04 Remove tools equipment and surplus materials from site 05 Paint car frame and hoistway equipment pit floor and machine room floor 4 NON PROPRIETARY CONTROLS A Elevator control equipment must be non proprietary a site specific service tool which renders the control equipment non proprietary must be provided with the elevator ie Map unit type diagnostic service too The controller interface service tool shall allow full access to fault codes and maintenance related parameters and shall allow complete and thorough maintenance service to be performed by any properly licensed and qualified elevator Service Company The controller and or site specific service tool must come with a user s manual that effectively communicates to a qualified mechanic how to use the controller and or tool and also defined and explains all respective error codes including required fixes The service tool shall remain property of Oregon State University Tool shall allow OSU to check on and change parameters of program 5 ELECTRIC TRACTIO
266. porating such features C Direct Expansion Refrigerant System 01 Design refrigerant systems using type L copper 02 Fittings to be copper to match piping and brazed using a nitrogen purge 03 Size is based on manufacturer s recommendations D Decommissioned refrigerant containing equipment shall display a weather resistant label clearly noting the removal of all hazardous materials e g refrigerant coolant used oil or any other hazardous material removed form unit 9 LABELING AND IDENTIFICATION A Color Coding of Pipe and Duct Labeling Color Coding of Pipe and Duct Labeling Classification Color of Field Color of Letters Materials Inherently Hazardous Flammable or Explosive Yellow Black Chemically Active or Toxic Yellow Black Extreme Temperatures or Pressures Yellow Black Radioactive Yellow Black Materials of Inherently Low Hazard Liquid or Liquid Admixture Green White Gas or Gaseous Admixture Green White Fire Quenching Materials Water Foam CO2 Halon etc Red White Line Labeling Steam Yellow White Condensate Yellow Black City Water Domestic Water Green White Supply Gas any piping Yellow Black Air Blue White Industrial Water Yellow Black Revised June 2012 123 Division 23 Heating Ventilation and Air Conditioning Page 23 05 00 8 B Identification of Concealed Valves and Equipment 01 Affix a color coded dot
267. posed to vandalism provide locking type coverplates 171 Division 26 Electrical Page 26 00 00 8 03 Shall be identified to source HANGERS AND SUPPORTS 1 REQUIREMENTS A RACEWAYS Materials for Straps and Hangers Heavy duty malleable iron or steel For installation in locations above grade that are subject to moisture penetration specify corrosion resisting steel Perforated straps are not acceptable Independent Support Systems Required for all installations 01 Surface outlet boxes to which fixtures are attached and pull boxes shall be fastened to the structure independent of the conduit system supports 02 Conduits above suspended ceiling shall not be supported by a ceiling suspension system Coordination with General Construction The Designer Engineer shall include the following or similar statements in specifications for suspended lay in ceilings 01 Surface mounted fluorescent lighting fixtures shall be supported from the structure above independent of any ceiling system by use of 3 8 inch all thread rods 02 Flush or recessed fixtures in ceilings of the suspended lay in type shall be installed so that the long dimension of the fixture is supported on the main support member of the ceiling system Provide at least two galvanized steel safety hanger wires or safety chains attached from the fixture housing to the structure independent of the ceiling system Wire or chain shall withstand a 3 foot 50 pound d
268. prevent condensate transfer and leakage from ductwork In addition to any internal drain collection features all chilled and hot water HVAC systems will be provided backup leakage prevention measures that will contain any water condensation or leakage from the HVAC coil and prevent system condensation or leakage from migration to lower levels HVAC unit housings are not permitted to be installed directly to slab or other flooring without a drain pan or waterproof membrane protective shield to collect condensation or leakage and prevent migration Metal drain pans or berms with durable waterproof membranes will be provided under each AHU housings or coil to collect leakage when the coil or end turns are perforated Metal drain pans or berms will be alarmed to indicate leakage unless safe drainage is also provided All condensate draings will be directly routed to floor drains Condensate is not allowed to be pumped to the drain 5 CHILLED WATER SYSTEMS A Revised June 2012 Chilled water system flows and temperatures will vary based upon load programming scheduled or seasonal outages New connections shall not be made to chilled water systems for the purpose of cooling process equipment or condensing units without the approval of the Energy Operations Manager The primary secondary pumping system arrangements for variable flow are to be used whenever possible Multiple chillers are to be connected in parallel on the primary loop with e
269. pump suitable for pumping of hydraulic fluid Furnish pump with float activated on off switch 02 Drip Pan 24 gauge galvanized sheet metal of suitable size to accommodate return pump 03 Provide self contained pump and reservoir to return oil to match RM tank Door Equipment 01 Heavy Duty G A L MOVFR Door Operation System G A L door rollers door hanger tracks car and hall door pick up assemblies gate switch door locks 02 Provide emergency access in all hoist way doors 03 All doors shall have 1 hour label or other identification acceptable to governing authorities 04 Provide adjustable nylon guide by Nylube or Adams Elevator Equip Co 05 Heavy duty doors Provide door skin on both sides of elevator doors Lobby Position Indicator 01 Provide tamper resistant Innovation lobby position indicator on the ground level illuminated by light emitting diodes Smoke Detectors 01 Smoke and heat detectors shall be compatible and tie into building fire system Hall Direction Indicator 01 Up and down tamper resistant as manufactured by Innovation Direction indicators to be provided in the hall wall with a single chime or tone for up and double chime or tone for down direction and shall be illuminated by light emitting diode Photo Curtain 01 Photo Curtain An electric passenger sensing device of the photo curtain shall project across the entrance to prevent the car and hoist way doors from closing if a passenger or object interrupt
270. r ID shall be recorded of an operator who acknowledges the alarm 10 WIRING A Revised June 2012 All equipment shall be installed by skilled electricians and mechanics who are properly trained and qualified for this work and who shall be in accordance with governing codes 01 All wiring between the automation system and sensors and control devices including any power wiring of devices and necessary conduit shall be provided 02 Labeling All wiring and tubing shall be labeled end to end with point address and point descriptor using mechanically printed permanent label a Label all pull boxes and junction boxes with permanent marker b Plenum cable to be color coded for easy identification 03 Transient protection of system power supplies data communication lines digital hardware and controllers shall be provided This protection shall consist of surge arresters which shall provide a low impedance ground path for surge voltages and lightning 04 Equipment shall have a power ground 05 Communications and instrumentation systems shall have a separate single point ground in addition to the power ground 06 Communication and data lines shall have electrical shielding 07 Run all control wiring as follows a Mechanical Rooms In conduit b Exposed in building spaces In conduit C Concealed in building walls and hard ceilings In conduit 162 Division 25 Building Automation Systems Page 25 30 00 8 d Concealed in t
271. r arrange for disconnection of utility services if required B The professional consultant or contractor shall comply fully with all provisions of the local codes laws and ordinances applicable to work of this Section and other OSU plans and documents that relate to campus planning and development 3 SUBMITTALS A The professional consultant or contractor shall be required to submit all the required documents identified in local codes and ordinances applicable to work Revised June 2012 30 4 PRODUCTS A Revised June 2012 Division 2 Existing Conditions Page 02 41 00 2 of this Section and or during the pre planning pre construction and or construction meetings with project review team The required number of copies shall be submitted to OSU The documents shall include scaled drawings per 01 02 03 04 05 06 Section 01100 General Requirements and Division 1 Proposed building or structure to be removed Proposed walls building systems structures etc to be demolitioned within an existing building An indication of how building systems e g HVAC electrical gas water etc shall be capped where they were once connected to the portion identified for demolition Access route to a building or structure to be demolished Tree Root Protection Zone TRPZ for trees immediately adjacent to the demolition site or access route to the demolition site Salvaged materials 01 02 03 Owner
272. r quality assurance and insuring that all systems related to the function of the elevator are complete and functioning properly Maintenance 01 Starting at the time of substantial completion of the complete project provide complete systematic inspection and maintenance of the elevator for a period of 12 months Furnish trained experts and equipment to check adjust lubricate and otherwise maintain the elevator in operation without defects or deterioration Replace or repair materials and parts which become defective or deteriorated for any reason except through abuse or misuse by OSU This time frame will start with final inspection of the elevator by the state of Oregon Use of Elevator 01 The elevator shall not be used temporarily for building construction purposes unless specifically allowed by the Owner General contractor responsible for damages and repairs 02 If the Contractor is allowed to use the elevator prior to Substantial Completion of the project the warranty and service period shall not be compromised and shall begin when substantial completion is achieved Final inspection by the state of Oregon is when OSU takes possession Acceptable elevator manufacturers are 01 Kone Elevator Company 02 Motion Control 03 Otis Elevator Company 04 Thyssen Krupp 05 All companies with non proprietary equipment Attributes Traction Elevator 01 Traditional machine room set up at top of hoistway 02 Capacity TBD 90 H
273. r the occurrence of standing water to a drain per all applicable building code requirements and related specifications and standards 5 ROOF INSULATION A C Provide separation board suitable for attachment to structure as a base for roofing or insulation and to provide for required fire ratings All insulation assembly shall meet thermal and fire rating requirements and shall be approved in writing by the roofing manufacturer Insulation overlay shall be designed and suitable for the roofing material 6 DRAINAGE A Revised June 2012 Provide required slopes to drain in structure unless otherwise approved by OSU Project Manager Provide tapered insulation and crickets as required to achieve drainage requirements Ballasted extruded polystyrene inverted insulation system shall meet FM and UP UL requirements Install vapor retarder as required as part of the roofing assembly 37 Division 7 Thermal and Moisture Protection Page 07 10 00 3 Fasten adhere stagger offset to provide a proper base for roofing and to meet FM and UL requirements All fasteners shall be increased by 50 in number at all perimeter locations and at corners Insulation R Value shall be 20 better than the requirement of the current Oregon Energy Code 7 LOW SLOPE ROOFING A Revised June 2012 Applied Locations 01 Use on low slope concrete steel wood or insulated roof decks 02 Minimum per foot slope to maximum 1
274. rammable direct digital control system utilizing P I D proportional integral derivative algorithms for the control of all modulating equipment The system shall support multiple users performing multiple tasks System changes add points modify programs ect shall be able to be performed while the system is on line Alarms shall be able to be printed while system changes are being made The software shall include diagnostics to isolate component failures and verify system operation If the most current version of the system s graphic workstation software and programming tools already exists on the primary EMS Shop computer the contractor is to be responsible for updating the graphic and software packages for incorporation of the new building s controls on the primary computer in the EMS Shop and all related workstations If the workstation software and programming tools are not the latest versions on the primary EMS Shop computer the contractor is responsible for updating the primary EMS Shop computer software and programming tools to the latest version and the incorporation of the new building s controls In addition each remote building computer on the contractor s network is to be updated to show the new building s control screen 158 Division 25 Building Automation Systems Page 25 30 00 4 6 OPERATOR COMMUNICATION AND ACCESS A Revised June 2012 Graphical Software Provide personal computer based softwar
275. ration as long as speed does not exceed 150 feet per minute 3 A test switch shall be provided In the test position this switch shall allow independent operation of the elevator without the door open function for purposes of adjustment or testing the elevator The elevator shall not respond to hall calls shall not interfere with the other car in a duplex installation 4 Atimer shall be provide to limit the amount of time a car is held at a floor due to a defective hall call or car call including stuck push buttons Call demand at another floor shall cause the car to eventually ignore the defective call and continue to provide service in the building 5 Viscosity Control optional and valve design must permit the use of this option shall cause the car to accomplish the following operation If a temperature sensor 85 E Revised June 2012 01 02 03 04 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 01 Division 14 Conveying Systems Page 14 20 00 6 determines the oil is too cold and if there are no calls registered the car shall proceed to the bottom landing and as long as the doors are closed the pump motor will run without the valve coils energized in order to circulate and heat the oil to the desired temperature In the event the temperature sensor fails a timer shall prevent continuous running of the pump motor Solid State Motor Starter Provide a new solid state motor starter to limit current inrush
276. raulic unit for this project a The pump shall be specifically designed for all hydraulic operation and shall be of the positive displacement type Oil flow shall be controlled in such a manner that car operation will be smooth and quiet in both directions of travel Accurate car leveling shall take place in both the up and down direction The control valve shall be easily adjusted from the front of the power unit b The up start system shall be adjustable and designed to initiate the stop of the elevator and shall control the declaration of the elevator smoothly and evenly 86 Revised June 2012 Division 14 Conveying Systems Page 14 20 00 7 c The down start system shall be adjustable and designed to initiate the stop of the elevator and shall control the deceleration of the elevator smoothly and evenly d The power unit shall have a shut off valve which will isolate the oil reservoir to enable servicing of the pump hydraulic assembly The shut off valves shall be located in the machine room and in pit as directed by owner e A suitable muffler designated to withstand the high pressures shall be installed in the power unit in a blowout proof housing f Submersible Pump The submersible pump shall be a positive displacement screw type to give smooth operation and shall be especially designed and manufactured for elevator service Elevator Pit Hydraulic Oil Return Pump 01 Drip Pan Return Pump 120V fractional h p
277. re or temperature test plugs flow sensors gauges flexible connectors etc shall be employed as appropriate to assure a well functioning easy to maintain system Expansion joints or expansion loops shall be installed on long straight runs to compensate for thermal expansion of the pipe whenever the calculated expansion is 1 8 inch or more Spacing and location shall be based on the maximum probable temperature fluctuation and the thermal coefficient of the pipe material Supports 01 02 03 For parallel pipe runs trapeze type supports shall be spaced to suit the smallest pipe in the group Spare room for 20 future pipe lines should be reserved Hanger spacing shall also be coordinated with the supporting steel overhead Hangers shall be of sufficient strength to support the pipes and contents plus 200 pounds Metallic pipes shall not be in direct contact with hangers or the supporting structure Provide seismic bracing according to SMACNA requirements 3 SANITARY SEWER SYSTEMS Design criteria A Revised June 2012 01 02 03 Capacity a All calculations for pipe capacity shall be based on the current Plumbing Code Cooling tower blowdown will also discharge into the sanitary sewer system Slope pitch a Slopes of sanitary sewer lines within a building are set by code Verify that design considerations are acceptable to local jurisdictions and obtain approval prior to proceeding with design work
278. readout meter Locate the meter in the piping at a point where proper upstream and downstream distances are observed so that accurate readings can be obtained Differential pressure taps for the meter readout shall be located on the horizontal centerline of horizontal pipes B Specify stations with shut off valves and quick disconnects for the portable meter 8 AIR SEPARATORS A Specify air separators in all hot and cold water closed loop systems B Air separators shall be the centrifugal type complete with removable strainers drains and support legs or brackets C Provide an automatic air vent with separator assemblies 9 TEST PORTS A Specify a Petes Plug to be installed in piping at the inlet and outlet of all water coils heat exchangers chillers pumps and at all ports of water coil temperature control valves 10 WATER TREATMENT A Water treatment systems shall be provided for all open circulated systems requiring a continuous supply of make up water The chemical treatment system shall be automatic in operation and shall continuously monitor and control pH conductivity and the corrosive tendency of the recirculated water Chemicals shall come in a solid concentrated form and be specifically formulated for the water on the OSU campus B All closed loop chilled water and hot water circulating systems shall be provided with chemical feeders across the appropriate pumps C Basic equipment requirements 01 Specify that syste
279. res that starters should be carefully applied on circuits and in combination with joint short circuit protective devices such as circuit breakers fusible disconnects that will limit the available fault current and let through energy level that starter can safely withstand This withstand must meet the requirements of ANSI UL 508 1983 29 and ANSI NEMA ICS1 1983 25 26 which cover controls systems and devices 01 The starters shall not be used without an adjacent line switch if unfused disconnect switch is used or installed it must be close to each motor as much as possible This standard forbids the installation of a remote 185 Division 26 Electrical Page 26 00 00 22 switch with lock arrangement switchgear switchboard or a unit ina control center 02 Each starter will identify controlled device and its location and each motor shall identify its control EMERGENCY STANDBY POWER SYSTEMS 1 REQUIREMENTS A B Revised June 2012 All new buildings and major renovations shall include a back up generator Alternate Power Sources Where the interruption of electric power supply to a building would result in hazard to life or property major loss of research or equipment provision shall be made for a standby supply of power to be used in the event of failure of the normal supply Details of the plans as they apply to the project shall be explained and included in the early design development submittal and conferences If tie in
280. ring appointment This designation should be done before submittal of 50 development documents The OSU system will allow for changes in plan without disrupting the numbering of other spaces 25 Division 32 Exterior Improvements Page 01 56 39 1 Section 01 56 39 TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION PART 1 GENERAL 1 REQUIREMENTS A oO The contractors shall furnish all labor materials equipment and services necessary for the protection of existing trees and vegetation as required and as specified herein The plans shall include annotation that indicates it is the responsibility of the General Contractor to repair replace or reimburse OSU for any damaged plant material within a Tree Protection Zone All landscape materials shall be protected to ensure they are not damaged All staging areas located on planting areas shall be covered with woven geotextile fabric and have a minimum six inch mulch bed placed over area prior to any staging of equipment or materials to prevent soil compaction 01 All vehicular or motorized equipment access to a staging area over turf shall be covered with woven geotextile fabric with a minimum of six inches of mulch bed placed over the area to prevent the compaction of soil The General Contractor is responsible for removing all construction or construction related debris from the project site and adjacent landscape or shrub beds 2 DEFINITIONS A Tree Root Protection Zone TRPZ A
281. rminal strip terminations 01 Locations Centers shall not be located where ambient temperature could cause derating of overload devices 02 Overload heater charts shall be furnished mounted inside doors of cabinets or separately framed and mounted outside the equipment Reduced Voltage Starters Motors sizes shall be such that if the inrush current exceeds 40 percent of the building transformer rating Motors shall be equipped with a variable frequency drive reduced voltage starters of the closed transition auto transformer or star delta type or solid state soft start or current ramp starters Operating Protection 01 Certification by the motor manufacturer that motors meet the voltage requirements of NEMA 02 Overload Relays Polyphase motor controls shall be equipped with three 3 overload relays Reduced voltage starters shall provide overload protection during the starting step 03 Provide 20 spare starters of each size used and provide 25 spare positions for additional starters Provide space on floor for one 1 additional section and appropriately sized spare conduit run from MSG to immediate area MOTOR STARTER APPLICATIONS 1 REQUIREMENTS A Revised June 2012 Starters for 600V and Below The design must conform to ANSI NEMA ICS2 1983 26 This is a requirement for magnetic controller ratings of 115 575V AC motor starters and contactors may be used for controlling the circuit to the motor This standard requi
282. rmination prior to the installation any imported soil 1 The test shall be performed utilizing wet sieve soil texture analysis by OSU Central Analytical Lab or other OSU approved lab 2 Provide a minimum of two soil samples with the accompanying soil test report from samples obtained randomly throughout the source field location or stockpile 3 Submit approved test results at least 4 weeks prior to soil placement 04 Athletic play areas may include USDA soil texture class sandy loam 05 Soil must be free of contaminants and noxious weeds Revised June 2012 230 Division 32 Exterior Improvements Page 32 90 00 8 a If noxious weeds are present contractor shall eradicate following guidelines in PNW weed control handbook or Oregon Department of Agriculture recommendations and shall continue monthly control measures on all emerging weeks for a period of one year from final acceptance 06 Incorporate organic matter homogeneously throughout the planting area 07 Remove all rock from planting areas prior to topsoil placement No loose rock is permitted for drainage or decorative elements 08 Provide Landscape Architect s inspection point for a subsoil preparation b irrigation installation and as built mark ups before covering with soil c topsoil amendment incorporation and finish grades 5 PLANT SELECTION A Revised June 2012 Plant materials should remain appropriate in their location as they mature and reac
283. roller Dedicated permanent status indicators shall be provided on the controller to indicate the following when the safety circuit is open when the door locks are open when the elevator is operating at high speed when the elevator is on independent service when the elevator is on fireman s service 91 Revised June 2012 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 Division 14 Conveying Systems Page 14 20 00 12 when the elevator is out of service timer has elapsed or when the motor limit timer or valve timer has elapsed In addition provide means of displaying other special or error conditions that are detected by the microprocessor The elevator shall not require the functioning or presence of the microprocessor to operate on car top inspection or hoistway access operation if provided in order to provide a reliable means to move the car it the microprocessor fails The elevator controller shall utilize a microprocessor based logic system and shall comply with ANSI ASME 17 1 safety code for elevators The control equipment shall have all control parameters stored permanently on erasable programmable read only memories EPROM and shall have permanent indicators to indicate important elevator status s as an internal part of the controller If external device is required for troubleshooting it must be supplied Dedicated permanent status indicators shall be provided on the controller to indicate the following when the safety c
284. rop test In addition the Luminaire Support Requirements of NEC shall be strictly followed Manufacturer supplied grid clips must be utilized and installed per manufacturer instructions 03 Suspended ceilings in new construction shall have a minimum of 10 inches clearance below the lowest building structure duct and equipment 1 REQUIREMENTS A Revised June 2012 Interior Conduit and Fittings Minimum conduit size for power circuits shall be 3 4 inch for home runs Minimum conduit sized for control wiring shall be inch Exterior Conduit and Fittings Rigid galvanized threaded UL labeled conduit shall be specified where subjected to physical damage 172 BUSWAYS Division 26 Electrical Page 26 00 00 9 01 Threaded couplings shall be used with rigid conduit and IMC 02 IMC may be used in place of rigid galvanized where permitted by code Steel Electric Metallic Tubing EMT UL labeled conduit may be used in interior partitions above ceilings and for surface application except in corrosive and hazardous locations where PVC coated rigid galvanized conduit is required to be used 01 Insulating bushings and insulated throat fittings shall be used throughout EMT installation 02 Compression fittings shall be used outdoors Set screw type fittings may only be used indoors Plastic jacketed rigid galvanized steel conduit shall be used in corrosive atmosphere Flexible conduit used for motor make up shall be liquid t
285. ropriate standard specify ASME ratings for valves and list brand names as a standard specify fittings by ANSI or another appropriate standard All materials must meet applicable codes Where standards may not be sufficient to ensure the quality desired specify a brand name as a means of establishing the quality level Whatever method is used be specific Include pipe joint materials and methods in the specifications 21 CLEANING AND TESTING A After installation all systems shall be properly cleaned by flushing with an appropriate liquid or gas before installation of valves and final connections to the equipment After flushing closed heated and cooled water systems shall be cleaned by circulating a solution of trisodium phosphate or a similar agent before the final flush and fill Untreated water and all cleaning and water treatment chemicals shall be approved by EHS by going through the OSU Project Manager Isolate the cooling tower from all piping flushing and cleaning operations to prevent untreated water from entering the basin Before their final acceptance all strainers drip legs and similar items shall be thoroughly cleaned All tests must be observed by OSU s Project Manager In general test systems at 1 1 2 times the highest system operating pressure for 24 hours Any tank for chemicals which may enter the sewage system will be located so it can be easily charged and serviced 22 DIRECT BURIED PIPING A B Min
286. roved design with concealed fastening system provisions for expansion and contraction Warranty 01 Provide 50 year Manufacturer s warranty 02 Manufacturer s standard warranty for color 9 STEEP ROOFING A Revised June 2012 Applied Locations 01 Use on steep slope wood roof decks minimum three inch 3 per foot pitch Materials 01 Shingles a Self sealing Architectural asphalt or SBS Styrene Butadiene Styrene modified bitumen polyester fiberglass or fiberglass reinforced mineral granule surfacing minimum 245 per 100 square feet Certainteed Grand Manor or approved 39 Division 7 Thermal and Moisture Protection Page 07 10 00 5 b Shingle shall be moss protected and have minimum 50 year manufacturer s warranty 02 Underlayment a 30 asphalt saturated roofing felt or breathable underlayment as approved by OSU s Project Manager b 1 layer for pitches of 4 12 and steeper c 2 layers for pitches of 3 12 to 4 12 and d Self adhering underlayment for pitches less than 3 12 e Self adhering underlayment at all valleys eaves and rakes f Pitches of less than 4 12 are not recommended C Standards 01 NRCA National Roofing Contractors Association Roofing and Waterproofing Manual Application of Asphalt Shingles 02 ASTM D226 Standard Specification for Asphalt Saturated Roofing Felt 03 ASTM D3462 Standard Specification for Asphalt Shingles D Warranty 01 Manufacturer s
287. rovide a vapor seal design at strap or rod hangers and a thermal conduction barrier at trapeze hangers and supports B Require extra erosion protection at the upstream edge of duct lining sections such as a sheet metal flashing C Internally lined ductwork 01 Internally lined ductwork shall be avoided except when used for sound attenuation or when used in areas where external insulation is subject to damage such as mechanical rooms 02 Where internal insulation is used provide Mylar facing to allow cleaning 03 Provide perforated liner over internal insulation inside mechanical units D Access will be provided at elbows turning vanes and locations where debris collects E Other sound isolation is anticipated when the insulation is external F Use a maximum of six feet of flexible ductwork on diffuser and grille run outs 7 EQUIPMENT A Coordinate insulation and equipment specifications to be sure that the required insulation is field applied if equipment is not factory insulated B Equipment such as chilled water pumps or heat exchangers which must be completely insulated shall be provided with boxed insulation which is designed and marked so it can be removed and replaced without destroying the utility and appearance except for repairs needed on the jacket Revised June 2012 135 Division 23 Heating Ventilation and Air Conditioning Page 23 20 00 1 Section 23 20 00 FLUID SYSTEMS EQUIPMENT PART 1 GEN
288. s a When a ramp is necessary design the ramp slope between 1 20 and 1 16 Strive for the least amount of slope that is feasible ADA allows 1 12 maximum slope for ramps Individual sections of ramps shall not be longer than 25 without a level landing Install handrails at 36 above ramp surface ADA allows 34 38 Also include handrail at 26 in locations used primarily or frequently by children Avoid curved ramps Where possible provide a minimum 60 x 72 area at top bottom and intermediate landings The cross slope of ramps and landings shall be 1 5 ADA allows up to 2 This is to ensure that with construction tolerances the resulting slope will be less than 2 Provide continuous handrails around the perimeter of intermediate landings The minimum widths required for all ramps and landings are to be the dimensions between handrails When using steel pipe or tubing provide minimum wall thickness of 140 Round handrails are preferred Exterior Stairs a b Do not design single stair condition Ensure that the leading edge of treads contrasts with the rest of the treads to increase visibility and safety where appropriate Provide contrasting strip on the leading edge of the tread that extends a total of 2 back from the leading edge of each tread Slope treads of exterior stairs 1 5 slope toward the leading edge of the treads This is to ensure that with construction tolerances
289. s fan speed control levers and similar controls and devices to show their final settings Mark with paint or other suitable permanent identification materials PIPING MATERIALS Chilled Water Heating Water Condenser Water Steam Condensate Material ASTM A53 Schedule 40 black steel with ANSI B16 1 malleable iron fittings ANSI B16 5 flanged fillings ANSI B16 9 steel bevelweld fittings Certain locations see note 1 Steel grooved end fittings Victaulic or Guston Bacon full flow using vitaulic 07 or Guston Bacon 105 gasket for 500 psi service ASTM B88 Type L copper above ground with ASSI B16 22 wrought copper fittings with 95 5 tin antimony solder joints ASTM A53 Schedule 40 black steel with 150 pound rated valves and fitting ANSI B16 3 malleable iron threaded fittings ANSI B16 5 flanged fittings ANSI B16 9 steel bevelweld fittings ASTM A53 Schedule 80 black steel with 150 pound rated valves and fitting Joints lt 2 threaded except welded in shafts or inaccessible spaces ANSI B16 3 malleable iron threaded fittings ANSI B16 5 flanged fillings ANSI B16 9 steel bevel welding fitting Joints gt 2 1 2 ANSI B16 25 belvelweld ANSI B16 5 flanges or B16 11 socket weld Revised June 2012 129 Division 23 Heating Ventilation and Air Conditioning Page 23 05 00 14 Note 1 Steel grooved and fittings allowed on heating water systems in exp
290. s designing and installing fire alarm systems C The Corvallis Fire Department is the Authority having jurisdiction AHJ for code compliance City of Corvallis Construction Office is the Authority having Jurisdiction AHJ for construction administration inspection and acceptance D Fire Alarm systems shall meet all code requirements of NFPA 70 NFPA 72 Oregon State City of Corvallis and Corvallis Fire Department Upon completion the system shall be 100 fully tested and certified in accordance with NFPA 72 Record of Completion document E Oregon State University Facilities Planning and Design OSU FP amp D manages the document process and coordinates design reviews and meetings between Engineer of Record OSU Construction Management and OSU Facilities Operations Alarm shop representative F Oregon State University Management OSU CM manages the construction and commissioning of the fire alarm system OSU CM coordinates review of submittals with OSU FP amp D and OSU Facilities Operations Alarm Shop Representative G Oregon State University Construction Management requires the Fire Alarm Contractor of record to demonstrate to the satisfaction of OSU Construction Management the system has been fully tested 2 ENGINEER OF RECORD S RESPONSIBILITIES A The Fire Alarm System design and installation shall comply with requirements of the latest edition of the following codes or standards 01 NFPA 70 National Electric Code Revised Jun
291. s for all steam and condensate systems D Safety relief valves must be located and vented to prevent injury to personnel E Design in adequate maintenance access to all valves F Spence PRV s are preferred G Thermostatic controlled vales such as Danfoss shall be used in any place where convectors are installed hot water or steam or DDC modulating valves 5 DIRECT BURIED STEAM PIPING A Direct buried piping for steam and condensate piping to have metallic carrier pipe insulation one inch air space and a metallic outer conduit with fusion bonded epoxy coating Product based on Rovanco Hi Temp Conduit for below ground applications or Perma Pipe ESCON A FERRO SHIELD Provide cathodic protection for direct buried steam and condensate piping systems B Expansion Joints 01 Bellows type with stainless steel bellows 02 150 psi working pressure 03 Preferred manufacturer Hyspan 04 The mechanical engineer is responsible for the design and coordination of the steam and condensate supports and anchoring system 6 VAULTS A Provide vaults in the direct buried steam system where there are devices that need maintenance B Size vaults for adequate access for installation maintenance operation and removal of components C Include a sump pump and a ladder and a drain D Provide waterproof coating on exterior of vaults 7 METERING A B Revised June 2012 All buildings shall be metered for both steam a
292. s has a central monitoring and control station located in the EMS Shop These are the primary computers for each of the different control systems on campus Each system is configured to perform all the data gathering and processing functions communication with peripherals and application packages The control program provides for all operational needs without requiring any program changes B Provide a new local workstation in each new building with additional licensing as required by the system Workstation to be capable of monitoring and manipulating all of the controls in the building and be able to access the systems in other buildings This workstation does not take the place of the primary workstation in the EMS Shop C Portable Workstation Revised June 2012 01 Verify with the OSU Project Manager and EMS Shop if a portable workstation is required 156 Division 25 Building Automation Systems Page 25 30 00 2 02 The portable operator s workstation shall include all of the functions capability and software tools of the main workstation located in the EMS Shop 03 The portable operator s workstation shall be a light weight laptop from a main stream supplier like Dell or Toshiba and be capable of operating third party software 04 As part of the portable workstation package provide all necessary field tools testing cables and equipment necessary to work on the control devices in the field D Consultant to specify th
293. s the curtain 02 Nudging If the doors are prevented from closing for longer than a predetermined time door nudging operation shall cause the doors to move at a 87 N Division 14 Conveying Systems Page 14 20 00 8 slow speed in the closed direction and to be unresponsive to the photo curtain A buzzer shall sound while nudging operation is occurring Car Operating Station 01 Flush mounted operating panel shall be mounted in the car return panel and shall contain the devices required for the specified operation The buttons and devices shall be of the easy readability type and the floor designation buttons shall become illuminated when pressed and shall stay illuminated until the floor call is answered Provide continuous hinge on panel for easy access to internal components Locate hinges on side of panel nearest wall of the elevator The car operating shall contain the floor designations and all the controls indicated a Beaver Buttons Car position indicator illuminated with light emitting diodes Fan key switch Emergency stop key switch Independent service key switch Firefighter service key switch Alarm bell push type switch Light key switch i Engraved capacity plate and elevator designation j Emergency light 02 Elevator Shutdown a Elevator power shall automatically shutdown prior to sprinkler activation This is typically accomplished by the use of a shunt trip breaker activated by a heat detector b Heat detector to be
294. sabling or disconnection shall be limited to one working day per occasion and to shorter periods when possible The Contractor shall be liable for any costs direct or indirect due to false alarms resulting from Contractor s work Air Handling Systems a All air handling units shall be shutdown directly by the FACP during alarm shutdowns Fire alarm device relays and Building Automation Systems shall not be used for alarm shutdowns of air handling systems Use of RAILS on Conventional Hardwired Systems a Remote Alarm Indicator Light System RAILS for smoke detectors in non occupied areas shall be used complying with applicable codes Roll down fire doors shall be equipped with electric motor up motor down controls interfaced with the FACP Powered Fire Curtains shall automatically be restored to the open position upon fire alarm system reset to normal 1 NAC Power Supplies shall be addressable and wired Class B Spare Parts a The following spare parts shall be provided to OSU prior to final inspection of system 1 Fuses 2 of each size used in the installed system 214 Revised June 2012 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Division 16 Fire Alarm System Page 28 30 00 16 MPS w monitor modules Minimum one or 2 of total installation Audio visual devices Minimum one or 4 of total installation Indoor strobe only devices Minimum one or 4 of total installation Exteri
295. service Approved and acceptable meters and manufacturers for OSU facilities are 01 Power Management Ltd shall be PML 7200 or PML 7700 with enhanced package 1 RS 485 and 480 volt power supply if required 02 Each individual KWH meter specified must have communications and impulse capability 03 If complete meter setup cannot be done from the front panel any required software cables and keys shall be provided to the Facilities Operations and Development Electric Utilities Shop 04 The height shall be five feet 5 0 from the finished floor or four and a half feet 4 1 2 from the switch pad to the center of the meter 05 Provide four 4 current transformers and circuit monitor that indicate true RMS current for phase and neutral 06 The monitor shall provide the following information a Voltage phase to neutral and phase to phase ABC 178 SERVICE DISCONNECT Division 26 Electrical Page 26 00 00 15 b Amps present reading and 15 minute maximum demand ABCN C Kilowatt maximum demand based on 15 minute intervals d Power factor kilo VAR kilo VAR hour KVA A 6 pole GE PK 2 panel mounted test plug installed flush on switchgear for portable test metering by University Maintenance Personnel Specify that three 3 left poles be factory wired to the phase current transformer secondaries wire the right hand pole no 6 to the phase to neutral potential source Current transformer poles shall have shortin
296. shall be provided at one end only of the heat exchanger bundle 16 THERMAL EXPANSION A Where it is not possible to accommodate expansion and contraction by the general routing of the pipe expansion loops or expansion devices must be used 01 Take special care in providing for adequate expansion 02 Proper pipe guides are imperative at expansion loops and devices 03 Loops or flexible sections are preferred over mechanical joints Locate properly designed anchors that control the way expansion occurs to ensure the effectiveness of routing loops or devices and to prevent undesired movement at connections to equipment where pipes are close to structure etc See paragraph 10 calculations in the Responsibilities of the Mechanical Engineer section 17 VENTING AND DRAINING A Piping shall be pitched to allow for proper automatic venting of all system high points and manual or automatic draining of all system low points Use eccentric reducers as required Provide manual shut off valves for maintenance of automatic devices Extend the vent or drain piping if required to allow installation of valves and assemblies at convenient service locations Extend vent discharge piping to a safe location extend drain discharge piping to a floor drain or other appropriate location such as the condensate return system for steam traps Provide vacuum relief s at coils heat exchangers and other heat transfer devices as required 18 H
297. shall be sufficient to prevent current flow including current flow from skin effect induced by VFD All electric motors shall be high efficiency motors 3 horsepower and larger to be 3 phase motors rated for inverter duty All 7 5 HP motors and larger shall use soft starts or variable frequency drives to start the motor except for continuous use motors motors that run at 100 exception on approval of the OSU Electric Shop All starters shall use standard heaters to determine motor current and overload trip conditions Exceptions for phase failure and over under voltage conditions electronic overloads may be permitted on approval of the OSU Electrical shop Self protection and Reliability Features 01 Input transient protection by means of surge suppressors 02 Snubber networks to protect against malfunction due to system voltage transients 03 Notch filter to prevent operation of the controller motor load combination at a natural frequency of the combination 04 Loss of Phase Protection 05 Reverse Phase Protection 06 Under and Over Voltage Trips 07 Over temperature Trip 08 Short Circuit Protection a Automatic Reset Restart Attempt 3 restarts after a controller fault or on the return of power to the system following an interruption and before shutting down for manual reset or fault correction Provide for restarting during deceleration without damage to the controller motor or load b Power interruption Prot
298. should be selected for maximum durability infrequent repainting and minimum environmental and human impact for the given application Consider ventilation exposure to physical damage vandalism potential liquids likely maintenance frequency etc D Water based finishes only for interior and onsite applications E The following paint manufacturers are acceptable 01 Benjamin Moore 02 Flecto UHDS 03 Miller 04 Pittsburgh 05 Rust Oleum 06 Sherwin Williams F OSHA Safety Colors 01 All colors should conform to OSHA and ANSI specifications and are available in IronClad Quick Dry Industrial Enamel 071 G Low VOC materials are to be used zero VOC when available Paint containing 5 grams liter or less is considered Zero VOC according to the EPA Reference Test Method 24 On new construction or major remodels follow applicable LEED criteria for low or zero VOC paint H The finish manufacturer s recommendations for acceptable moisture ranges prior to application installation shall be followed Moisture testing on concrete substrate etc is required prior to installation of finishes and results must be submitted to the Facilities PM Covering or painting of any signs labels identification etc requires replacement 2 APPROPRIATE PAINT APPLICATION BY AREA A Interior surfaces 01 OSU requires ceilings and walls in general purpose areas offices classrooms conference rooms break rooms lobbies hallways etc t
299. sible provide some equipment that Revised June 2012 15 Division 1 General Requirements Page 01 0001 16 can be used by both able bodied individuals as well as persons with disabilities b Provide minimum 42 clearance between all pieces of exercise equipment 02 Pools and Spas a Provide at least two accessible means of access into all pools At least one of these means of access should be either a pool lift or a sloped entry b Provide at least one accessible means of access into all spas The accessible means of access should be either a pool lift transfer wall or transfer system Revised June 2012 16 Division 01 General Project Requirements Page 01 00 00 1 Section 01 00 00 GENERAL 1 PROJECT DRAWING REQURIEMENTS A Revised June 2012 For projects that do not include an A amp E design firm or are self performed by OSU the Owner requires the receipt of marked up record drawings indicating modifications dimensions equipment lists and other information necessary for ongoing operations and maintenance For projects that include an A amp E design firm the Owner requires the following 01 The Construction Drawings will be plotted on sheets not exceeding 30x42 02 All documents and drawings shall include the Owners Project Number and Title Block 03 The design professional will also provide the Owner with a complete set of Record drawings on archival grade vellum and a full size scanne
300. signed to meet the Universal Design Standards Section 1 5 General Requirements There will be a minimum of one single stall restroom per building If only one restroom is designed then it shall be located on the first floor of the building H Other accommodations will include a changing table for infants Revised June 2012 All restrooms must meet at a minimum ADAAG 2010 guidelines and OSU best practices 76 Division 13 Special Construction Page 13 29 00 1 Section 13 29 00 LABORATORY DESIGNATED EATING AND DRINKING AREAS PART 1 GENERAL 1 REQUIREMENTS A For all new laboratory buildings and major laboratory remodels accommodations should be made to provide clean spaces that are designated as safe eating and drinking areas Designated eating and drinking areas should be physically separated from any location where laboratory chemical biological or radioactive materials are used or stored 01 Physical separation can be accomplished by providing a door that prevents direct access between a designated eating drinking area and a material use or storage location 02 The designated area must also be under positive pressure to the material use or Storage location and be labeled as a clean space 03 A designated eating and drinking area could include but not be limited to a separate common lunch or break room per laboratory suite or floor OR personal office spaces that are separate from material use and storage
301. sion 26 Electrical Page 26 00 00 32 Historic Light Fixture a b C See the Campus Master Plan for down lighting requirements Visco Series A Cast iron base 12 tapered fluted steel pole 14 2 plus or minus 1 to lamp centerline Multiap ballast 70w HPS Mogul base lamp with two piece polycarbonate globe Prismatic Glass Refractor 4685 Type III optional reflector band finial and downlight reflector louver Available through Valley Iron and Steel Co VISCO 29579 Awbrey Lane Eugene Oregon 97402 9639 Phone 541 688 7741 Shall be painted OSU Black Benjamin Moore 80 6403 23028 50 gloss Lay out must be in straight lines adjacent to walkways Must have 24 radius concrete collar see diagrams Provide an extra conduit for future capacity at every fixture Extend conduit beyond footing and adjacent concrete so it can be easily accessed in future 196 Division 26 Electrical Page 26 00 00 33 MOW COLLAR 6 4000 PSI PCC OVER MINIMUM 4 COMPACTED MINUS PCC FINISHED TO MATCH MOW COLLAR 6 4000 PSI PCC OVER MINIMUM 4 COMPACTED MINUS PCC FINISHED TO MATCH LIGHT FLXTURE BASE LIGHT PIXTURE BASE SCORE ADJACENT WALK MATCH MOW COLLAR LIGHT ADJACENT WALK PLAN VIEW LIGHT PLANTER BED PLAN VIEW NOTE REFER TO ELECTRICAL EARTHWORK AND CONCRETE DIVISIONS REGARDING CONDUIT ANCHORS EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL AND CONCRETE MOW COLLAR 6 4000 PSI PCC OVER MINIMUM
302. sion hazard G Communication Elements and features Revised June 2012 13 Revised June 2012 01 02 03 04 Division 1 General Requirements Page 01 0001 14 Parking Signage a See Parking above for accessible parking signage Exterior Signage a When all entrances are not accessible provide signage that directs people to accessible entrances Interior Signage a Install tactile signage at stairways and elevators that are not accessible to direct people to the nearest accessible exits Tactile exit signage should be provided wherever visual exit signs are required Visual and tactile signage indicating the floor level should be provided at all stairwells Provide the International Symbol of Accessibility on all restroom signage OSSC does not require the International Symbol of Accessibility if all restrooms are accessible Provide Grade 2 Braille on all signage required to have Braille This is an abbreviated form of Braille The base of all raised text and Braille is to be located between a height of 48 and 60 New ADA requirement Where pictograms are used raised text and Braille should be located below the pictogram All doors with automatic door operators should have signage on the door indicating that it is an automatic door The signage should be on both sides of the door Assistive Listening Systems a Where sound systems are installed assistive listening devices shall be
303. ss steel tubing 2 Valves 3 All valves for the cleaned dry air and Nitrogen systems shall be 3 B 02 b 3 1 Non lubricated 3 B 02 b 3 2 Pressure rated for a minimum of 1 5 times working pressure 114 Division 22 Special Systems Page 22 60 00 5 3 B 02 b 3 3 Inspected prior to installation 3 B 02 b 3 4 Have an extension at each end except flanged valves c Valves 1 Ball valves shall have a swing out center to permit servicing without cutting the pipe line 03 Identify all vacuum air piping per general requirements 04 Provide isolation valves at each floor at each lab and at each point of use Accessories and supports 01 The body material of pipe line accessories and specialty valves such as pressure regulating valves flow monitoring devices etc must match the material of the piping system and internal parts shall be compatible with the particular gas Cleaning of piping 01 The most important single requirement for the gas piping systems is that they are suitable and capable of conveying a gas from the source to use point with no contamination a Order all pipe material fittings etc to be cleaned by the manufacturer charged with nitrogen and sealed at the ends prior to transportation b Each pipe length and fitting is to be individually inspected on arrival at the job site for integrity of the sealed ends and for physical injury such as bends or flat spots Pipes with lost seals or physical damage
304. st one 200 sq ft room for general building storage B 20 amp electrical outlet C Environmentally controlled for general building use D A door that opens into a hallway Revised June 2012 80 Division 14 Conveying Systems Page 14 20 00 1 Section 14 20 00 Elevators PART 1 GENERAL 1 CONVEYING SYSTEMS Hydraulic Elevators 01 Work included Installation of a new engineered HYDRAULIC elevator complete A Revised June 2012 as described in this standard Submittals 01 Submit bound operation and maintenance manuals for the new equipment 2 copies with operating and maintenance instructions parts listing recommend parts inventory listing purchase source listing for critical component emergency instructions complete as built wiring and block diagrams including input signals and diagnostic and or trouble shooting guide shall be furnished to Oregon State University a Submit a complete list of all items to be furnished and installed under this section Included manufacturer s specifications catalog cuts and other data to demonstrate compliance with the specified requirements b Submit complete shop drawings for all work in this section showing dimensions and locations of all items including supporting structure and clearances required c Manufacturer s recommended installation procedures which when approved by the Owner shall be the basis for inspecting and accepting or rejecting actual inst
305. standard 50 year material warranty 02 Manufacturer s standard warranty for color E Provide Code required ventilation under sheathing F Insulation Insulation is not permitted directly below shingles 01 Insulation to be designed and constructed to allow roofing material to function properly throughout warranty period 10 FLASHING AND COUNTERFLASHING A Systems 01 Flashing and counterflashings gutters and downspouts copings wall metal as required for the application 02 Standing water shedding sealed and soldered seams as required for the application 03 Expansion joints or other provisions for expansion as required 04 Back metal with felt as required B Materials As required by application compatible with roofing materials 01 Metals a Precoated Galvanized Steel 24 gauge minimum core steel G90 galvanized Kynar coated b Terne Coated Carbon Steel Gauge as required for application Terne Coated Stainless Steel Thickness as required for application d Stainless Steel Thickness as required for application e Copper Sixteen 16 ounce minimum f Lead Four 4 pound 02 Underlayment Revised June 2012 40 Division 7 Thermal and Moisture Protection Page 07 10 00 6 03 30 asphalt saturated roofing felt and rosin paper 04 15 where approved by OSU 05 Other breathable underlayment as approved by OSU and self adhering underlayment C Warranty 01 Two year installation warranty 11 TIE OFFS A
306. stem design for future connection to elevator capture Only elevator recall smoke detectors in alarm shall close an adjacent elevator fire smoke door A smoke detector in one elevator lobby will not close any other fire smoke door Elevator lobby smoke detectors shall accomplish elevator recall as specified by the elevator inspector Audible Visual Signal Appliances a All signal appliances unless noted otherwise shall be field selectable 213 Revised June 2012 36 37 38 39 40 Division 16 Fire Alarm System Page 28 30 00 15 ANSI 3 41 three pulse temporal pattern Unless noted otherwise audible signal level shall be field adjustable 101 dba high level and 96 dba low level Sound level based upon anechoic dBA at 10 feet System Outages a The University desires to keep all life safety systems operating 100 of time The contractor is to use all available means to avoid the need of disabling active fire alarm systems providing protection to buildings and or people b The contractor shall notify the University prior to any work to contacts interface with any alarm detection devices smoke detectors pull stations horns panels etc If any disabling disconnection reconnection of fire alarm system equipment is necessary the contractor shall notify the University at least five 4 working days prior to proposed work Work cannot proceed until contractor receives written approval from the University c Di
307. storage of individual containers of hazardous materials Sliding or swinging cabinet doors shall have mechanical latches Compressed gas cylinders shall be restrained using approved brackets with two metal straps or chains that have been firmly attached to walls When using chains one should be located approximately 8 inches from the floor and the second should be located approximately 34 inches from the floor Flexible utility connections shall be used for fume hoods and other equipment 24 Division 01 General Project Requirements Page 01 00 00 9 07 Biosafety cabinets and fume hoods should be seismically anchored 14 REFLECTED CEILING PLANS A B The reflective ceiling plans shall locate lighting fixtures sprinkler heads supply air dif fusers return air registers and all equipment mounted to or suspended from the ceiling Lighting located to serve work stations may determine the direction of a ceiling grid pattern Lighting located to serve work stations may influence location of fire sprinkler heads Lighting located to serve work stations may influence supply and return air inlets and outlets Orientation of the lighting fixtures may dictate that the ceiling grid be broken to accom modate some lighting fixtures 15 ROOM NUMBERING A B Revised June 2012 OSU has a specific system of numbering rooms within a building Contact the Facilities Services Project Manager to arrange floor plan review for a numbe
308. struction site shall be occupied prior to final inspection The University s desire is to keep all life safety systems operating at all times The Engineer of Record shall use all available means to avoid the need of disabling fire alarm systems The Engineer of Record prior to accepting the fire alarm shop drawing package shall conduct a mandatory fire alarm review meeting with the OSU construction management team and OSU Alarm shop The electrical contractor and fire alarm contractor shall review the fire alarm shop drawing package with 203 Division 16 Fire Alarm System Page 28 30 00 5 OSU The purpose of this meeting is to insure contractor complies with OSU s site specific fire alarm and detection installation requirements The Engineer of Record shall conduct a mandatory pre construction meeting with the electrical contractor the fire alarm contractor and the OSU construction management team The purpose of this meeting is to insure OSU understands the contractor s installation plan and the contractor understands OSU s site specific requirements Oregon State Construction Office requires prior to final inspection the Engineer of Record to verify the fire alarm contractor has fully tested and certified the system in accordance with NFPA 72 and shall sign NFPA 72 Record of Completion The panel shall be labeled by the testing person s with signature and date At the same time as the verification describe
309. t day any previous open alarms and acknowledgement of alarms 8 ENERGY CONSERVATION APPLICATION PROGRAMS A Revised June 2012 Scheduled Start Stop The scheduled start stop program consists of starting and stopping equipment based on the time of day and day of week Optimized Start Stop The scheduled start stop program described is refined by automatically adjusting the equipment operating schedule in accordance with space temperature and outside air temperature In the scheduled start stop program the HVAC system is restarted prior to occupancy to cool down or heat up the space on a fixed schedule independent of outside air and space conditions Enthalpy Control The enthalpy cycle uses outside air to reduce the building s cooling requirements when the enthalpy of the outside air is less than that of the return air Chilled Water Reset Based on system requirements the chilled water temperature shall be reset upward until the space with the greater cooling requirement is JUST satisfied Heating Water Reset Based on system requirements the heating water temperature shall be reset downward until the space with the greater heating requirement is JUST satisfied Supply Air Reset For HVAC systems in a cooling mode this program shall reset the discharge temperature upward until the space with the greater cooling requirement is JUST satisfied 01 When humidity control is required the program shall prevent the cooling coi
310. tals Design lighting projects to lamps currently in OSU Warehouse inventory For a list of lamps in inventory contact OSU Electric Shop The use of self luminous exit signs containing radioactive material is prohibited unless specifically approved by Environmental Health amp Safety EH amp S 188 Division 26 Electrical Page 26 00 00 25 2 FLOURESCENT LIGHTS A Revised June 2012 Dimming control systems shall be reviewed and approved by OSU electrical shop Reduced harmonic electronic ballasts parallel wired for operation of one or two type T 8 lamps shall be used wherever fluorescent lights are installed except where special dimming ballasts are necessary Lamps are to have low mercury content equal to or better than Philips Lighting ALTO WARRANTY 01 Lamp system warranty Four foot T8 lamps and ballasts shall be warranted up to 3 years 3 years for 24 000 hour lamps from the date of substantial completion of the project Lamps shall have an 85 CRI index maintain a 24 000 hour warranty and have a 2 850 lumens specification 02 Lamp warranty See fluorescent mortality curve for normal lamp mortality Defective lamps or lamps failing at a higher than normal rate shall be replaced after a factory inspection determining the cause of failure or defect Worldwide Color standards Color coordinates shall follow the proposed IEC ANSI color standards regardless of the country of manufacture Campus standard is 41K
311. ted ground bus The neutral bar of the panel shall not be used for equipment grounds 01 Equipment grounds and the identified neutral shall not be electrically interconnected on the building side of the service ground Convenience Outlets Specify that a wired ground be provided for continuity of ground path from the device grounding pole Provide ground fault interrupter outlets in wet conditions and where required by NEC and other related codes 1 REQUIREMENTS A Revised June 2012 Design If feasible and when unit substations are provided the secondary main breaker shall be made a part of the building distribution switchgear or switchboard In no case shall the switchgear or switchboard or panelboard be directly attached to the transformer A minimum 12 inch transition section with solid barrier is required to reduce the transfer of transformer heat to the low voltage section Reduction of heat transfer may be accomplished with secondary throat or ventilated transition section 01 When double ended substations are provided with tiebreakers the tiebreaker shall be key interlocked with the main secondary disconnecting means requiring the spare key to parallel sections Equipment Metal enclosed switchgear or distribution boards shall be used in buildings or University Facilities at 600V and below for service entrance power lighting distribution and as the secondary sections of unit substations Main service disconnecting 1200 amp
312. ted to provide a spray force of three to six gallons per minute at 30 psi 04 Mounted such that the water nozzles are 33 inches to 45 inches from the floor level height should comply with the current Americans with Disabilities Act ADA requirements 05 Mounted so that spray nozzles when activated are no more than 18 inches from the counter front when located above work counters or benches 06 Provided with an activation device such as stay open ball valve that allows the user full movement of both hands after the valve is turned on 07 Identified with a highly visible sign 08 Drain will be plumbed to sanitary sewer 09 No electrical outlets within 6 feet unless GFI protected 10 Indoor units are not required to deliver tempered water Units installed outdoors or in adverse climates may need to be tempered The need for 108 Division 22 Domestic Plumbing Page 22 45 00 2 tempered water shall be reviewed and approved by OSU EH amp S during the design phase 3 EMERGENCY SHOWERS A Emergency Showers must be a combination unit that meets the requirements of current ANSI standards The unit must be installed and located so both the shower and eyewash can be used at the same time by one person Approved eyewash emergency shower units are Haws 8346 or Guardian G1909 HFC GBF1909 Barrier Free Haws 8355WC recessed Guardian GBF2150 recessed or equal The approved units must be 01 Supplied by domestic water
313. than a predetermined time shall cause the car to descend to the lowest landing open the doors automatically and then re close them The car calls shall then be cancelled and the car taken out of service automatically Operation may be restored by cycling the power disconnect switch or putting the car on access or inspection operation A valve limit timer shall be provided which shall automatically cut off the current to the valve solenoids if they have been energized longer than a predetermined time The car shall then be cancelled and the car taken out of service automatically Operation may be restored by cycling the power disconnect switch or putting the car on access or inspection operation An out of service timer O S T shall be provided which will automatically take the car out of service if the car is delayed in leaving the landing while there are calls existing in the building The car shall not respond to hall calls while in this mode of operation and the photo eye in put shall be unresponsive in the event that a faulty photo eye unit was delaying the car Door protection timer shall be provided for both the open and close direction which will help protect the door motor and which will help prevent the car from getting stuck at a landing The door open protection timer shall cease attempting to open the door after a predetermined time in the event that the door are prevented from reaching the open position The door close protection ti
314. the building entry Where possible primary routes should provide single routes for all users instead of segregating accessible portions Signs denoting accessible routes should be clear concise appropriately sized and consistent with the campus sign policy The campus landscape should adhere to the tenets of the 1909 Olmsted Plan in order to maximize the plants visual qualities and reinforce the campus organization and function Plant material selection placement and maintenance should focus on their appropriateness to the adjacent land use as well as the materials ability to reinforce the campus character 1 ORGANIZATION A The historic Olmsted pattern of planting should be reestablished and adapted to support current building uses and site requirements As the campus core expands planting should be of similar character to that of the historic core Revised June 2012 227 Revised June 2012 Division 32 Exterior Improvements Page 32 90 00 5 Large deciduous trees planted in continuous and uniform rows allees should line campus streets Primary open spaces such as quadrangles should be planted in open lawn framed and highlighted with large coniferous and deciduous trees Plantings at building foundations should ideally respond directly to the adjacent architecture Shrubs should not be taller than the building s visual base or obscure the views from primary windows and entries Shrub beds adjacent to the building sho
315. tive conduit sizes and relative locations Specifications and drawings shall include detailed requirements of the grounding system A reference only to the National Electrical Code without elaboration has proven to be insufficient Specifying requirements only by referencing the code is prohibited It is required that the Designer Engineer shall specify all requirements applicable instead of referring only to National Electrical Code This includes specifying the size and requirement of all electrode ground conductors used for connecting to the ground rounds electrode grounds in the concrete cold water pipe and between the neutral and the equipment ground It also includes sizing all equipment ground conductors routed with the phase conductors All sensitive electronic equipment computer rooms etc shall have single point grounding system originating at the service entrance ground Transformer Grounds 01 Building Service Transformers Secondary neutrals shall be grounded separately from the neutral ground at the service main unless close coupled in unit substation construction 02 Low Voltage Transformers Secondary neutrals shall be grounded in the low voltage service equipment as required by NEC for services Equipment Grounds A wire equipment ground shall be installed within the branch circuit conduit and be grounded to the cabinet of the panelboard to an 180 DISTRIBUTION Division 26 Electrical Page 26 00 00 17 uninsula
316. tor shall be identified red In both public and non public areas the 186 Revised June 2012 Division 26 Electrical Page 26 00 00 23 equipment shall have a distinctive warning sign and indicate the location of both sources of power An emergency standby panelboard shall be provided for 01 Exit lights 02 Minimal hallway and stairway lighting and telephone power 03 Fire alarms building security equipment and fire protection systems this does not eliminate the need for batteries Batteries shall be tested to indicate amp hour availability The manufacturer shall provide documentation that indicates conformance with repaired rating to the University 04 Elevators and elevator rooms 05 Emergency illumination shall be part of emergency lighting that shall include illuminating all required means of egress lighting illuminated exit signs stairwell lights and all locations where emergency lighting must provide at least code required minimum illumination to allow easy and safe egress from the area involved Inverter ballasts are prohibited 06 Electrical Service equipment room and mechanical room lighting 07 Generator enclosure space lighting 08 Building system equipment which is used to heat the building to prevent freeze up in the winter to include heat pumps condensate pumps control air compressors and other equipment as may be designated by the Owner 09 MCC s that control fumehoods sump pumps condensate p
317. tric Shop within 10 days of receipt Copies of all inspections including final shall be provided to Project Manager and the OSU Electric Shop within 10 days of inspection 165 C Revised June 2012 SAFETY 01 Division 26 Electrical Page 26 00 00 2 The incorrect application of electricity and unsafe installation can cause both minor and serious accidents The Designer must remain vigilant to electrical hazards and take appropriate steps in meeting all safety rules and regulations in electrical power and installation distribution design It is important that the design meet requirements of all appropriate codes standards and guidelines including but not limited to the following codes and regulations State and local UL NEC NESC NFPA NEMA NECA ASHRAE ISESNA IEEE ANSI ADA IBC and OSHA Itis also important that all the equipment devices and installations supplied and installed in all University s Facilities meet high level of safety requirements and the OSU Construction Standards It shall also be known that the equipment devices and installation that fail to meet these requirements will not be accepted SHORT CIRCUIT STUDY ARC FLASH STUDY AND OVERCURRENT PROTECTION STUDY For all new buildings transformers or new buildings with electrical services where electrical work is being performed a short circuit study an arc flash study and an overcurrent protection coordination study shall be provided The start
318. uate clear floor space at any operable window so that a person can approach and open the windows 07 Furnishings a Where seating benches tables and other furnishings are provided provide a minimum of one accessible unit for every five units or portion thereof F Plumbing Elements and Facilities 01 Restrooms and Toilet Rooms a In new construction and major renovation all restrooms shall be designed to be fully accessible b All restrooms shall be designed either without doors or have automatic door operators See Section 08 71 00 Door Hardware C In addition to the required restrooms per applicable building code requirements at least one accessible family or assisted use restroom shall be provided If only one restroom is provided then it shall be located on the first floor of the building d All family or assisted use restrooms shall be provided with a Camden entry system See Section 08 71 00 Door Hardware e In restrooms that include two or more toilets provide at least one wheelchair accessible stall and one ambulatory accessible stall f In larger public restrooms containing six or more toilets provide one wheelchair accessible stall and one ambulatory accessible stall for each six toilet stalls or portion thereof g Provide 48 inches minimum clearance between stall doors and any wall or obstruction ADA allows 42 for latch side approach h Install automatic flush valves Exception Where dual flush valves
319. uld generally have widths approximately 20 of the building s height 2 SPATIAL DEFINITION A Plants should be used to define building entries create outdoor space and assist in focusing pedestrian circulation B Plants alone will not deter pedestrian desire lines or provide significant barriers to circulation Therefore plants should be used in conjunction with good site design effective circulation systems and other elements such as masonry walls 3 SCREENING A Plants may be used to visually screen undesirable views such as service areas waste and recycling stations and above grade utilities B Plants used for screening should be selected based the ability to provide year round screening the material s ultimate size and requirements for healthy growth without sheering or excessive pruning C Plants should provide the desired height and density taking into consideration circulation requirements safety the needs of the use being screened ingress and egress requirements as well as aesthetics D In many cases plant materials used in conjunction with constructed screening devices such as masonry walls provide the most appropriate and functional solution 4 PLANTING A Landscape design and components shall be planned for low ongoing maintenance requirements and reduced life cycle costs 01 Design and plant selection shall support species and varieties that are appropriate for the climate and growing conditions particular
320. ume control dampers back draft dampers inlet vanes and fire and smoke dampers shall be shown in duct layouts where required Provide adequate room around shafts for fire smoke damper sleeves Where possible select 100 percent free area fire and smoke dampers that have their entire assemblies approved by the Underwriters Laboratories and any governmental agencies having jurisdiction After completion of the duct layout review the design for proper arrangement and for adequacy of the volume dampers to ensure ease of initial balancing and of rebalancing to accommodate future modifications Cleaning 01 02 03 04 Specify that duct systems are to be wiped down vacuumed or blown clean with compressed air before installation and that all ductwork is sealed with plastic after cleaning and during assembly to keep ducts clean All ductwork shall be shipped sealed to the job site and kept sealed until construction is complete Store ductwork out of the weather at all times The return duct system shall be kept sealed at all times during construction to keep it clean If heat is required in the building prior to finish of construction 100 outside air shall be used Require the contractor to provide and install a new complete set of clean filters shortly before final acceptance Fans shall be operated with construction filters installed at full air volume for 24 to 48 hours after installation Special requirements 01 S
321. uminum fittings and boxes shall not be used with steel conduit All materials in a raceway system shall be compatible Use of wire ties to support conduit 167 Revised June 2012 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 Division 26 Electrical Page 26 00 00 4 Use of wood strips and wood screws to support lighting fixtures Direct burial electrical cable Electrical ducts crossing above gas piping Ducts within 10 feet of a buried steam line in any direction If it becomes necessary to cross a steam line acceptable insulation of the crossing must be approved by the OSU Electric Shop Hard insulated wire connectors which have Bakelite are prohibited Dimmable lighting unless permission is obtained in writing from the OSU Electrical Shop See Lighting Control in this Division Armored or metallic BX cable AC MC or BX Non metallic sheathed cable Flat conductor cable type FCC under carpet etc Powder metal die cast connectors fittings and couplings Locating the following equipment less than four feet from a wall electrical equipment that permits or requires rear cooling rear access for maintenance or cleaning rear connection and main distribution panels and equipment Bottom fed switches breakers or fuses Switches in which the blades pivot on the top Switches breakers etc that require greater
322. umps building control air compressors and related equipment 10 Building automation systems 11 Animal room exhaust Wiring for emergency systems shall be in separate conduits Specify that all emergency system junction boxes and covers shall be painted yellow 01 Switches for emergency lighting circuits shall not be accessible to the public Transfer Switch Transfer switch is a vital part of the proper operation of the system In addition to current carrying abilities transfer switch must be able to withstand voltage surges to meet reliability requirements Special consideration over normal circuit devices or breakers should be given to transfer switch because of its application requirements Its design must include normal duty and fault current ratings of the switch These play an important part of transfer switch application and protection scheme It shall be capable of closing into high current of fault currents without damage and withstanding severe duty cycle in 187 Division 26 Electrical Page 26 00 00 24 switching normal rated load The design and operation of transfer switch must meet the requirements of this standard and the following all relavent current codes and standards Provide a separate transfer switch for emergency loads such as exit lighting egress lighting fire detection public safety communications and fire protection pumps from standby or backup power loads All transfer switches must be connected to a remote
323. upply and return ductwork a Use galvanized sheet metal spiral round rectangular and flat oval ductwork in that order unless special conditions dictate use of other materials Use pressure and or velocity criteria to select gauge thickness according to the ASHRAE Guide or SMACNA 147 Division 23 Heating Ventilation and Air Conditioning Page 23 30 01 5 02 Exhaust ductwork a Ducts must convey ambient temperature or heating exhaust smoke and grease from kitchen hoods moisture abrasives and other exhaust air streams that are not acids or caustics Use the following materials for these exhausts b Specify the gauge for galvanized sheet metal as recommended in the ASHRAE Guide or SMACNA Ductwork for kitchen exhausts and abrasives shall have material thickness as recommended in the references c Kitchen Cooking Hoods Welded steel conform to NFPA d Dish Washing Exhaust Use 304 stainless steel material for moisture latent air streams Pitch ductwork to dish washing hood or to duct mounted drains 03 See Section 11050 for fume exhauset ductwork requirements 8 LABELING A All accessible ductwork shall be color coded and identified with wording and arrows every 20 feet on straight runs at each riser at each junction at each access door adjacent to all valves and flanges on both sides of floor and wall penetrations and where required to easily identify the medium transported smoke dampers shall be permanently
324. urrounded by negative pressure ducts and plenums Type B1 cabinets may be used for work treated with minute quantities of volatile toxic chemicals and tracer amounts of radionuclides required as an adjunct to microbiological studies if work is done in the direct exhausted portion of the cabinet or if the chemicals or radionuclides will not interfere with the work when recirculated in the downflow air Class Il Type B2 Cabinets sometimes referred to as total exhaust 01 02 03 04 05 Maintain a minimum average inflow velocity of 100 fpm 0 5 m s through the work access opening Have HEPA filtered downflow air drawn from the laboratory or the outside air i e downflow air is not recirculated from the cabinet exhaust air Exhaust all inflow and downflow air into the external atmosphere after filtration through a HEPA filter without recirculation in the cabinet or return to the laboratory and Have all contaminated ducts and plenums under negative pressure or surrounded by directly exhausted nonrecirculated through the work area negative pressure ducts and plenums Type B2 cabinets may be used for work with volatile toxic chemicals and radionuclides required as adjuncts to microbiological studies Class IIl Cabinets Glove Boxes 62 01 02 03 04 Division 10 Specialties Page 11 53 53 3 A totally enclosed ventilated cabinet of leak tight construction Operations in the cabinet are conduct
325. ve features Testing results of the alarm system to meet this code must be submitted to the University s project manager as part of the commissioning and or final sign off process The Engineer of Record shall insure installation meets the current edition of NFPA 72 Requirements for Notification Appliances for Fire Alarm System s EOR may use a performance specification to insure compliance However the minimum quantity of notification appliances shall be as shown on plans and risers The Engineer of Record shall submit shop drawings of the fire alarm system to OSU for review Included shall be the contractor s prepared plan drawing showing devices system riser point to point circuiting interconnecting all devices candela ratings for all visual devices end of line resistors addresses of all addressable devices circuit numbers for notification device and manufacturer s specification sheets Drawings shall include design ambient sound level audible alarm device sound power and alarm sound level for each space or contractor shall certify that design meets NFPA 72 for sound levels Any additional devices required shall be at contractor s expense 01 Addressable Horn Addressable horn shall be listed to UL 464 Horn appliances shall have a High Lo Setting programmable by channel from the addressable controller or by appliance from the host FACP The horn shall have a minimum sound pressure level of 83 or 89 dBA 24VDC The horn sha
326. ves as the means of providing air handling equipment volume control C Basic equipment requirements 01 Specify units complete with fan section coil section and mixing filter box 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 Revised June 2012 section Sections shall be combined as required and mounted on a structural steel base complete with accessories In addition to any internal drain collection features all chilled and hot water HVAC systems will be provided backup leakage prevention measures that will contain any water condensation or leakage from the HVAC coil and prevent system condensation or leakage from migration to lower levels HVAC unit housings are not permitted to be installed directly to slab or other flooring without a drain pan or waterproof membrane protective shield to collect condensation or leakage and prevent migration Metal drain pans or berms with durable waterproof membranes will be provided under each AHU housings or coil to collect leakage when the coil or end turns are perforated Metal drain pans or berms will be alarmed to indicate leakage unless safe drainage is also provided Access doors shall be provided for all fan coil filter and mixing box sections Doors shall be gasketed to ensure air and water tightness with viewing window in fan section Provide perforated metal liner over insulation on the inside of the cabinet Provide internal lighting in each section wired to a common switch Roof
327. vided at OSU s request 02 Electrical a 1400 watts or lower operating power consumption b 110 120V 208 240V or 220 240V compatibility depending on application C Standby power consumption of 2 watts or lower 03 Construction a Housing should minimize maintenance needs and retain clean appearance under low maintenance conditions Acceptable 57 Division 10 Specialties Page 10 28 16 2 housing materials include ABS plastic stainless steel and aluminum b Format must support ADA compliant installation 04 Warrantee minimums 5 year parts 1 year labor Revised June 2012 58 Division 11 Equipment Page 11 53 13 1 Section 11 53 13 FUME HOODS PART 1 GENERAL 1 REQUIREMENTS FOR RENOVATION Building wide A Revised June 2012 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Each hood or local exhaust system used to control exposure of humans to hazardous chemicals radioactive materials or other detrimental materials must be approved at the pre design phase and after installation by Environmental Health amp Safety EH amp S Hoods shall be of the latest design good quality and produced bya reputable manufacturer A list of acceptable hood models is maintained by EH amp S Auxiliary air hoods that have the makeup air supplied at the hood face shall not be used Ductless hoods shall not be used for protection against chemical or radioactive m
328. walkway width 60 ADA minimum is 36 Design accessible exterior routes without ramps whenever possible Whenever possible locate items such as cleanouts vault covers grates and similar items outside of the path of travel When these items are located within the path of travel they shall be flush with the surrounding walk For exterior routes choose alternatives to ramps such as sidewalks and proper grading to achieve gentler slopes Maximum running slope 1 25 ADA allows up to 1 20 Note 1 25 slope cannot always be met due to existing conditions and grades Grades up to 1 20 are allowable where existing conditions prevent lesser grades Where design slopes on walks approach 5 due to existing conditions consider the incorporation of a ramp or ramps to provide reduced slopes along the majority of the route Ramps Revised June 2012 02 03 Division 1 General Requirements Page 01 0001 6 may be preferred over long stretches of walks over 50 at maximum allowable grade On accessible routes with slopes greater than 4 landings shall be provided at least every 50 Where possible provide benches or other seating elements at landings Maximum cross slope 1 5 ADA allows 1 48 or just over 2 This is to ensure that with construction tolerances the resulting slope will be less than 2 Provide minimum of 12 along edges of walks that are flush with walk or provide edge protection Exterior Ramp
329. where possible Keep the duct aspect ratio at 3 to 1 or less where possible but not over 5 to 1 unless approved by the OSU Project Manager Arrange the layout to avoid items that pass through ductwork unless absolutely necessary When penetrations occur specify an airfoil section around them Coordinate the location of ducts with other building features such as columns ceilings conduit piping and lighting fixtures Position ductwork to allow for the removal of or access to filters terminal box coils or controls lighting fixtures fire dampers and other similar items 146 Revised June 2012 Division 23 Heating Ventilation and Air Conditioning Page 23 30 01 4 Ductwork design To design the system consider noise pressure drop the type of system the type of duct material vibration drumming fire and smoke control and any other factors that may affect sizing Hangers and supports 01 The type and size of hangers and support shall follow ASHRAE and or SMACNA recommendations Seismic restraints where applicable shall be designed specified and detailed as recommended in SMACNA s Guidelines for Seismic Restraints in Mechanical Systems Spring or other resilient supports shall be used in hangers where sensitivity to vibration is a problem Coordinate with the other design disciplines when specifying or designing the duct support and hanger locations Dampers 01 02 03 Manual and automatic opposed blade vol
330. with a union on the downstream side of threaded end valves The specifications shall require that the Contractor is to furnish to the OSU Project Manager four copies one framed of an as built conditions diagram for each mechanical equipment room showing a piping diagram and the location of the main shut off valves for gas fuel oil hot and cold water the fire sprinkler main etc a The diagram shall be simple easy to follow and with valves highlighted or shown prominently b Provide each valve with a brass disc not less than 1 1 4 diameter engraved with numbers piping service and normal operating position i d NO NC corresponding to valves shown on diagrams c Fasten discs to valves with 14 brass wire or 16 brass jack chain Consult with the OSU Project Manager to determine location and quan tity of isolation and sectionalizing valves for all liquid systems Galvanized piping shall not be used in any water system 100 Division 22 Domestic Plumbing Page 22 30 00 5 Insulation 01 Insulation is required for all hot water piping cold water and industrial cold water piping 02 Insulate horizontal portions of rain water piping above ceilings or finished soffits in areas where there is a possibility of condensation 03 Provide flexible molded vinyl insulation kit on exposed waste and supply piping below ADAAG lavatories and sinks Accessories 01 02 Pipe line accessories such as unions pressu
331. xcessive slope at the gutter line Do not paint curb ramp surfaces Provide safety yellow detectable warning on all curb ramps that lead to a vehicular crossing In general driveways are excluded unless it is determined that the anticipated volume of traffic entering or exiting a driveway warrants detectable warning Site Furnishings D Revised June 2012 Division 1 General Requirements Page 010001 9 Where benches are provided provide at least one fully accessible bench in each grouping of benches Where multiple benches are provided provide at least one accessible bench for each five benches in a grouping or portion thereof Provide companion seating adjacent to a minimum of the of 50 of all benches Where picnic tables are provided provide at least one accessible picnic table in each grouping of picnic tables Where multiple picnic tables are provided provide at least one accessible picnic table for each five picnic tables in a grouping or portion thereof Interior Accessible Routes Accessible Routes 01 02 03 a b C Minimum width 60 ADA minimum is 36 Design accessible routes without ramps whenever possible Elevators are preferred over ramps wherever level changes greater than three vertical feet are necessary Avoid the use of vertical platform lifts in new construction In existing buildings vertical platform lifts may be an option for making an area accessible but should always be th

Facilities Services Construction Standards June 2012

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents